PCMC-Nigdi Revised Updated
PCMC-Nigdi Revised Updated
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. SALIENT FEATURES 1
1.1 HISTORY 27
1.2 GEOGRAPHY 27
1.3 DEMOGRAPHIC AND SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE 28
1.4 URBAN LAND USE STRUCTURE / ACTIVITY DISTRIBUTION 34
17.3 TOD PROPOSAL FOR PUNE METRO CORRIDOR 1A: PCMC TO NIGDI 403
17.4 INVENTORY (WITHIN 500 M EITHER SIDE) & OVERALL ACTIVITY PATTERN 405
17.5 ASSESSMENT OF DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL 407
17.6 LAND VALUE ASSESSMENT & REVENUE POTENTIAL 415
17.7 PPP POTENTIAL 418
17.8 IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF TOD PROPOSAL 419
17.9 IMPLEMENTATION MECHANISM 420
18. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND NON FARE BOX REVENUE ASSESSMENT 424
18.1 INTRODUCTION 424
18.2 REVENUE 428
18.3 FINANCIAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURN 435
18.4 FIRR SENSITIVITY 435
18.5 FUNDING OPTIONS 436
18.6 FINANCING OPTIONS 436
EXHIBIT- 1 - GOVERNMENT RESOLUTION NO.PMR-3313/C.R.29/UD-7 AND LETTER DATED 29TH OCTOBER
2013 439
EXHIBIT 2 – PROJECT IRR 446
LIST OF FIGURES
LIST OF TABLES
Table 182 : Projected MRTS Daily Traffic Diverted from Different Modes 451
Table 183 : Details of Road User Cost adopted for the Study 452
Table 184 : Vehicle Category wise Passenger Travel Time (2019) - Urban Condition 453
Table 185 : Assumptions for Carbon Emission Estimation 453
Table 186 : : Unit Cost of Accidents 453
Table 187 : Estimation of Savings in Road Stress Reduction 453
Table 188 : Economic Cost-Benefit Analysis 454
Table 189 : Results of Sensitivity Analysis 455
Table 190 : Implementation Schedule of the project 458
ABBREVIATIONS TABLE
AAC All Aluminum Conductor
AAI Airport Autorité of India
AAQ Ambient Air Quality
ABD Area Based Development
ADB Asian Development Bank
ADB Asian Development Bank
AFC automatic fare collection
ALG Advanced Launching Girder
APHA American Public Health Association
ASR Annual Statement of Rates
ATD Anti-Tensioning Device
ATO Automatic Train Operation
ATP Automatic Train Protection
ATS Automatic Train Supervision
BAU Business as Usual
BCD Basic Custom Duty
BEC Buried Earth Conductor
BHLS Bus With a High Level of Service
BIS Bureau of Indian Standard
BOCC Backup Operation Control Centres
BOH Back of House
BOT Build Operate Transfer
BRT Bus Rapid Transit
BS British Standard
CBD Central Bussiness District
CBTC Communication based Train Control System
CENELEC European committee for Electrotechnical standardization
CMP Comprehensive Mobility Plan
CO Carbon Monoxide
COI Corridor of Impact
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CPR Community Property Resource
CTTS Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Study
CVRS Central Voice Recording System
CWR Continuous Welded Rail
DCF Discounted Cash Flow
DG Set Diesel Generating Set
DMC Driving Motor Car
DMRC Delhi Metro Rail Corporation
DP Development Plan
EFO Excess Fare Office
EGOM. Empowered Group of Ministers
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return
EMP Environmental Management Plan
ENPV Economic Net Present Value
EOCC Economic Opportunity Cost of Capital
FAR Floor Area Ratio
FC Forest Conservation
FIRR Financial Internal Rate of Return
FOB Foot Over Bridge
FRP Fire Resistance Period
FSI Floor Space Index
GC Generalized Cost
GOA Grade of Operation
GOI Government of india
GOM Government of Maharashtra
GPR Ground-penetrating radar
GPS Global Positioning System
HCMTR High Capacity Mass Transit Route
HDM Highway Design and Maintenance Standards Mode
HMI Human Machine Interface
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institue of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IMD India Meteorological Department
IPTs Intermediate Public Transport
IRR Internal Rate of Return
ISM Industrial Scientific Medical Radio Band
IT Information Technology
ITDP Institute for Transportation and Development Policy
ITES Information Technology Enabled Services
International Telecommunication Union – Telecommunication
ITU-T
Standardisation sector
JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency
LAA Land Aquisition Act
LAP Land Acquisition Plan
LBT Local Body Tax
LCCA Life Cycle Cost Analysis
LoS Levels of Service
LoS Level of Service
I. SALIENT FEATURES
i. GAUGE – 1435 mm
ii. Corridor & Route Length
v. Station Planning
A typical design has been suggested for all three elevated stations and will form basis for planning
of the stations.
Type Station Type No. of stations Size (sq. m) Levels Construction Type
Without PD Elevated 2 21 x 140 3 Cantilever
With PD Elevated 1 21 x 140 4 Cantilever
Headway
Corridor Year No. of rakes Rake consist Total coaches
(Min.)
2025 2.9 30 3 90
2033 2.9 30 3 90
Nigdi- Swargate
2043 2.5 34 3 102
2053 2.5 36 3/6 108
viii. Speed
(A) Maximum Design speed : 90 kmph
(B) Maximum Operating Speed : 80 kmph
(C) Scheduled Speed : 33kmph
Year
Corridor
2023 2033 2043 2053
PCMC-NIGDI
Traction 0.7 MVA 0.9 MVA 1.0 MVA 1.1 MVA
Route Length – 4.413 km,
Number of Stations – 3
Auxiliary 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA
(Elevated – 3)
PCMC-SWARGATE
Route Length – 17.8 km, Traction 6.5 MVA 8 MVA 9.2 MVA 9.5 MVA
Number of Stations – 14
(Elevated – 9, Underground Auxiliary 18.2 MVA 18.8 MVA 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA
- 5)
Total Power Demand Traction 7.2 MVA 8.9 MVA 10.2 MVA 10.6 MVA
(NIGDI-SWARGATE) Auxiliary 19.3 MVA 19.9 MVA 23 MVA 23 MVA
Two sources of power supply are there along the corridor one is 220kV Chinchwad SS near
PCMC and other is 132 kV Ganesh khind SS near agriculture college.
x. Rolling stock
xi. Depots
Stabling capacity for 25 number of 3-car trains is already provisioned in phase-1 of existing Range
Hill Depot which needs to be suitably augmented.
Type of Signalling: adopting ‘CATC’ (Continuous Automatic Train Control System) based
on "CBTC" (Communication Based Train Control System) which includes ATP (Automatic
Train Protection), ATO (Automatic Train Operation) and ATS (Automatic Train
Supervision) sub-systems using radio communication between Track side and Train.
Telecommunication system includes Fiber Optic System - Main Telecommunication
Bearer, Telephone System, Mobile Radio Communication, Centralized Clock System,
Passenger Announcement System, Centralized Clock System, Passenger Information
Display System, CCTV System, Access Control System, Network Monitoring and
Management, Forensic Debriefing Analysis and Cyber Security System.
The AFC system for this phase shall be of contactless smart card & token type which will also
allow easy accounting. The System shall be capable for open loop transactions as well to further
integrate the mobility solution with the advancements in technology and to allow for seamless
transition from dedicated cards to common multi-use stored value fare media that can be used
for financial transactions such as making purchases at shops etc. as well as a fare media in the
system.
The detaled cost estimate of the proposed extension line is given below,
1
Approximatey, 342 no. of trees will be impacted due to the project. However, the no. of trees might be
less. Exact no. of trees will be identified at the time of joint verification with the concerned department.
Page 4R
MAHA METRO – PUNE METRO
Extension of Pune Metro Phase-I
Corridor 1A
Note: FY 2019 Price Level is considered and the Prices are escalated till the completion
period to arrive at the completion cost. (Ref: Page 400)
Sensitivity analysis of the EIRR with Capital cost increase by 20%, O&M costs increased by 20%,
Target beneficiaries reduced by 20%, Delay in accrual of benefit by 1 year and Combined adverse
condition has also been carried out.
FIRR with project cost including all taxes, estimated fare and non-fare box revenue is estimated
at 10.45%.
This is a continuation of an existing line being executed under SPV model. In view of the
operational interconnection and in order to ensure seamless operations, we recommend the SPV
model.
Large-scale urbanization in IT/ITES and industrialization with rapid growth of vehicular population
has laid severe stress on urban transport system in City over the years. The City has a total of
about 15.68 lakhs vehicles as per Maharashtra government vehicle statistics. . There has been a
700 per cent increase in the number of vehicles in Pune Urban Agglomeration in the last 20 years
as per Regional Transport Office (The Indian express, 2017). The usage of private modes is
increasing unabated mainly due to inadequate public transport facilities.
With a view of developing effective and efficient mass transit system towards improving the
share of public transport trips, the Government of Maharashtra conceived and implemented
Metro rail system covering 33.5 km in Phase 1, Corridor 1(North South corridor) of which covers
17.8 km, which is now further extended in the north. This extension of 4.413 km is corridor-IA
There is a need for extension of Phase 1 in order to meet the future traffic demand. Nationally
and globally it is seen that the metro network expands progressively to serve entire City.
The peak hour peak direction traffic (PHPDT) and daily ridership for horizon years up to 2053 for
Phase-1A Metro corridors (PCMC to Nigdi) are presented in the following table:
Table 1 : Travel Demand Forecast For Pune Metro Phase-IA
PUNE METRO DPR - PHASE-II CORRIDORS - Scenario 1A
Scenario 1A 2023 2033 2041 2043 2051 2053
Peak Hour 47500 65000 75100 77000 82400 83200
Nigdi to Swargate Daily 495000 677000 782000 802000 858000 867000
PHPDT 14450 19480 23110 23690 25350 25600
Peak Hour 44700 60900 69100 70800 75600 76300
PCMC to
Daily 466000 634000 720000 738000 788000 795000
Swargate
PHPDT 12970 17780 19810 20300 21670 21870
Peak Hour 2800 4100 6000 6200 6800 6900
Incremental Daily 29000 43000 62000 64000 70000 72000
PHPDT 1480 1700 3300 3390 3680 3730
The average trip length for various horizon years is presented in table below:
Table 2 : Average Trip length (KM)
Without Extension With Extension
(PCMC-Swargate) (Nigdi-Swargate)
Year (KM) (KM)
2021 7.23 7.71
2023 7.33 7.83
2031 7.45 7.98
2033 7.51 8.05
2041 7.62 8.18
2043 7.65 8.21
2051 7.75 8.34
2053 7.76 8.36
Running of services for 19 hours of a day (05:00hrs to 24:00 hrs) with a maximum station
dwell time of 40 seconds which may be optimized further based on ridership trend when
section is opened
Scheduled speed of 33 kmph
Make up time of 5%-10% with 8%-12% coasting
Adequate services to ensure comfortable journey for commuters
Provision for 6-car trains is required in year 2053 considering headway limitations and future
lines which will add to demand estimated for existing length of corridor Phase 1A and may require
introduction of 6-car train before the design year.
Based on the projected PHPDT demand, Train operation for Pune Metro Corridor-1A is planned
with train carrying capacity calculated @6 persons per square meter of standee area in train.
However, rolling stock is designed for carrying @8 persons per square meter of standee area in
train. This will help to cater for excess load in peak hours.
As PHPDT in section PCMC to Nigdi is very low (PHPDT of 5440), peak headway of only 7.5 min in
2023, 5.7 min in 2033, 5 min in 2043 and 2053 is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly,
every alternate train is planned to be short looped from PCMC towards Swargate, at least during
peak hours. This has minimized Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The headway and capacity provided for different sections of three corridors is given in table
below:
Table 3 : Headway And Capacity Provided For Nigdi To Swargate Section
Demand (PHPDT) and capacity – line 1 Phase 1A (Nigdi- Swargate)
Year 2025 2033 2043 2053
Nigdi- PCMC- Nigdi- PCMC- Nigdi- PCMC- Nigdi- PCMC-
Section
PCMC Swargate PCMC Swargate PCMC Swargate PCMC Swargate
Peak
Headway 340 174 340 174 295 150 295 150
(seconds)
No. of Cars
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3/6
per train
Peak
2830 14450 3920 19450 5030 23690 5440 25600
Demand
Total
Capacity
@6p/sqm 6112 12224 8022 16044 9321 18642 9321 20262
of standee
area
Total
Capacity
@8p/sqm 7800 15600 10237 20475 11895 23790 11895 25848
of standee
area
Train operation plan is formulated such that traffic demand for majority of sections of corridor is
met with the passenger loadings @6 passengers/m2. However, in the sections where planned
capacity is less than section load, capacity can be met by carrying standees @ 8 passengers/m 2
which have been deliberately planned for optimum utilization of rolling stock. The total coach
requirement for corridor 1A is given below:
Table 4 : Coach Requirement For Different Horizon Years
The total coach requirement includes 75 coaches already earmarked for procurement for Phase-
I. Therefore, effective additional requirement will be total Requirment in corresponding year
minus 75.
Metro carries large number of passengers at a very close headway requiring a very high level of
safety enforcement and reliability. At the same time, heavy investment in infrastructure and
rolling stock necessitates optimization of its capacity to provide the best services to the public.
These requirements of the metro are planned to be achieved by adopting ‘CATC’ (Continuous
Automatic Train Control System) based on "CBTC" (Communication based Train Control System)
which includes ATP (Automatic Train Protection), ATO (Automatic Train Operation) and ATS
(Automatic Train Supervision) sub-systems using radio communication between Track side and
Train.
Platform screen doors are mainly provided at metro stations to ensure safety and comfort of
the passengers. In case of Underground stations, PSDs saves considerabe amount of energy
and improves climate control within the stations (heating, ventilation and air conditioning
are more effective when station is physically isolated from the tunnel). In case of Phase
1A,the complete stretch is elevated and Phase 1A is an extension of the existing phase 1 , thus
to ensure the continuity and compatibility, PSD are not proposed at wayside stations.
For Terminal Stations due to driverless turnback, PSGs are proposed at these stations for
safety purpose.
It is proposed to provide computer based automatic fare collection system (AFC) with contactless
smart token/card type ticketing cheaper which offers lower life cycle costs. The proposed AFC
system shall be interoperable with existing system.
The System shall be capable for open loop transactions as well to further integrate the mobility
solution with the advancements in technology and to allow for seamless transition from
dedicated cards to common multi-use stored value fare media that can be used for financial
transactions such as making purchases at shops etc. as well as a fare media in the system.
To accommodate the same the system shall conform to the following standards as a minimum:
Rolling stock proposed for the Phase IA corridors will be similar to that of Phase-I. The broad
features of rolling stock are presented in table below:
Table 5 : Broad Features Of Rolling Stock
S. No. Parameter Rolling Stock
3 Car basic unit 2DMC and 1 TC.
1 Basic Unit Every coach should be fully interchangeable with
any other coach of same type.
3- Car: DMC+TC+DMC
2 Train Composition 6- Car: DMC +TC +MC + MC + TC + DMC
Capable of GoA2 operation
3 Coach Dimensions L= 22.6m, W=2.9m, H= 3.9m
4 Coach construction Light weight Stainless Steel/Aluminum body
5 Axle load ≤16 T
6 Braking System Regenerative Braking
7 Propulsion system 3 phase drive system with VVVF control
8 Type of traction supply 25kV AC OHE system
SN CRITERIA DIMENSION
1 Gauge 1435 mm
2 Maximum Design Speed 90 kmph
a. Station Planning has been done for the peak hour traffic load for each station in the
horizon year. The planning norms have been considered for the design year.
Accordingly, facilities required at any station for emergency evacuation as per NFPA 130
Guidelines has been adopted. The stations have been planned in accordance with
‘Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities, and ‘National Building Code-2016’, for Disabled
friendly and other Indian best practices/standards.
b. The platform length is planned for 6 cars train of 140 m in length.
c. The platform width has been computed considering Peak Minute Peak Direction
Boarding; Disruption time of service; Platform congregation during disrupted time of
service,0.5sq m/person at Level of Service C.
d. Typical design has been suggested for all three stations and this form basis for planning
of all the stations.
Table 11 : summary of type of stations Proposed
Type Station Type No. of stations Size (sq. m) Levels Construction Type
No. of over ground utilities affected due to metro alignment, as identified during the
physical survey are:
Table 13 : List of utilities affected
S.No Location Direction Units
1 Light Poles Along the alignment 31
2 Traffic Signals Along the Alignment 27
3 Sign Boards Along the Alignment 12
4 Hoarding Boards Near Bhakti shakti Chowk 2
5 Electric Poles Near Bhakti shakti chowk 2
6 Transformer Near Bhakti shakti chowk 1
7 Overhead transmission tower Near Bhakti Shakti Chowk 1
8 Trees Along the Alignment 342
TOTAL 418
Only visible utilities have been listed out which will be getting affected due to the metro corridor.
Finalization of alignment, location of stations, entry / exits etc. has been done with
objective of keeping land requirement to bare minimum. For this purpose, alignment &
stations are planned on center of the road to the extent possible.
Stations sizes for all three elevated stations are 140m long & 21m wide. Since the stations are
elevated, land requirement for the stations has been estimated for the entry & exits only.
No additional land is required for depot as stabling of incremental trains (15 no. of 3-car
trains) is available in existing depot land only.
The total cost of Land including R&R works out to be Rs. 114.43 Crore.
Table 14 : Total land requirement
The proposals have been formulated for facilitating traffic dispersal and circulation facilities
based on the following considerations:
Proper design of circulation area adjoining the station building to ensure rapid/ efficient
dispersal of the passengers and avoiding conflicts between pedestrian and vehicular
traffic.
Footpaths in the metro station influence zone are proposed to be upgraded considering
direct and easy connectivity, ease of movement and safety.
Dedicated linkages like subways, skywalks, covered walkways etc. between MRTS,
suburban railway and Metro which will reduce the passenger travel time and pedestrian
load on the roads.
Circulation area with adequate parking space, designated space for pick-drop zones and
feeder modes like Buses, IPTs and NMT.
In addition to improvement of pedestrian and intermodal facilities, Feeder services in the form
of buses and public bicycle sharing system have been planned at corridor 1A metro stations for
providing last mile connectivity.
Table 15 : Feeder Buses And Public Bicycle Requirement
Traction Power Supply in Metro systems is used for high acceleration and pollution-free services
in urban areas. There are three standard and proven systems of electric traction for use in
suburban and metro lines, viz:- 750V DC third rail, 1500V DC overhead catenary and 25kV AC
overhead catenary system. All these three systems are presently in use in India.
The 25 kV AC Over Head Electrification (OHE) traction system shall be similar to existing power
supply system, keeping in view the ultimate traffic requirements, standardization, and other
techno-economic considerations. As 25 kV AC Over Head Electrification (OHE) traction system
has already been used for traction power supply for existing corridor and also for interoperability
of the system. 25kV AC traction has the economic advantages of minimal number of traction sub-
stations and potential to carry large traffic upto 60,000 PHPDT.
The system requires catenary masts on surface/elevated section, thereby affecting aesthetics
and skyline of the city. Since the proposed alignment of Pune Metro would traverse congested
roads and built-up area of the city, 25kV AC traction system is considered a safe option. Traffic
requirements of the Pune Metro have been projected in the range of 25600 PHPDT in year
2053.The alignment of proposed corridors is on elevated viaducts. Keeping in view the techno-
economic considerations, 25 KV AC traction system is considered to be the best solution for
Power requirements.
No extra depot is required, existing depot shall be used for the extension corridor 1A (PCMC-
NIGDI) and also the existing OCC and BOCC shall be updated based on the requirements of the
extension corridor 1A (PCMC-NIGDI).
The power demand calculation for the extension corridor 1A (PCMC - NIGDI) based on the
operation plan is projected as below:
Table 16 : Power Demand Estimation (MVA)
Year
Corridor
2023 2033 2043 2053
PCMC-NIGDI
Traction 0.7 MVA 0.9 MVA 1.0 MVA 1.1 MVA
Route Length – 4.413 km,
Number of Stations – 3
Auxiliary 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA
(Elevated – 3)
PCMC-SWARGATE
Route Length – 17.8 km, Traction 6.5 MVA 8 MVA 9.2 MVA 9.5 MVA
Number of Stations – 14
(Elevated – 9, Auxiliary 18.2 MVA 18.8 MVA 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA
Underground - 5)
Total Power Demand Traction 7.2 MVA 8.9 MVA 10.2 MVA 10.6 MVA
(NIGDI-SWARGATE) Auxiliary 19.3 MVA 19.9 MVA 23 MVA 23 MVA
The Source of power supply system in Pune city has 220 kV and 132 kV grid substation network
on the periphery of the city to cater to various types of power supply demand in vicinity of the
proposed corridor.
Two sources of power supply are there along the corridor one is 132kV Chinchwad SS near PCMC
and other is 132 kV Ganesh khind SS near agriculture college.
Auxiliary sub-stations (ASS) are envisaged to be provided at each station (1 ASS for elevated
station) for stepping down 33 kV supply to 415 V for auxiliary applications and one separate ASS
for Depot is already planned for the existing corridor for stepping down 33 kV supply to 415 V for
auxiliary applications in depot.
However, in the unlikely events of simultaneous tripping of all the input power sources or grid
failure, the power supply to stations as well as to trains will be interrupted. The standby DG set
of 500 KVA capacity is required to cater the auxiliary load of the stations.
Provision of a grid connected solar photovoltaic power plant utilizing all possible areas viz. roof
top of stations/sheds and buildings is proposed. Based on the solar radiation intensity in Pune,
the peak solar power generation of Pune Metro corridors is expected to be about 200 kWp for
elevated stations and about 2000kWp for maintenance depot.
For solar energy harnessing system,Based on RESCO Model, Maha Metro shall sublet the rooftop
to project developer who will be responsible for the solar PV installation. The power shall be
purchased by Maha Metro on the basis of the unit rate specified by Power Purchase Agreement
(PPA).
The negative impacts due to location of proposed corridor 1A (PCMC – Nigdi) include: Project
Affected People (PAPs), Change of Land use, Loss of trees/forest and Utility/Drainage Problems.
The impacts due to construction include: Soil erosion, pollution and health risk at construction
site, traffic diversion and risk to existing buildings, excavated soil disposal problems, dust
generation, increased water demand and impact due to supply of construction material.
Anticipated Impacts due to operation are: noise pollution, water supply and sanitation at
stations, traffic congestion issues and impact due to depots.
A lot of positive impacts are anticipated which include employment opportunities, benefits to
economy; quick service and safety; reduced fuel consumption and reduction in air pollution.
Mitigation measures and Environment management plan for Compensatory Afforestation,
Construction Material, Housekeeping, Air Pollution Control, Noise and vibration Control are
suggested. The total estimated environmental management cost for the proposed project is
about Rs. 92,90,400.00 and tree transplantation cost is Rs. 1,28,748.00. Total cost of Environment
Management Plan wourks out to 1.79 Cr. including Air, Noise, Water, waste, soil management,
training and capacity building activities etc.
The project will involve acquisition of 7446.35 square meter land which comprises 6383.84
square meter of private land and 1062.51 square meter of government land. Total of 49
structures will be affected.
An effective system needs to be in place under the provision of ‘Disaster Management Act, 2005’.
Provisions at metro stations include Fire Detection and Suppression System, Environmental Control
System (ECS), Tunnel Ventilation System, Track-way Exhaust System (TES), Power Supply System,
DG Sets & UPS, Water Supply and Drainage System, Lights and other facilities which may be deemed
necessary. In order to be prepared for any disaster, it is essential to train the concerned staff in
situations such as fire, rescue of disabled trains, evacuation, etc. and mock drills need to be
conducted. The measures will cover disasters both man-made and natural. The measures will be
in consonance with practices suggested the disaster management authorities.
The three phases of security system followed include Prevention, Preparedness and Recovery.
Various provisions like CCTV cameras, baggage scanners, metal detectors, bomb detection
equipment, wireless sets, sniffer dogs and related facilities will be part of station security system.
20 R&R 41.62
21 Total Cost incl. General Charges, Contingencies, Central 780.00
and state Taxes @ FY '19 Price Levels (Incl. Land and R&R)
Note: FY 2019 Price Level is considered and the Prices are escalated till the completion
period to arrive at the completion cost. (Ref: Page 400)
The total O&M cost in year 2025 and 2053 is estimated at Rs. 44 Crore and Rs. 419 Crore
respectively (duly escalated).
National Transit Oriented Development (TOD) Policy provides guidelines on development along
transit corridors. TOD focuses on creation of high density mixed land use development in the
influence zone of transit stations, i.e. within the walking distance of (500m) of transit station or
along the corridor in case the station spacing is about 1km. With application of TOD policy
premium shall be collected on incremental proposed FSI. For application of TOD Policy,
infrastructure provisions shall be made as well. Thus, at the expense of Rs 340.78 Cr for
infrastructure provision, premium Levy over the development period (30 Years) of Rs. 3082
crores shall be earned. 75% of this revenue shall be shared with Maha Metro, summary of which
is given in following table:
Table 18 : Estimated Annual Revenue From TOD
Revenue to Metro from Premium
Year
Levy with Max FAR 4 (Cr.)
2030-31 104
2031-32 106
2032-33 109
2033-34 112
2034-35 114
2035-36 117
2036-37 120
2037-38 123
2038-39 126
2039-40 129
2040-41 133
2041-42 136
2042-43 139
2043-44 143
2044-45 146
2045-46 150
2046-47 337
2047-48 345
2048-49 354
2049-50 363
2050-51 372
2051-52 381
2052-53 391
FY 19 – 1% cess collection on stamp duty in PCMC stood at 155 Crores. 25% share per year from
the same is proposed to be given as revenue support to the extension from PCMC to Nigdi over
a 30 year period and assumed to be escalated at 2.5% per annum.
Table 19 : Year wise share of cess on stamp duty with Maha Metro
Year Revenue to Metro from Cess on Stamp Duty (Cr.)
2030-31 52
2031-32 53
2032-33 55
2033-34 56
2034-35 57
2035-36 59
2036-37 60
2037-38 62
2038-39 63
2039-40 65
2040-41 66
2041-42 68
2042-43 70
2043-44 72
2044-45 73
2045-46 75
2046-47 169
2047-48 173
2048-49 177
2049-50 182
2050-51 186
2051-52 191
2052-53 196
The FIRR for a project operation period of 30 years is carried out with Non fare Box Revenue
including TOD. Non-fare sources of revenue incorporated in financial package for the proposed
Metro Projects such as advertisement, rental from kiosks inside stations, Sharing of cess on stamp
duty, Property development on government land and sharing of Premium from application of
TOD policy . Project IRR works out to 10.45 %
Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad have been experiencing tremendous growth in population and
employment since the last two decades. The cities have been stretching their limits to the widest
extent possible, thus urban sprawl has become evident.
The growth in various industries, particularly automobile, IT and IT enabled services, in and
around Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad has added further impetus to the urban sprawl and increase in
population and employment.
The district also has an importance as an important military base. The urbanization of this Pune
& Pimpri Chinchwad will receive a big impetus in the next 30 years due to the ambitious
development plan of the 7000 sq. km Pune Metropolitan Region.
1.1 History
The city of Pune has been a city of major importance in the Indian subcontinent since the 17 th
century. Confined to the East bank of the Mutha river until the early 19th century, the city started
to grow on the west bank as well. The city witnessed fast growth after Independence.
In addition to its temples, historical attractions in and around Pune include the rock-cut
Pataleshwar cave temple, Aga Khan Palace, Shaniwarwada, Lal Mahal, and Sinhagad fort.
Shinde Chhatri, located at Wanowrie, is a memorial dedicated to the Great Maratha Sardar,
Mahadaji Shinde (Scindia) who was instrumental in establishing the Maratha supremacy over
North India.
1.2 Geography
The monsoon lasts from June to October, with moderate rainfall and temperatures ranging from
22 to 28 °C (72 to 82 °F). Most of the 772 mm of annual rainfall in the city falls between June and
September, and July is the wettest month of the year.
The daytime temperature hovers around 26 °C (79 °F) while night temperature is below 9 °C
(48 °F) for most of December and January, often dropping to 5 to 6 °C (41 to 43 °F).
In the past few years, Pune and surrounding cities including Pimpri-Chinchwad have witnessed
major population growth. The population of Pimpri-Chinchwad as per 2001 Census is 1,006,417
persons. The population as per 2011 census is estimated to be in the range of 17.27 lakhs . This
growth is partly fueled by the presence of multiple education institutions as well as industrial
developments, notably in the manufacturing and IT sectors (source: PMC, 2008).
The population of Pimpri-Chinchwad as per 2011 Census is 17.27 lakhs. Pimpri Chinchwad
provides employment to industrial workers and of late has emerged as an affordable urban
destination for residential purposes. The increasing demand for industrial and residential areas
led to continuous addition of areas and upgradation of the erstwhile Municipal Council to
Corporation. For the last two decades, the decadal growth rate of population has been in the
range of 100% while the previous two decades witnessed population growth in the range of
150%. (Source: City Development Plan, PCMC)
Pimpri-Chinchwad has a population density of 9,353 persons per square kilometre as per the
2011 census, which is comparatively less than that of its neighbouring city, Pune. However, this
is mainly due to the large extent of vacant spaces available in the peripheral, undeveloped areas
of the city.
The city is tucked between the Mula, Pawana and Indrayani rivers which form the natural
boundaries of the city on the northern and southern sides. The densely populated old city is
located in the centre, with the Pawana River on one side and the Mumbai-Pune railway line on
the other. These are also the old PCMC and PCNTDA areas. The interiors of these areas
comprising Morwadi, Kharalwadi, Pimpri Waghere and Pimple Saudagar, still retain their rural
character and have narrow road widths.
The geographical location of the city between the rivers on one side and vast defence areas on
the eastern side of the city form natural barriers to the city’s growth; comprehensibly, the
western side of the city facing Mumbai has the maximum potential for growth and development.
The dynamic process of population growth beyond the control of authorities is largely the
function of real estate development, land prices and ease of accessibility to work place, and
availability of basic services. As a result, population growth is being witnessed in the fringe areas
of the city and just outside the PCMC limits, especially in the northwest direction.
In Pimpri-Chinchwad, more than 60% of the population growth has been on account of migration
largely due to the employment opportunities prevailing in the region. Migration into PCMC region
is essentially from within Maharashtra. Approximately 31% of sampled population is from Pune
District, 12% from other district of Maharashtra, 14% from outside Maharashtra and remaining
43% of population were original habitants of the region. The main reason for migration has been
economic i.e. for employment. Location of large number of industries and service sector
attracted large number of population in the area.
1975: Status of Municipal Council was changed from “C” Class to “A” Class from 7th January 1975.
1982: A Municipal Corporation was formed by merging seven surrounding villages in the
Municipal Council, namely Sangvi, Rahatani, Thergaon, Wakad (part), Pimple Nilakh, Pimple
Gurav, Pimple Saudagar and the PCNTDA area. A total area of 86 sq. km. came under PCMC’s
jurisdiction vide notification dated 05.10.1982.
1997: The area under the Municipal Corporation was further increased through the addition of
18 new villages in part or full, constituting an extended area of 84.51 sq.km. Thus, the total area
under the jurisdiction of PCMC measured 170.51 sq.km.
These villages are located on the periphery of the erstwhile PCMC area. The villages Talwade,
Chikhali, Moshi, and Dudulgaon along the Dehu-Alandi road, and Choviswadi and Wadmukhwadi
along the Dighi-Alandi road are located north of the erstwhile PCMC, bounded by the Indrayani
River. Charholi BK, Dighi, and Bopkhel along the Pune-Alandi road lie towards the east, bordered
by the area under the Ministry of Defence. Towards the south are Dapodi, Sangavi (Aundh Chest
Hospital), Bhosari, and Pimple Nilakh (Rakshak Co-operative Housing Society Private Ltd. and
Bharat Electronics Ltd. Colony). To the west, the river Pavana bisects the villages Mamurdi,
Kiwale, and Ravet from the villages Punawale and Wakad that lie along the westerly Mumbai-
Bangalore bypass highway.
The present PCMC area borders its twin city of Pune on the north and north-west and lies on the
Mumbai-Pune National Highway NH4. The Mumbai-Pune rail link also traverses through the
corporation area dividing it into two halves.
For the last two decades, the decadal growth rate in population has been in the range of 100%;
the previous two decades witnessed population growth in the range of 150%. The very high
growth rates of the past decades, accounted for by migration and the addition of new areas, have
started to show a downward trend; however, these would still be on the higher side for the next
three decades due to the all-round economic development of the Pune region. Current
population in year 2011 is 50.5 lakh in Pune Region, out of which Pune and Pimpri Chinchwad
combined housed 48.52 lakh persons in year 2011. As of 2011, it is estimated that the total
population of the PCMC area is about 17.27 lakhs and 20.8 Lakh in 2017. Accordingly, the
population of PCMC is estimated to reach 30.9 Lakh by 2028 and 39.11 lakhs by 2038.
As in the case of Pune city, so in Pimpri-Chinchwad too, the majority of the population (over 80%)
is below the age of 50; the city has a very young population with the median age being close to
24 years. Since a large chunk of the current younger generation is expected to start families
within the next decade and half, the population will escalate to the projected level. The
population of Pimpri-Chinchwad in the last two decades grew at an annual average rate of over
7% against the national average of 2.1% and state average of about 3.3%.
Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation (PCMC) is situated approximately at 18° 37' north
latitude and 73° 48' east longitude bordering its twin city of Pune on the north and north-west.
Figure 6 : Location of PCMC in Pune Region (left) and Administrative wards in PCMC (Right)
Source: City Development Plan, PCMC
The city of Pimpri-Chinchwad is predominantly an industrial area, which has developed largely
during the last four decades. Pimpri Chinchwad is a relatively newly developed urban area of
Pune city.
Pimpri was basically established as a centre for refugees from Pakistan. Industrialisation in Pimpri
area commenced with the establishment of Hindustan Antibiotics Limited in 1956. The
establishment of the Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) in 1961-62
considerably facilitated industrial development in the area. The establishment of large-scale core
industries has led to the growth of ancillary and small-scale industries in and around this
industrial belt. With each passing year, the landscape saw significant changes, long stretches of
farmland giving way to clusters of enclosed factory campuses. Pimpri-Chinchwad being an
extension of Pune, enjoys the excellent connectivity that Pune has.
Table 24 presents the land use distribution of Pimpri-Chinchwad City. Out of the total area, the
residential land use constitutes about 46%. Figure 7 shows the existing land use plan of the study
area. Commercial zones and mixed uses are distributed mostly along major corridors and around
nodes. Commercial districts of the kind proposed in the DP have not come up primarily owing to
the road structure in the city. Concentrations of residential zones are around villages and in newly
developed areas. New residential construction is seen mostly between the river and the Aundh-
Ravet road and in and around Wakad. Location decisions of high order institutional zones such
as hospitals, colleges, etc seem to have been based on a function of market values and
connectivity rather than zonation as specified in the DP. Industries have come up in the MIDC
area. Some transformations from industrial to commercial are seen along major spines like the
NH4.
The permissible F. A. R. shall be 1.5 for purely residential building and 2.00 for building with mixed
residential and commercial user subject to maximum tenement density of 375 tenements per
hectare, provided in building with mixed residential and commercial user. The commercial user
will be permitted only on the ground floor and the residential user and commercial user shall not
exceed F. A. R. 1.5 and 0.5 respectively. However in the case of entire building constructed on
stilts, the stilt floor may be allowed for the 0.5 commercial use.
Newly merged area in PCMC has not utilized the FSI of 1 as well. Small pockets in Pimpri and
Chichwad has utilized higher FSI of 2.5 and above as shown in Figure 9.
The highest distribution of jobs is in the MIDC area between the Old Mumbai Pune road and the
Telco road. This area houses big factories such as Bajaj, Telco, Tata Motors and numerous other
small and large scale manufacturing industries. However this pattern of jobs is likely to undergo
a conspicuous shift in the next 5 to 10 years as the IT and ITES sector is being widely promoted.
The existing distribution of jobs are shown in the Figure 10.
The gaonthan areas and the camp area provide for wholesale shopping in the city. New malls and
large format retail development are coming up in the central city areas along the industrial belt
on the old Mumbai pune highway and at the junction of NH4 & NH50. Small format commercial
development is also seen spread through the neighbourhood as the development control rules
allows for mixed use on roads having ROW 18 m or more (refer Figure 11). This is advantageous
in reducing some of the shopping trips.
Recreational areas are few in the city despite the presence of large water bodies. Some of the
neighbourhood chowks serve as recreational spaces with informal markets and eateries.
Important temples like the Gnaneshwar Maharaj temple at Alandi are visited by people from the
entire region and the city palace host to lakhs of people during festive occasions.
1.4.6 Land use plan proposals (Master Plan and CDP strategy)
From the Development Plan documents for PCMC old area, PCNTDA and PCMC newly added
areas, the areas under different land uses has been estimated and presented in the table given
below. As is evident from the map (refer Figure 12), in the respective Development Plans, the
MIDC industrial estates were zoned as predominantly industrial zones while other uses were
assigned to areas around them. In terms of land use zoning, status quo was maintained for village
areas and the refugee camps also. Plots have been reserved both in the old DP as well as the DP
for the added areas for public utilities and social infrastructure as per recommendations of the
URDPFI guidelines. Commercial zones have been assigned in blocks as commercial districts,
equidistantly placed around the residential areas. Buffers along the rivers and reserve forests
were meant to provide the green spaces in the city.
PCMC area is characterised by the old MIDC and the newly extended areas. Most of the
developed area of PCMC has a good road network connecting the main roads and arterial roads
in a planned manner. The central areas of the city comprising old PCMC areas and MIDC areas
have a dense and narrow road network in comparison to the new areas to the north and west of
the city where the roads are comparatively wider. The road network in the PCMC area
functionally comprises arterial roads, sub-arterial roads, collector roads and local streets. Most
of the arterial roads have few encroachments, which however is not the case with sub-arterial
and collector roads. Proposed Road Network for PCMC is given in Figure 13:
With the projected increase in the city’s population, strengthening and augmenting the existing
transport infrastructure has assumed urgency.
This situation has thus called for the development of an MRT system and in 2016, Phase I of Pune
Metro Project was approved by the Central Government of India. It is Maha Metro – Pune Metro
that is in charge of the implementation of the Pune Metro Project.
The metro system will connect different parts of the city area with the developed and developing
areas. Although the city has relatively low population compared to other metropolitan cities, a
planning for a modern transportation system for Pune city shall help it to grow in terms of
industrialization and commercialization.
The public transport share has been completely overthrown by the tremendous growth in private
vehicle transport. The vicious cycle of increase in private vehicle ownership (mostly two-wheelers
and cars) has become unstoppable due to the increased transport demand and lack of convenient
public transport options. In a nutshell, in the absence of augmentation of mass transit services,
Pune may head towards unsustainable urban transport scenario. In order to augment public
transport system to cater to the rapid increase in demand for transportation services and make
urban transportation in Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad sustainable, the implementation of metro rail
was envisaged, and Metro Master Plan was prepared by Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC) in
2008.
The total vehicle population in PMC as on 31st March 2018 was 36.2 lakhs (under the Regional
Traffic Office MH-12), and the total number of registered vehicles in PCMC is 15.68 lakhs in which
11.69 lakh two wheelers and 2.54 lakh four wheelers. Thus around 51.88 lakh vehicles are
registered in PMC and PCMC. There has been a 700 per cent increase in the number of vehicles
in Pune Urban Agglomeration in the last 20 years as per Regional Transport Office (The Indian
express, 2017).
The analysis of vehicle registration data from the year 2012 to 2017, Compound Annual Growth
Rate (CAGR) was calculated between 2012-13 to 2016-17 for various classes of vehicles. It can be
noticed that two-wheelers constitute to 68.70% of the total vehicles, followed by cars with
22.70%. (Source: CMP of PCMC & PMC, 2018). It has been observed that regarding the impact of
an increased vehicle population in Pune city very few studies have taken place after year 2000.
According to the Srinivas Bonala, 2004 (Author), Pune city is facing problems like increased traffic
congestion, reduced driving speed, increased environmental pollution and degradation of the
quality of life. The capacity of many intersections has been exhausted. The central city is
experiencing capacity gaps, parking problems, low-speed travel, increased congestion, and
environmental pollution leading to worsening air quality. The article (India Together, 2004)
reports that Pune's municipal transport system, is suffering due to an increased population,
inadequate bus fleets and resources, increasing competitive private modes of transport and
neglect from political and administrative officers. Pune has been labeled the 5th most polluted
city in Asia. 65% of this pollution in Pune is caused by vehicular emissions.
Pune is connected to other major cities through Highway roads converging towards the centre of
the city, 3 of which are going through the areas that are in the study perimeter (see figure below):
Figure 14 : Map of Main Highway Roads from Pune to other Major Cities
(Source: Open Street Map, 2018 & Systra, 2018)
The Pune is located to the South East of Mumbai at a distance of 150 km. The Mumbai-Bangalore
National Highway (NH-48) passes through the city and runs towards southern direction. Pune is
well connected with all the major cities of India by network of National and State Highways. Some
of the major highways passing through the study area are as follows:
• Mumbai - Bangalore National Highway (NH 48)
The district of Pune has a total rail network of 311 km. Pune is one of the two main stations of
the district (the other being Daund). Following are the three main railway routes pass through
the district:
Mumbai-Pune-Solapur;
Pune-Miraj;
Daund-Baramti.
Figure 15 : Map of Major Transportation Nodes in and around Pimpri chichwad City
2.4.3 Bus
MSRTC is a state run bus service of Maharashtra. it operates buses from Pune to all major parts
of the state from four bus terminals: Swargate, Shivaji Nagar, Pune Railway Station and Vallabh
Nagar. Buses to Mumbai, Solapur, Nasik, Shiridi etc will be plying at regular intervals from Pune.
Wide range of services is operated by MSRTC which includes Ordinary, Asiad, Hirkani, Ashwamed,
Shivneri and Shivshahi.
Apart from MSRTC, state transport corporations of neighboring states such as Gujarat, Karnataka
and Telangana also operates bus services to Pune.
PMPML is responsible for operating bus service in the city and its suburbs. The fleet size of
PMPML is about 1,500. The average life of fleet is 8 years. Average number of buses on road per
day is 1,382 operating on 371 routes. On an average 17,000 trips per day and carrying around
10.65 lakhs trips passengers per day with average occupancy of 770 passengers per bus. PMPML
operates various services like Regular Service, Rainbow Buses, Night Buses, Pune Darshan, Ladies
Special and Airport Buses. At present PMPML have 13 bus depots and 2392 bus stops which
clearly indicates need for replacing old fleet with new one. The 13 bus depots are at Swargate,
Shivaji Nagar, Kothrud, Katraj, I-Iadpasar, Market Yard, Upper Depot, Pune Railway Station, Nigdi,
Pimpri, Bhosari, Wagholi, Bhekrai Nagar. Apart from these the other major bus stands are Deccan
Gymkhana, PMT Bus Stand, Mahatma Gandhi Bus Stand at Pulgate, Bhakti Shakti Bus Stand in
Nigdi and Chinchwad Bus Stand.
2.4.4 Airport
Pune International Airport is located at Lohegaon at around 10 km from the city. It is operated
by the Airports Authority of India (AAI). AAI shares its runways with the Indian Air Force base. In
addition to domestic flights to all major Indian cities, the airport serves international direct flights
to Dubai and Frankfurt. In 2017-18, the airport has handled about 8.16 million passengers and
41,566 tonnes of cargo. The current Airport is saturated and the new green field airport is
proposed at Purandhar on southern side of Pune city near Saswad town.
2.4.5 Metro
The Phase I of Pune Metro project comprises two lines. The two lines with 30 stations are
presented on the Figure 16.
Line 1 running from North to South from PCMC to Swargate. It is 17.8 km long and
comprises 14 stations including 5 underground and 9 elevated stations;
Line 2 running from West to East from Vanaz to Ramwadi. It is 15.7 km long and
comprises 16 elevated stations.
As mentioned above, Phase I of the Metro Project was approved in 2016 and construction is
currently taking place on the two lines.
In addition, Line 3 is also planned under PPP model, which will be running between Shivajinagar
and Hinjewadi. Line 3 metro is 23.33 km long and comprises of 23 stations.
Maha Metro – Pune Metro is planning to further develop this metro network as an
extension of Phase 1 to cater to the fast development of the city.
After experiencing the rapid growth, particularly in the out-growth areas of PMC & PCMC and
Chakan area, the Government of Maharashtra/ Maha Metro – Pune Metro is planning to further
develop the metro network as an extension of Phase I.
Extension of Phase 1 i.e. From PCMC to Nigdi (corridor 1A) , and Swargate to Katraj (Corridor 2A)
have received the in principal approval of Government of Maharastra in October 2013. This
extension corridors, as part of Pune Metro Phase II, include:
Corridor 1A, which is an extension of line 1 from PCMC to Nigdi in the North (4.413
km);
Corridor 2A, which is an extension of line 1 from Swargate to Katraj in the South
(approximately 5.51 km);
Corridor 2B, which is a new line running from Nashik Phata on line 1 to Chakan in
the north east of the city (21.30 km). It will have interchange station with existing
Bhosari Station.
These corridors are presented in Figure 17 (red lines)
About 10.6 Lakh PCU has been observed at various cordon points in Pune and Pimpri-Chichwad
City as Per CMP, 2018. Total of 10.6 Lakh vehicles and 10.18 Lakh PCU has been observed. Satara
Road is having highest number of vehicles followed by Mumbai Pune Expressway at Talegoan Toll
Plaza. On Khed Shivapur Toll Plaza and Pune-Mumbai Experssway, more number of goods
vehicles are observed as high as compared to other locations. Traffic volume on Velhe Bhudruk
village Road, Velhe Bhagud MIDC (Mulshi Road) and Nirvi- Nhavare Road is less. Number of
vehicles at Kusgaon Toll Plaza is less compared to Talegoan Toll Plaza, as the Kusgaon Toll Plaza
is an entry/exit toll plaza to Lonavala.
2.88
1.84
47.93
31.32
More dominant mode of transport used in PCMC is two Wheeler, followed by car. Cycle is least
preferred mode which shares just 4% of traffic composition. The share of two wheelers is more
on village roads as they constitute the local trips. The share of goods vehicles is considerably high
on National Highways like Nasik Road, Solapur Road, Mumbai Highway and Satara Road as
compared to other roads. The share of two wheelers is almost zero on Mumbai Pune Expressway
as the movement of two wheelers is restricted on the expressway. Share of buses is also minimal
on roads like Velhe Budruk Road, Nirvi- Nhavare Road, Saswad Supa Road and Uruli Kanchan road
as these roads are not connecting any major settlements.
Journey speed is an important parameter to measure traffic flow and Level of Service of traffic.
Measurement of speed is frequently required in transport planning particularly to evaluate the
road network system, to provide vital inputs to transport demand modelling process and assist
in economic analysis of improvement plans.
The average journey speed varies from 10 kmph to 60 kmph in Pimpri Chichwad city. Maximum
journey speed of 60 kmph is observed on bypass road. This is due to four lane divided carriageway
in good condition. Some roads like Laxmi Road, NC Kelkar Road, Shivaji Road, Bajirao Road,
Jawaharlal Nehru Road etc the speeds are very less as these roads are in CBD area where the
speed of vehicles is being affected by various factors like pedestrian flow, narrow roads, heavy
vehicular flow and roadside friction such as on-street parking, encroachments etc.
As per CMP, 2018, Maximum number of pedestrians in peak hour are observed at Belbaug chowk
which is around 13,000, this is because of Dagdusheth Halwai Ganapati Temple and commercial
areas on Shivaji Road. On mid-block locations, maximum number of pedestrians are observed on
Lal Bahadur Sastri Road near Rambaug colony road.
Various traffic safety measures are proposed in CMP pertaining to Road marking, signage and
street lighting. Proper signs will be installed at appropriate locations as per guidelines provided
in IRC publications 67-2001 ‘ Code of practice for Road signs’. The following short term
alternatives may be considered for implementation:
• Speed breakers and humps be marked and signed adequately for night time visibility,
• All traffic signages be made retro reflective,
• Install minimum pavement markings such as lane lines, median lines, stop bar, fog line, etc.
• Ensure that adequate street lighting is provided on all collectors, sub-arterials, and arterial
roads
Improvement in street lights are also proposed. Along with this, strategies for junction
improvement and traffic calming measures are also considered.
Auto rickshaws are the main IPT modes in Pune. The various modes of IPT in Pune are: Auto-
rickshaw, Share Auto and Taxi services which include application based taxi aggregators like Ola
and Uber. There are no specific route restrictions for these autos. Auto rickshaws running on the
streets of Pune provide better connectivity to the city core which has a narrow road network.
Many people prefer them over local bus service due to shorter wait time and point to point
service. A total of 50,892 auto rickshaws, 46,511 taxies and 7759 other passenger vehicular
permits are availed in Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad.
Bus and Railway are the types of public transport available in the city. Inter city as well as city bus
service is available. BRTS is also in Place. Bus is the most common public transport system used
in the city. With time, usage of city bus service has been decline due to change in personal choices
as shown in PMPML passenger data (Table 27).
Pune BRTS is India’s first BRTS system. BRTS in Pune is named as Rainbow BRTS. BRTS serves both
Pune and PCMC. At present 4 corridors of 38km is operational. Rainbow BRTS caters to 51 routes
with 319 buses plying along 4 corridors.
However, it is not fully segregated system. The BRTS system has several issues i.e. lack of
exclusive right of way for buses on several sections of the route, poor condition of buses, lack of
safe access to BRTS stations, lack of bus priority at intersections etc. Due to the above constraints,
the system is yet to attract good ridership. For success of BRTS, strict enforcement and traffic
Another form of Public transportation is sub urban railways. Pune Suburban Railway is operated
by Central Railway between Pune to Lonavala, runs on double line electrified broad gauge section
of 63.84 km. The suburban trains are operated from Pune to Lonavala regularly to cater the
suburban traffic. In a day 18 trains are being operated from Pune to Lonavala and 5 trains
between Pune and Talegaon. The minimum headway of the trains is 30 minutes and generally
frequency is observed to be low, which makes the system heavily crowded in peak hours. A large
number of students, employees, industrial workers travel by the local trains and the poor
frequency of trains leads to increased rush of passengers through the day. Mumbai Rail Vikas
Corporation is planning for 3rd and 4m line between Pune and Lonavala, exclusively for suburban
rail operations. Stations along Pune-Lonavala railway line are Shivajinagar Station, Khadki Station,
Pimpri Station, Chinchwad Station, Akurdi Station, Dehu Road Station, Talegaon Station and
Lonavala Station. It covers Lonavala to Daund and Pune to Miraj.
Metro: Metro has been approved for the Pune In December 2016. Pune Metro project has been
undertaken by MAHA Metro, a SPV (Special Purpose Vehicle) of Government of India and
Government of Maharashtra. Surveying and design work of Pune Metro has begun in June 2017.
It will be a combination of elevated and underground sections, with initial routes being planned
between PCMC - Swargate and Vanaz - Ramwadi. The estimated cost of the project is about
Rs.11,522 crore. The project is expected to be completed by 2021.
Under CMP, 2018, the public transport network and system has been selected, considering the
evaluation of public transport networks. Metro, Light Metro and BRT systems have been
recommended for various corridors. The recommended Public transport network in 2028 is
presented in Figure 19.
Table 28 : Recommended Public Transport Network and system, 2038 (CMP 2018)
Length PHPDT Length PHPDT
in Km (2028) in Km (2038)
(2028) (2038)
Metro Corridor
1 Nigdi – Katraj 33.63 15500 33.63 19000
2 Chandani Chowk – Wagholi 25.99 13000 25.99 18000
3 Hingewadi - Hadapsar 30.35 13500 30.35 22000
4 Sinhagad Road 9.08 9500 9.08 16500
5 Hinjewadi - Chakan 30.08 14000 30.08 24000
6 Warje to Swargate 8.87 8000
7 Wagholi-chikali-Hinjewadi 35.23 95000
Total 129.1 173.2
BRTS Corridor
1 Yerwada – Airport 5.05 2000 5.05 2500
2 Kalewadi phata – Chikali 12.03 2500 12.03 3400
3 HCMTR PMC 38.45 2200 38.45 2900
4 HCMTR PCMC 31.40 2000 31.40 2700
5 Chinchwad-Talewade 12.00 2800 12.00 3500
6 Total 98.93 98.93
In view of the importance of NMT infrastructure, PMC has initiated several projects besides
establishing the NMT Cell. The projects initiated by PMC are listed below:
• Pedestrian Policy A Non-Motorized Transport (NMT) Cell was set up in 2008 by PMC to look at
the issues related to pedestrians and cyclists, and provision of footpath and bicycle track
infrastructures.
The objective is to plan and maintain consistent, high quality pedestrian infrastructure with
equitable allocation of road space. The Cell has planned to develop 75km footpath along BRT and
complementary 15 km bicycle tracks on following roads:
The bicycle plan for Pune has recommended formulation and implementation of following:
It envisaged a construction of 375 km of footpath at a cost of Rs.375 crore and Bicycle tracks for
75 km at a cost of 150 crore during 2016-2020.
PCMC has created bicycle tracks along several roads but most are being used to park vehicles or
are encroached by hawkers. Bicycle tracks are built along the BRT routes. There is a need to
ensure that the bicycle tracks are free of encroachments. PCMC is exploring to implement the
PBS. The length of bicycle tracks in PCMC is around 10 km.
Proposals for footpath widening, pedestrianisation, provision of NMT Facilities , bicycle sharing
scheme have been proposed in PMC and PCMC.
PCMC Area is transforming from a major industrial area to a mixed land use city with high
residential development. This is likely to add to the already growing private vehicle
population and private trips, unless major initiatives are taken to promote public transit.
Currently, there are only few corridors which can be classified as major arterials. Most of
the roads in PCMC Area have varying widths (both ROW and Pavement), which would
limit the capacity and hamper traffic flow. The implementation of the DP Proposals would
improve this situation considerably, but will not be sufficient to create a topology that is
required for the city of the size of PCMC Area. It is anticipated that, in future, due to
developments at Hinjewadi, Talawade and Chakan, the city will grow perpendicular to the
current development along Old NH4. It is suggested that the proposed future network
takes this aspect into account.
While the riding quality of roads in PCMC Area is maintained to good standards,
considering the likely increase in the future road network and traffic, it is essential to
develop an efficient Pavement Management and Budget Allocation System for the City.
The growth of accidents (in absolute numbers) and traffic safety is not an alarming issue.
However, to derive purposeful solutions in future, it is important to develop and
implement an efficient Accident Information System.
There are very few off-street parking facilities available in PCMC Area. Multi storied
parking complexes need to be developed at major transport nodes, like, local railway
stations, Inter City Bus Terminus at Sant Tukaram Nagar, and at major traffic generators
in PCMC Area. A combination of traditional (manual), semi automatic and fully automatic
parking systems would be required for parking. No NMV facilities are available at present.
As part of the road improvements projects being taken up by PCMC, separate lanes for
non-motorised vehicles and pedestrians are being proposed in the RoW design.
Public Transit services of PCMT and PMT, and IPT (particularly 6/8-seater Auto Rickshaws)
presently compete with each other on major corridors in PCMC Area. While PMT and
PCMT services are being clubbed together in PMPML, PT and IPT would need to be
organised so that each mode complements the other.
The present public transport system in Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad consists mainly of buses, and a
few services of Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) System and suburban rail. The public transport share has
been completely overthrown by the tremendous growth in private vehicle transport. The vicious
cycle of increase in private vehicle ownership (mostly two-wheelers and cars) has become
unstoppable due to the increased transport demand and lack of convenient public transport
options. In a nutshell, in the absence of augmentation of mass transit services, Pune may head
towards unsustainable urban transport scenario. In order to augment public transport system to
cater to the rapid increase in demand for transportation services and make urban transportation
in Pune & Pimpri Chinchwad sustainable, the implementation of metro rail was envisaged, and
Metro master plan was prepared by Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC) in the year 2008.
The Pune metro project comprised two lines initially (Phase 1), which are being constructed;
Line 1: running from North to South from PCMC to Swargate. It is 17.8 km long and comprises 14
stations including 5 underground and 9 elevated stations.
Line 2: running from West to East from Vanaz to Ramwadi. It is 15.7 km long and comprises 16
elevated stations.
Phase I of the Metro Project was approved by the Government in the year 2016 and the
construction is currently taking place on the above two lines. In addition, Line 3 is also planned
under PPP model, which will be running between Shivajinagar and Hinjewadi. Line 3 metro is
23.33 km long and comprises of 23 stations. After experiencing the rapid growth, particularly in
the out-growth areas of PMC & PCMC and Chakan area, the Government of Maharashtra/ Maha
Metro – Pune Metro is planning to further develop this metro network as an extension of Phase
I. The extension corridors, as part of Pune Metro Phase II, include:
Corridor 1A, which is an extension from PCMC to Nigdi in the North (4.413 km);
Corridor 2A, which is an extension of line 1 from Swargate to Katraj in South (approximately 5.5
km);
Corridor 2B, which is a new line running from Nashik Phata on Line 1 (Phase 1) to Chakan in north
east of the city (approximately 21.308 km).
Pune Metro Project extension Corridor IA and Corridor 2A had received the in-principle approval
of Government of Maharashtra in October 2013.
The transport demand model recently calibrated in the year 2017, is used as a base for the
modelling process. The travel demand model uses the present and future land use patterns to
assess the travel pattern. It then assigns the estimated trips to different travel routes and travel
modes, including metro, based on the type and quality of the transportation network.
Updating the recently validated transport demand model using CUBE Voyager Software
Collection and review of secondary data
Collection of primary data including carrying out Classified Traffic Volume Counts and
occupancy along the proposed metro corridors.
Patronage forecast on all the metro corridors including the proposed PCMC - Nigdi
extension. The forecast includes station wise boarding/ alighting, link loads, PHPDT, etc.,
for identified land use, transport and fare scenarios.
Figure 20 presents all the survey locations conducted as part of the study.
The metro patronage forecast is carried out using the transport demand model, which is
calibrated and validated in the year 2017. Considering the data already available from recent
past studies, survey locations for Classified Traffic Volume Count (TVC) were identified. Survey
locations for Classified Traffic Volume Count and Other Surveys were included in the Weekly
Progress Report 03 and 04, submitted to Client. The survey locations are identified along all the
proposed metro corridors to know the existing traffic volume and traffic composition. In total,
there are 25 TVC locations identified and traffic volume count surveys were conducted by video
graphic technique at all the locations. The traffic data was extracted manually by playing video
on computer in slow motion for better accuracy.
Bus Occupancy and other passenger modes Occupancy surveys were conducted to assess
average number of passengers travelling by each mode. This is done by manual observation
technique. The mode wise number of occupants were recorded at all TVC locations. These
surveys were conducted simultaneously with traffic volume count surveys and provide the
existing mode-wise passenger demand (person trips). Bus OD surveys were conducted at all the
locations along with traffic volume counts.
The traffic survey locations along the PCMC - Nigdi Section are presented in Table 29 and Figure
21 : Traffic Survey Locations: PCMC – Nigdi Section. The analysis of the traffic surveys is carried
out and the peak hour traffic, both during morning and evening, at each of the survey locations
is presented in Table 30.
Table 29 : Traffic survey locations : PCMC – Nigdi Section
Mini Bus
Cars/Taxi/Jeep 1% Two wheeler
14% 49%
Three
Wheelers
Two wheeler 10%
69%
Cars/Taxi/Jeep
19%
Mini Bus
Mini Bus
1%
2%
Two wheeler
Three 42%
Three
Wheelers
Wheelers
8%
8%
Passenger vehicle occupancy surveys were conducted, along with classified traffic volume counts,
to assess average number of passengers travelling by each mode. This survey was done by
manual observation technique. The mode wise number of occupants were recorded at the
selected survey locations. These surveys provide the existing mode-wise passenger demand
(person trips) at the survey locations.
Table 31 : Passenger Vehicle Occupancy
Two Three
Corridor Cars Bus*
Wheelers Wheelers*
Swargate-Katraj 1.32 2.31 2.67 35.70
* excluding driver
Opinion survey was conducted to understand the passengers’ experience concerning current
mode of transport and opinion about willingness to pay for Metro. Four locations (Bus depots)
were identified along the proposed metro alignment for opinion survey. The surveys were
conducted for 12 hours at each location. Questionnaire for the opinion survey was prepared and
the data was collected from the bus passengers. Locations of the opinion surveys are presented
in Figure 20. Outcome from the opinion survey is presented in Figure 23 to Figure 26
100% 3% 2% 4% 4%
15% 19% 14%
23%
80%
Percentage
Bus Bus
45% 38%
KATRAJ SWARGATE
Two wheelers Two
Other
4% wheelers…
Other 2%
1% Car/Jeep/Van
3% Auto
Auto Rickshaws
Rickshaws 10%
Walk
Walk 17%
46%
42%
Bus
37%
Bus
33%
Bus
46%
Bus
34%
Bus
27% Bus
21%
30%
16% 23%
60% 23%
40% 35% 34%
43% 33%
20%
25% 24%
14% 16%
0% 2%
Bhakti shakti Bhosari Katraj Swargate
Bus Depot
>75% 75% 50% 30% 15% 0%
Figure 26 : Willingness to Pay more for Metro
Using the peak hour trips and the average occupancy, the existing direction-wise peak hour
passenger trips on various sections of the metro extension corridors are estimated and presented
in Figure 27.
Figure 27 : Existing Peak Hour Passenger Trips on PCMC- Nigdi section (Right)
Table 37 and Figure 28 present the distribution of population by age, as per Census 2011. From
the data, it can be observed that, the population in the age group of 20-44 years has the highest
contribution in the total population; 45.12% in PMC and 49.94% in PCMC.
Table 37 : Age wise Population Distribution in PMC and PCMC
Age Group (years) PMC PCMC
0-4 239964 160615
5-9 235616 142356
10-14 242254 131745
15-19 255256 139284
20-24 323148 225375
25-29 338321 227782
30-34 289767 173620
35-39 250558 134418
40-44 207887 101588
45-49 172972 79126
50-54 144551 63056
55-59 118278 48412
60-64 103604 39379
65-69 69702 25192
70-74 49590 15321
75-79 29557 7614
80+ 32766 9159
Age not stated 20667 3650
Total 3124458 1727692
Source: Census of India, 2011
PCMC
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0
Age…
5-9
10-14
0-4
80+
25-29
35-39
45-49
55-59
65-69
75-79
15-19
20-24
30-34
40-44
50-54
60-64
70-74
Age Group
Figure 28 : Age Wise Population Distribution in PMC and PCMC
Literacy rate reflects the person’s participation in social and economic development which
contribute to the human development and poverty reduction. As per the Census 2011, Pune city
has highest literacy rate (89.56%) in Pune district. The percentage of male and female literates
of Pune city is 92.31% and 86.67% respectively. The literacy rate of Pimpri-Chinchwad is 89.22%
and the percentage of male and female literacy of the city is 92.41% and 85.37% respectively.
Table 38 presents the literacy rate in PMC and PCMC.
Table 38 : Literacy Rate in PMC and PCMC
PMC PCMC
Description
Literates Percentage Literates Percentage
Total Literates 2,496,324 89.56% 1,343,658 89.22%
Male Literates 1,317,345 92.31% 761,715 92.41%
Female Literates 1,178,979 86.67% 581,943 85.37%
Children (0-6 Years) 337,062 - 221,746 -
Source: Census of India, 2011
In order to understand the existing traffic and transportation scenario in the study area,
Household Interview Survey conducted by L&T Infra Engineering as part of Comprehensive
Mobility Plan for Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri - Chinchwad Municipal Corporation in
Pune Metropolitan Region, has been considered. Around 1% of the households were interviewed
to capture the travel characteristic of residents. In total 18830 household samples were collected
from different zones by L&T Infra Engineering.
Table 39 presents the distribution of population, by education level and Table 40 presents the
distribution by employment in PMC and PCMC.
Table 39 : Distribution of Population by Education Level
Education Level PMC PCMC
Illiterate 6.30% 6.00%
Primary School (5th) 16.40% 19.60%
Secondary School (10th) 27.40% 29.00%
Higher Secondary (12th) 20.60% 19.30%
Technical Diploma 2.30% 4.30%
Graduation 21.40% 18.40%
Post- Graduation 5.50% 3.40%
Doctorate (Ph.D.) 0.30% 0.20%
Total 100% 100%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
The average household size in PMC and PCMC are 3.95 and 3.2 respectively. The distribution of
household by size is presented in following table.
Table 41 : Distribution of Household by Size
Household Size PMC PCMC
1 2.9% 1.14%
2 14.93% 10.83%
3 23.37% 26.44%
4 33.19% 37.84%
5 15.81% 16.26%
6 6.67% 5.77%
7 1.91% 1.1%
8 0.91% 0.51%
9 0.17% 0.08%
10 0.11% 0.03%
>10 0.02% 0%
(Source: CMP, 2018)
About 20% of households are having 3 members in PMC and PCMC area. The distribution for
households having 4 members is around 33% in PMC and 38% in PCMC area .
From the Household Interview Survey data, it is observed that the income range between Rs
10000 - Rs 30,000 has highest percentage both in PMC and PCMC. This clearly indicates the
domination of middle-class family in the region. The average household income in PMC and
PCMC area is observed to be Rs. 26,954 and Rs. 23,610 respectively. Table 42 presents the
distribution of Household by income.
Table 42 : Distribution of Households by Income
Income Range (Rs.) PMC PCMC
Less than 2,000 2.50% 0.80%
2,000 - 5,000 5.50% 1.00%
5,001 - 7,500 4.70% 2.20%
7,501-10,000 9.70% 10.40%
10,001-15,000 21.20% 27.90%
15,001-20,000 24.20% 27.90%
20,001-30,000 18.10% 17.10%
30,001-40,000 9.00% 9.60%
40,001-50,000 3.70% 2.50%
50,000 - 1 lakh 1.20% 0.50%
Greater than 1 lakh 0.20% 0.10%
Total 100% 100%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
Vehicle ownership has a relation with household income. Since the middle-class family
percentage is more in PMC and PCMC, the ownership of two-wheelers is very high. Moreover, it
was also observed from the traffic data that the two-wheeler share is highest in mode split
(around 60%-70%). Table 43 shows the distribution of vehicle ownership.
Table 43 : Distribution of Vehicle Ownership
Mode PMC PCMC
Cycle 2.80% 2.30%
Two-Wheeler 57.70% 61.50%
Car 0.90% 1.00%
Two-Wheeler & Cycle 6.60% 3.70%
Car & Two-Wheeler 12.50% 12.80%
Car, Two-Wheeler & Cycle 2.40% 1.80%
Others* 4.20% 3.40%
No Vehicle 12.90% 13.50%
Total 100.00% 100.00%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
As per the Comprehensive Mobility Plan for Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri - Chinchwad
Municipal Corporation, the overall Per Capita Trip Rate (PCTR) observed in PMC and PCMC area
was 1.33 and 1.17 respectively, while the vehicular PCTR (excluding walk) in PMC and PCMC area
was 0.88 and 0.76.
The CMP Household Interview Survey data revealed that, most of the trips generated from PMC
and PCMC are either work trips or educational trips. The distribution of trip purpose is presented
in Table 44.
Table 44 : Distribution of Trip Purpose
No. Purpose PMC PCMC
1 Work 50.05% 54.18%
2 Business 5.18% 1.67%
3 Education 37.67% 41.55%
4 Shopping 3.62% 0.31%
5 Social/Religious/Recreation 0.57% 0.02%
6 Health/Hospital 0.34% 0.04%
7 Tourism 0.23% 0.01%
8 Other purpose 2.35% 2.23%
Total 100% 100%
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
The mode–wise distribution of trips in PMC and PCMC area is shown in Table 45. Trips by walk
(i.e. Non-motorized) are considerably high in PMC and PCMC compared to other modes of
transport. Share of two wheelers in the total trips is around 35% both in PMC and PCMC.
Table 45 : Mode wise Distribution of Trips
Total Trips Motorized Trips
Mode of Travel
PMC PCMC PMC PCMC
Walk 26.00% 23.10% - -
Cycle 3.50% 0.90% - -
Two-Wheeler 35.00% 35.00% 49.66% 46.06%
Car 12.50% 13.90% 17.73% 18.33%
IPT 8.50% 7.10% 12.06% 9.31%
Bus 11.00% 13.90% 15.61% 18.29%
Train 0.30% 0.60% 0.40% 0.79%
Table 46 presents the mode wise average trip length in PMC and PCMC. Trip length of PMPML
bus is 7.57 km in PMC and 8.14 km in PCMC. The trip length of Two-wheeler, Auto and Shared
Auto varies between 6 km to 7 km. The average trip length for motorized trips is observed to be
7.13 km in PMC and 7.02 km in PCMC area.
Table 46 : Mode wise Trip Length (Km)
Mode PMC PCMC
Walk 1.11 0.51
Cycle 2.37 2.64
Two-Wheeler 7.13 7.18
Auto 6.7 6.5
Shared Auto 7.2 6.9
Car/ Jeep/ Van 12.87 6.17
Tempo/ others 7.83 5.56
PMPML Bus 7.57 8.14
Private Bus 9.62 6.65
State Bus 29.84 21.65
Govt/ Office Car 10.33 4
Taxi/ Ola/ Uber 11.85 7.64
Company/ School Bus 8.14 7.94
Company/ School Van 5.37 5.62
Local Train/ Train 40.85 14.7
Source: CMP for PMC and PCMC, 2018
As per the CMP, the average household expenditure on travel is Rs. 1373 and Rs. 1014 per month
for PMC and PCMC, respectively. Average travel expenditure ranges about 5.1% and 4.3% of total
household income for PMC and PCMC respectively.
Travel Demand models can be used for testing different scenarios without implementing the
projects. For example, one can see the impact of adding a mass transport like a metro system.
Similarly impact on transportation network due to changes in the land use patterns can be
analysed.
The objective of the transport demand assessment is to provide realistic ridership on the
proposed metro corridors. The transport demand model, which is recently validated in the year
2017, is used as a base for the modelling process. The original transport demand model was
developed as part of DPR for Pune Metro Rail Project (2008) and later this model has been
updated and validated through the following studies;
The broad framework for the transport demand modelling adopted for the present study is given
in Figure 29.
Since this study is being initiated in 2018, the year 2018 is taken as the base year. Demand
forecasting on the network and on any proposed transport infrastructure project/ mass transit
system is required over a 30 years period. In order to analyse the travel demand in the study area
and the travel demand on the proposed MRT system, it is proposed to have four horizon years,
viz. 2023, 2033, 2043, and 2053 and the model forecasts are made for these four horizon years.
Several software programs are available for developing travel demand models. For the present
study, CUBE Voyager (a state-of-the-art Travel Demand Modelling software) for the transport
demand model.
CUBE Voyager is user-friendly software for modelling a wide variety of planning policies and
improvements at the urban, regional and long-distance level. The software provides interactive
data input and analysis, GIS functionality via ArcGIS, model building and scenario development.
Its Application Manager uses a flow-chart system for designing, coding, documenting and running
the model. The structure allows the professional planner to add functions as required without
the need to learn a new interface and without the need to create multiple databases. Figure 30
below illustrates the model structure in CUBE.
and three cantonments, viz. Pune, Khadki and Dehu Road. The study area is shown in Figure
37.
The zoning system considered for the previous metro study by DMRC (2008) included 91 internal
zones and 13 external zones. This zoning system is further disaggregated considering the study
requirement. In the updated Traffic Zoning, PMC area consists of 144 zones, PCMC 121 zones and
Chakan area 12 zones. The cantonment areas are considered as separate zones. In total, there
are 280 internal zones and 13 external zones. The zonal map of the study area is shown in Figure
31.
Figure 31 : Study area (Left) and Zonal Map of Study area (Right)
The population and employment forecast for the study area, for the horizon years, is done
considering the past trend of growth in population and employment, development plan,
population density, availability of developable land, etc. The data from the latest CMP carried
out by PMRDA is also considered. The projected population of study area for various horizon
years is presented in Table 47.
The employment data for the study area is compiled from various authentic sources. Also, the
employment forecast made as part of the recent CMP prepared by PMRDA is also taken into
account.
Table 47 : Study Area Population Forecast
Study Area 2018 2021 2031 2041 2048
PMC 37,00,000 40,00,000 48,00,000 55,00,000 58,00,000
PCMC 22,00,000 24,00,000 32,00,000 40,00,000 48,00,000
Total 5900000 6400000 8000000 9500000 10600000
The transport network consists of highway and public transport network. The length of road
network considered is about 5,300 km comprising of 35,720 links and 15,039 nodes. The different
link types and their typical characteristics are shown in Table 48. The public transport network
consists of:
The highway network and public transport route network considered for the study are shown in
Figure 32 and Figure 33.
Table 48 : Highway Links and Characteristics
Capacity Per Free Flow
Link Divided/ Type of
No. of Lanes Direction Speed
Type Undivided Flow
(PCU/hr) (km/h)
1 One Lane Undivided One-way 1650 30
2 Two Lane Undivided One-way 3200 40
3 Three Lane Undivided One-way 4350 40
4 Four Lane Undivided One-way 5300 50
6 Four Lane Divided One-way 5500 50
7 Six Lane Divided One-way 7000 60
10 One Lane Undivided Two-way 600 25
11 Two Lane Undivided Two-way 1100 35
12 Three Lane Undivided Two-way 1500 35
1. Scenario 1A considers all the existing public transport services listed in base case
scenario refer Table 49. Apart from the two under construction metro lines and
Shivaji Nagar-Hinjewadi metro corridor, the proposed PCMC – Nigdi metro
extension corridor is considered.
2. Business as Usual (BAU) Scenario considers all the existing public transport
services as in base scenario. Only the PCMC-Nigdi extension corridor is excluded.
The network scenarios described above are briefly given in Table 49.
Table 49 : Different Transport Network Scenarios
Scenario Year Transport Network Systems
Bus, IPT, Shared liner, Out-station bus routes
Base Case 2018 Existing suburban rail routes
Currently operational BRT routes
Bus, IPT, Shared liner, Out-station bus routes
2023,2033,
With Existing and proposed suburban rail route
2043 and
Project Currently operational and proposed BRT routes
2053
Metro Line 1 with proposed extension; PCMC-Nigdi
Bus, IPT, Shared liner, Out-station bus routes
2023,2033,
Without Existing and Proposed Suburban rail route
2043 and
Project Currently operational and proposed BRT routes
2053
Metro Line 1 from Swargate till PCMC only
The traditional four stage transportation planning model has been employed to estimate the
metro ridership. For this purpose, the study area is divided into traffic analysis zones (TAZ). Study
Area is divided into 280 internal TAZs as explained in the earlier sections. The model is
implemented in state-of-the-art transportation planning software CUBE Voyager. The four stages
of this transportation planning model are explained here:
1. Trip Generation: Residences produce trips for work, education, business, shopping, social
and recreation purposes. Activity centres such as Industries, commercial centres, offices,
educational institutions, banks, shopping centres, recreational areas, etc. attract these
trips. Thus, trip productions are computed based on the resident population in zones and
trip attractions are computed based on employment in zones. These trip production and
attraction equations are calibrated as a first step. Separate equations are developed for
the three income groups, viz., High (Car owning group), Middle (Two-wheeler owning
group) and Low (No vehicle owning group) as shown in table -53
2. Trip Distribution: The zonal trips produced/attracted are distributed to their destination/origin
zones in this step to get the origin – destination matrix (zone to zone travel) after this step. The
trip exchanges between zones will depend on the magnitude of their activity (population for a
production zone and employment for attraction zone) and the friction due to geographical
separation (represented in terms of generalized cost of travel) between them. A mathematical
model is calibrated to synthesize this trip distribution process based on zonal productions,
attractions and the generalized cost of travel between them. These models are calibrated
separately for the three income groups. A Gravity Trip Distribution model of the following form
is developed.
Tij Ai Oi B j D j Fij
Where,
Ai
1
Bj
1 Fij C expC
ij ij
B j D j Fij Ai Oi Fij
j i the deterrence function
C ij Generalized cost from zone i to zone j
Tij Trips between zones i and j
α = Calibration parameter – power function
β = Calibration parameter – exponential function
3. Modal Split: After the trip distribution stage, the trips between any pair of TAZs is known.
These trips between zones are to be split as per the mode used. The behaviour of people in
choosing a transport mode is modelled based on the characteristics of the mode (travel time,
travel cost, waiting time, transfers, comfort, convenience, etc.), characteristics of travellers
(income, employment status, etc) and journey characteristics (trip purpose, time of day of travel,
etc.). A mode choice model is calibrated based on these attributes to split the trips between
origin and destination into private vehicle (two-wheeler and car) and public transport trips. A
multinomial logit model of the following form is developed.
Vj
e
Pj
el
Vl
Where,
Pj = probability of choosing mode j
3. Trip Assignment: In this step the mode wise trips between TAZs are assigned to the transport
network. Trips by private vehicle (two-wheeler and car) are assigned to road network and trips
by public transport (bus, BRT, metro, auto rickshaw and taxi) are assigned to public transport
network. Public transport modes like BRT and Metro have exclusive right of way and bus, auto
rickshaw and taxi share the road space with private modes. The road network is represented in
the form of links and nodes with each link (a road segment) characterized by its width (number
of lanes), type (divided or undivided), capacity, volume-speed relation (for computing travel time
at different volumes), etc. The public transport network is represented by routes (sequence of
road links/exclusive links) with their characteristics such as frequency, seating capacity, crush
capacity, fare, speed, etc. Highway assignment is carried out based on user equilibrium (user
choses paths based on perceived generalized cost of travel) and public transport assignment is
carried out based on path based stochastic user equilibrium (user choses a route again based on
generalized cost, as users may not have full information stochastic aspect comes into picture).
These models are calibrated for the base year (2018 for the present study). At the end of the
assignment the mode wise traffic volumes on road links, and boarding/alighting and link loads on
public transport routes will be obtained. As this traffic assignment is done for peak hour, all these
outputs are for typical peak hour.
GC = (value of waiting time × waiting time) + (value of in-vehicle travel time × in-vehicle travel
time) + (fare paid) + (value of one transfer × number of transfers) + (value of one unit of discomfort
× number of units of discomfort)
The parameters of PT assignment and Highway assignments used in the model are shown in Table
53.
Table 53 : Modal Split Model Parameters
Highway Assignment
PT Assignment
VOT (Rs/Hr) Two-wheeler Car
32 34 107
The transportation planning model has been updated and revalidated particularly on the road
corridors where the metro extension is proposed. For the current study traffic volume counts at
all the entry points and on a few important links of catchment are collected. All the models are
recalibrated and validated to reproduce the observed travel pattern (mode wise). The assigned
total road-based flows during peak hour (in PCUs) and public transport passengers in peak hour
in peak direction are compared with the flows observed across the screen lines. The assigned
traffic flow in terms of passenger car equivalencies across all screen lines was found to match
reasonably close with the observed flows.
Models are applied on future land use (zonal population and employment) and transport
scenarios (transport network with proposed road links and public transport routes with all their
characteristics) for getting the corresponding mode wise traffic flows on road links and ridership
on public transport modes on all their routes. The model application is shown in the form a
flowchart in Figure 35.
Thus, it can be seen from above methodology that the model works at system level and takes
care of competitive and complementary nature of all private and public transport modes.
Essentially the traveller will choose that mode or route for which the perceived generalized cost
is the lowest. As the perceived values of travel time gain, reduction in waiting time, number of
transfers and discomfort are different for different income groups, the models are stratified
accordingly to account for this variation.
As discussed in earlier sections, two scenarios are developed (With and Without project) for
Metro patronage forecast. Scenario 1A includes the metro corridor between Nigdi and Swargate.
Without Project Scenario do not include the proposed metro extension, viz. PCMC-Nigdi. The
Nigdi – Swargate metro corridor passes through 17 stations with a total length of 22.21 km. The
proposed alignment of the metro corridor with all the stations is shown in Figure 36.
The characteristics of the metro system considered for the travel demand modelling are given
below: The adopted fare structure is shown in Table 54.
• Headway
Nigdi – Swargate: 2023, 2033, 2043 and 2053 – 3 minutes
• Seating Capacity – 360
• Crush Capacity – 1574 passengers
Table 54 : Adopted Fare
Fare (Rs.)
Distance (Km)
@ 2018-19 prices
0-2 13
2-4 17
4-6 20
6-9 25
9-12 27
12-15 30
15-18 32
18-21 35
21-24 37
24-27 38
27-30 42
>30 45
The estimated peak hour station loads (two-way boarding & alighting) at each of the
metro stations on Nigdi – Swargate Corridor for the horizon years 2023, 2033, 2043 and
2053 for the Scenario 1A are presented in Table 55. The section loads between two
adjacent stations for the horizon years are presented in table 59
Table 55 : Peak Hour Station Loads on Nigdi - Swargate Corridor (Scenario 1A)
Boarding Alighting
SI NO Station
2023 2033 2043 2053 2023 2033 2043 2053
1 Nigdi 780 1070 1170 1270 780 1180 1430 1540
2 Akrudi 950 1290 1360 1470 1070 1470 1940 2090
3 Chinchwad 820 1190 1380 1500 1070 1480 2000 2160
4 PCMC 3820 5220 5620 6070 2700 3730 4740 5130
5 Tukaram Nagar 2100 2790 3070 3310 2050 2830 3740 4040
6 Bhosari 2970 3970 4310 4660 2800 3930 4990 5390
7 Kasarwadi 1780 2620 2850 3080 1800 2420 3120 3370
8 Fugewadi 1700 2170 2420 2610 1430 1980 2560 2760
9 Dapodi 3430 4620 5220 5640 3120 4370 5190 5610
10 Bopodi 3550 4760 5630 6080 3450 4630 5710 6160
11 Khadki Station 1650 2360 2610 2820 1750 2530 2850 3080
12 Range Hill 2010 2820 3320 3590 2430 3260 3920 4240
13 Shivaji Nagar 4030 5510 6850 7410 4150 5660 6420 6940
14 Civil Court 6310 8640 10510 11360 6860 9280 10870 11750
15 Budhwar Peth 2810 3940 4790 5170 2180 2980 3300 3560
16 Mandai 2010 2820 3770 4080 1900 2610 2760 2980
17 Swargate 6740 9230 12110 13090 7920 10690 11480 12410
Total 47500 65000 77000 83200 47500 65000 77000 83200
The summary of patronage forecast along with peak hour peak direction traffic (PHPDT)
are presented in Table 57.
Table 57 : Summary of Patronage Forecast
Daily Ridership
2023 2033 2043 2053
Nigdi -
495,000 677,000 802,000 867,000
Swargate
PHPDT
Corridor
2023 2033 2043 2053
14,450 19,480 23,690 25,600
The implementation of Nigdi – PCMC metro corridor will increase the patronage on Phase 1
corridors as well. It is necessary to duly consider the incremental patronage while doing the train
operation plan, rake requirement and O&M. The incremental daily patronage due to the
extension of the corridor, viz. Nigdi – PCMC have been estimated considering the difference in
estimated daily trips with Nigdi – PCMC Metro Corridor in comparison to Without this corridor
and the same is presented in Table 58.
Table 58 : Incremental Daily Patronage due to Nigdi – PCMC Corridor
Nigdi- Daily Ridership
PCMC 2023 2033 2043 2053
Corridor 29,000 43,000 64,000 72,000
There are several Mass Transit Systems and Technological options available for public transport
worldwide. Various options available today are described in following sections.
Each type of mode is associated with a specific capacity range, expressed in PPHPD. The figure
hereafter shows the relation between mode and capacity (as an indication, it also shows the
relation between mode, capacity, commercial speed and investment costs).
For instance, it can be inferred from the figure hereafter, that heavy metros are recommended
on a corridor when its busiest section has >20,000 PPHPD. On the other hand, for corridors with
PPHPD of 3,000, one may recommend either bus, Bus with a High Level of Service (BHLS),
Streetcar or Urban Tram.
The sections hereafter provide information regarding the characteristics of each mode of
transport. The figures presented are indicative, the values may change a lot depending on the
options taken in the MRT project.
Note: the distinction between modes is theoretical.
BRT systems can have one-lane in each direction or two-lanes in each direction. The first
configuration offers capacities of up to 15,000 PHPDT for 6 standees/sq.m., 20,000 for 8
standees/sq.m. Systems with two lanes in each direction, such as the Transmilenio in Bogota
(Colombia), can approximately double the capacity to 33,000 PHPDT (6 standees/sq.m.).
BRT is typically provided at grade, but there are examples of both elevated and underground
BRT systems. Providing high capacity by BRT is, however, reliant on operating articulated (or
even bi-articulated) vehicles.
BRT systems are distinct from other bus-based transport systems. The ITDP (Institute for
Transportation & Development Policy) has established a BRT scoring system with multiple
scoring items, which helps to identify the characteristics of BRT systems and their level of
service. These items include notably the BRT basics which includes 5 elements, among which
are the right-of-way and alignment.
According to the ITDP scoring system, in order to be considered as a BRT, a system must:
be at least 3km long with dedicated bus lanes;
score 4 or more points in the dedicated right-of-way element;
score 4 or more points in the busway alignment element;
score 20 or more points across all five BRT Basics element.
4.1.3 Streetcar
The streetcar system could be defined as a similar mode to the urban tram system but mixed
with traffic. Indeed, the system runs at grade with no significant degree of segregation.
This mode is not the most adapted solution for Pune due to the traffic condition. Moreover the
commercial speed of this system is low and thus may not be suitable for the corridors. However,
it has been included in this report in order to give a complete picture of the offer/possibilities.
Urban Tram systems typically offer capacity for 3,500 to 14,500 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.). They
are able of operating in pedestrianized areas as well as along roads (mostly segregated).
LRT systems typically offer capacity for 6,000 to 25,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.). They have a
dedicated right of way but are usually only partially segregated.
A medium metro is a system half-way between light and heavy metro. Its capacity lies between
30,000 PPHPD, and 50,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.).
Examples of medium metro systems ‡
A heavy metro is a system that can move more than 40,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.) and that
runs fully segregated (either elevated or underground). Theoretically some very high capacity
system could reach an operating capacity of 100,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.). The PPHPD on
Pune Metro Line-1 extension (PCMC-Nigdi) is projected to be 3730 in year 2053. Hence,
choosing this mode will increase the cost of the system without taking advantage of the high
capacity offered by this mode. It is not the most adapted solution for the present system.
However, this mode is included in this report in order to give a complete picture of the metro
offer/possibilities.
Examples of heavy metro systems
Commuter rail is a system that operates between the city centre and its suburb. Unlike others,
this system has a high distance between its stations and operates following a schedule.
Examples of commuter rail systems:
Based on worldwide experience, Light Metro and LRT are feasible solutions for mass transit at
volumes of around 5000 PHPDT or more.
Alternatives to Light Metro or LRT could be considered for the extension, for example monorail
or various forms of Personal Rapid Transit (PRT).
Typically PRT vehicles are small in order to provide a personalised service, usually carrying
between two and six passengers. As vehicles are small, infrastructure can be lighter in design.
Although larger vehicles have not so far been used for the limited examples of PRT in current
operation, it might be possible to offer larger vehicles but this would increase the size and cost
of infrastructure and reduce the benefits of offering a personalised service.
If we assume vehicles carrying as many as 20 passengers (much larger than any application so
far in the world), then 250 departures would be required in the peak hour in 2043, which does
not appear feasible.
4.1.11.2 Monorail
Monorail, a transport mode that has higher capacity than PRT but has been mainly
developed for other than mass transit so far
Monorail can accommodate larger volumes of riders than PRT, similar to Light Metro and LRT,
and at similar commercial speeds.
Most Monorail systems in the world have been short-distance lines, often aimed at tourists, but
there are growing applications to mass transit systems (eg the Mumbai Monorail can
accommodate over 550 passengers per train).
Monorail, a system that has cheaper infrastructure than conventional rail-based project
To be suitable for extension line, up to 3730 PHPDT would need to be accommodated by 2053
or beyond- even assuming trains of similar capacity to Mumbai monorail, this could require at
least 9 departures per hour by 2043. Construction requires similar infrastructure to elevated
Light Metro and LRT, although structures typically require less material compared to an
equivalent Light Metro or LRT, with out-turn infrastructure costs per km approximately 25%
lower.
One major challenge is that monorail systems are less flexible than conventional Metro and LRT
systems, for example switching between tracks requires additional infrastructure than with
steel rails, and ride quality is lower than on steel rails. Evacuation can be more
difficult/dangerous than even elevated conventional rail systems, unless adequate additional
escape routes are built into the infrastructure.
Lack of diversity in monorail systems suppliers implying potential higher costs and risks
Monorail vehicles are available from only a few suppliers, have less of a successful record of
operation, and are more specialist than Light Metro or LRT vehicles. Consequently monorail
vehicles are likely to be more expensive than equivalent Light Metro or LRT vehicles, and the
whole operating system would be provided by the vehicle supplier as it is bespoke which would
increase risk and potential cost.
Different monorail systems are not compatible with each other so that for example, a Hitachi
monorail system will not run with rolling stock from another supplier. If the chosen supplier
decided to end its monorail business line, then the system itself would be threatened (no
possibility to renew rolling stock notably).
Timelines for completing systems of similar length to that proposed for extension appear to be
similar for monorail and conventional rail-based systems (e.g. Mumbai Monorail five years to
opening of first section; five years for São Paulo monorail line 15).
The objectibve of Mass Transportation systems should be to provide high mobility, freedom and
comfort at optimum cost, keeping safety and security of passengers on high priority. Mode
change over a trip should be minimized to avoid passenger discomfort. The system and
technological option should be selected keeping long term demand in view.
Phase-I of Pune Metro is designed and implemented as a medium metro. Based on worldwide
experience, a medium metro is a system half-way between light and heavy metro. Its capacity is
around 30,000 PPHPD (6 standees/sq.m.) or more.
While projections of demand for the PCMC-Nigdi extension show PHPDT to be around 3730 in
2053 and beyond, PHPDT for corridor-1 with extension in PCMC-Swargate section, is projected
around 14450 in 2033 and 25600 in 2053. PHPDT criteria indicates that Light Metro, LRT, BRT,
Street-car, Urban Tram, monorail are feasible solutions for mass transit at volumes of around
5000 PHPDT or more should satisfy projected traffic demand reasonably.
Feasible alternatives (e.g. Monorail) offer limited advantages and are unlikely to be delivered any
faster than Light Metro or LRT. Ensuring compatibility across the whole network should offer
economies of scale (both in capital expenditure – such as sharing depots – and in operating
expenditure – sharing maintenance, staff, rolling stock, etc).
Considering the above factors and systems options, it is concluded that an extension of Phase-I
corriodor-1 (PCMC-Swargate) from PCM to Nigdi provides a suitable Mass Rapid Transit System
(MRTS) option to public in the area of extension and beyond. It will connect public in and around
the area of PCMC to Nigdi to the core area of city and can act as catalyst for further growth in
this area.
Phase-I of Pune Metro including Line-1 is already under construction phase after due deliberation
for system selection. Its extension from PCMC to Nigdi is small stretch which should be planned
with system specification similar to Phase-I to ensure uniformity and compatibility. However,
improvement in design may be incorporated during implementation phase based on learnings
from Phase-I implementation.
The Metro system proposed for Pune Metro is recommended with system specifications
described in following sub-sections. Refer relevant sub-system chapters for detailed
specification.
Choice of Gauge : Standard Gauge (1435mm) is generally adopted for metro railways world-over.
During the last decade, most of the new metros, constructed in various cities of the world have
gone for Standard Gauge even though the national gauge for main-lines in some of the cases was
different from Standard Gauge.
Track Structure : Track on Metro Systems is subjected to intensive usage with very little time for
day-to-day maintenance. Thus, it is imperative that the track structure selected for Metro
systems should be long lasting and requires minimum maintenance and at the same time, ensure
highest level of safety, reliability and comfort, with minimum noise and vibrations. The track
structure has been proposed keeping the above philosophy.
Rolling Stock proposed for the corridor will be similar to Phase-1. The specifications of the rolling
stock and its procurement may be decided on the basis of the project implementation
mechanism. The important criteria for selection of rolling stock are as under:
The controlling criteria are reliability, low energy consumption, lightweight and high efficiency
leading to lower annualized cost of service.
Traditionally, electric traction is used in Metro systems for requirement of high acceleration and
pollution-free services in urban areas. There are three standard and proven systems of electric
traction for use in suburban and metro lines, viz:- 750V DC third rail, 1500V DC overhead catenary
and 25kV AC overhead catenary system. All these three systems are presently in use in India (750
V DC third rail in Kolkata & Bangalore Metro, 1500V DC catenary in Mumbai suburban of Central
& Western Railways and 25 kV AC catenary in Delhi, Jaipur, Chennai, Hyderabad Metro & Indian
Railways). 1500 V DC system of Central and Western Railways in Mumbai suburban is currently
being converted to 25 kV AC to meet increase traffic demand.
The 25kV AC overhead catenary system is being provided on the phase-I corridor of Pune Metro.
Thus, to ensure consistency with the existing system, 25kV AC overhead catenary system is
proposed for the extension.
The proposed Traction system specification are further detailed in Chapter 12.
Signalling & Train Control system for Pune Metro Phase-I is proposed for design headway of 90
seconds so as to meet sustained train operation at up to 2 minutes interval during peak hours.
The proposed system shall be compatible with the existing Phase-I system for seamless operation
& maintenance. Therefore, these requirements of the metro are planned to be achieved by
adopting a State of art Communication based Train Control System. This will enable running of
optimum train services meeting traffic requirements in the most efficient and cost effective way.
The Signalling & Train Control system will ensure: High level of safety with trains running at close
headway ensuring continuous safe train separation.
4.3.5 Telecommunication
The telecommunication system acts as the communication backbone for Signalling and other
systems and provides telecommunication services to meet operational and administrative
requirements of metro network. The proposed system shall be compatible with the existing Pune
Metro Phase-I system for seamless operation & maintenance.
The proposed telecom system and transmission media will have following systems:
Mass Rapid Transit Systems handle a large number of passengers. Ticket issual and fare collection
play a vital role in the efficient and proper operation of the system. To achieve this objective,
ticketing system shall be simple, easy to use/operate, easy on accounting facilities, capable of
issuing single/multiple journey tickets, amenable for quick fare changes and require overall lesser
manpower. Automatic fare collection system meets these requirements.
Keeping in view Metro Railways Automatic Fare Collection System and the fact that Contactless
card/ token technology proves to be cheaper than magnetic technology in life cycle cost due to
reduced maintenance as it has less wear and tear and is less prone to dusty environment,
computer based automatic fare collection system with contactless smart token/card type
ticketing is obvious choice.
The proposed system shall be compatible with the existing Pune Metro Phase-I system for
seamless operation & maintenance.
The System shall be capable for open loop transactions as well to further integrate the mobility
solution with the advancements in technology and to allow for seamless transition from
dedicated cards to common multi-use stored value fare media that can be used for financial
transactions such as making purchases at shops etc. as well as a fare media in the system.
To accommodate the same the system shall conform to the following standards as a minimum:
The system shall be of open architecture to allow for the integration of multiple fare products
and shall be capable of interfacing with cards from different vendors. Additionally the system
shall not be proprietary as far as possible to allow multiple types of fare media from multiple
sources to be integrated into the system.
The proposed system shall offer high fare revenue protection and minimize fare revenue evasion
and fare related fraudulent activities. The system shall be capable of detecting any irregularity
and allow the authority to take action to correct the same.
The proposed AFC system specification are further detailed in Chapter 10.
With a view to examining the alignment proposals on ground, joint inspection visits were
organised from March to May, 2018. After that the detailed investigation as per TOR are being
carried out as a routine manner.
Teams of experts from Signalling, Traffic, Alignment, Geo-tech, Structure, Hydrology, R & R and
Environment disciplines were deployed.
This team was equipped with handheld GPS units loaded with the alignment proposals, KM-
marks and other salient points so as to navigate to the correct positions on ground, measure
distances between salient points and to record new points of interest. Important locations traced
on ground with help of GPS were correlated with that on alignment plans. All points of interest
were observed in depth and discussed with experts of various disciplines in detail at site.
During reconnaissance all the important technical site information was collected. The secondary
data for some stretches were collected during the period. Photographs of important features of
whole project corridor are captured. Necessary modifications/detours requested by the site
conditions were also recorded for implementations in the alignment design.
Detailed Road Inventory, condition survey and investigation has been conducted. Salient features
of the project road corridor are described above.
Extension of line 1 towards Nigdi starts from Northern end of the under construction line 1, and
follows the corridor along Pune Mumbai Highway (NH-4) in general.
The corridor runs along the BRT corridor along the right lane of the road (when travelling from
PCMC towards Nigdi). Such route is chosen such as there are underpasses along the highway,
and the alignment detours near Tilak Chowk towards right side to go off the road terminating at
Bhakti shakti bus stop.
The terminal station i.e. Nigdi is proposed at Nigdi Bus Terminus, which is on the opposite side of
Bhakti Shakti Park in Nigdi. There is a planned elevated road intersection at the Bhakti Shakti
Crossing, which is to be crossed elevated in the route. This Alignment does not pass through any
prohibited, protected, restricted area of heritage structure/ Monument area’.
The end of chainage of line 1, Phase 1 (PCMC- Swargate) is -1079.899 and the end of chainage of
corridor 1A (PCMC to Nigdi) is -5601.089. Thus total length of corridor is 4.413 km, which is fully
elevated. Length of viaduct beyond the end point of terminal station (Nigdi) is ~30 m . Scissor
Crossover has been planned ahead of the terminal station i.e. Nigdi Station at -5100 to -5181.6
chainage, in order to prevent encroachment of defence land. This is due non-avalibility of land
beyond Nigdi Station. The reduced viaduct length beyond station limits the operating speed.
However, operation is still possible as proposed minimum headway is around 5 minutes.
Permanent Speed restriction of 25kmph, 15kmph and 5kmph may be required to be imposed
progressively for safe degraded operation. hsi is due non-avalibility of land beyond Nigdi Station.
The reduced viaduct length beyond station limits the operating speed. However, operation is still
possible as proposed minimum headway is around 5 minutes. Permanent Speed restriction of
25kmph, 15kmph and 5kmph may be required to be imposed progressively for safe degraded
operation.
The superstructure of a large part of the viaduct comprises of simply supported spans. However
at major crossing over or along existing bridge, special steel or continuous unit will be provided.
The viaduct superstructure will be supported on single cast-in-place RC pier cap with RCC Pier
depending upon type of superstructure. The shape of the pier follows the flow of forces. For the
standard spans, the pier gradually widens at the top to support the bearing under the box webs.
At this preliminary design stage, the size of pier is found to be limited to 1.8m to 2.0 m diameter
of circular shape for most of its height so that it occupies the minimum space at ground level
where the alignment often follows the central verge of existing roads.
To prevent the direct collision of vehicle to pier, a Jersey Shaped crash barrier of 1.0 m height
above existing road level has been provided all around the pier. A gap of 25 mm has also been
provided in between the crash barrier and outer face of pier.
The shape of upper part of pier has been so dimensioned that a required clearance of 5.5 m is
always available on road side beyond vertical plane drawn on outer face of crash barrier. In such
a situation, the minimum height of rail above the existing road is 8.4 m. The longitudinal center
to center spacing of elastomeric/pot bearing over a pier would be about 1.4 m to 1.7m depending
upon the type of superstructure. The space between the elastomeric bearings will be utilized for
placing the lifting jack required for the replacement of elastomeric bearing.
The orientation and dimensions of the piers for the continuous units or steel girder (simply
supported span) have to be carefully selected to ensure minimum occupation at ground level
traffic. Since the vertical and horizontal loads will vary from pier to pier, this will be catered to by
selecting the appropriate structural dimensions.
Pile foundations or open foundation have been recommended for the foundations as per the soil
stratum encountered.
5.1.2.2.1 Superstructure
The choice of superstructure has to be made keeping in view the ease of constructability and the
maximum standardization of the form-work for wide span ranges. Following types of
superstructures have been considered:
This essentially consists of precast segmental construction with external prestressing and dries
joints and is by far the most preferred technique in fast track projects. In such construction, the
pre-stressing is placed outside the structural concrete (but inside the box) and protected with
high density polyethylene tubes which are grouted with special wax or cement. The match cast
joints at the interface of two segments are provided with shear keys as in traditional segmental
construction. However, epoxy is dispensed with because water tight seal at the segment joints is
not required in association with external tendons. The Photo and schematic arrangement is
shown at Figure 60 & Figure 61.
Constructing the typical segmental spans on an Advanced Launching Girder (ALG) with system
formwork for span-by-span cast-in-situ construction:
Advanced Launching Girder with system formwork has been used in Singapore and it has
demonstrated the effective use of this construction methodology in the viaduct construction to
achieve quality finishes. The Advanced Launching Girder is a steel structure specially designed
and fabricated for the cast-in-situ construction of the typical spans of the viaduct.
Firstly, the piers and the cross heads are constructed in advance of the ALG. For the
construction of every span, formwork units are adjusted, raised and suspended
on the transverse trusses using Maccalloy bars (high tensile bars) in conjunction
with the hollow ram jacks;
After the formwork units are in place, fixing of reinforcement, placing of ducts and
concreting will follow;
When the structure achieves a concrete strength of 30 MPa, the stressing of the
tendons will begin;
Upon complete transfer of load to the starting elements and piers, the formwork
units will be dismantled and placed on the working platform. The entire ALG will
then be jacked to the next span. This cycle is then repeated.
The advantage of the span by span method of construction pertains to the prestressing steel
requirement. Since the segments are supported by the form travellers, there are no cantilever
stresses during construction, and pre-stress requirements are akin to those of conventional
construction on false work.
The method is environment friendly as no concreting work is carried at site for the
superstructure.
Casting of segments
For viaducts’ segmental pre-cast construction requires a casting yard. The construction depot will
have facilities for casting beds, curing and stacking areas, batching plant with storage facilities for
aggregates and cement, site testing laboratories, reinforcement steel yard, fabrication yard, etc.
An area of about 20 ha to 25 ha is required for each construction depot (one per contract).
For casting of segments both long line and short line method can be adopted. However the long
line method is more suitable for spans curved in plan while short line method is good for straight
spans. A high degree of accuracy is required for setting out the curves on long line method for which
pre calculation of offsets is necessary. Match casting of segments is required in either method. The
cast segments are cured on the bed as well as in stacking yard. Ends of the segments are to be made
rough through sand blasting so that gluing of segments can be effective. The cast segment will be
transported on trailers and launched in position through launching girders.
It is proposed to construct the elevated stations with elevated concourse over the road at most
of the locations to minimize land acquisition. To keep the rail level low, it is proposed not to take
viaduct through the stations. Thus a separate structural configuration is required (although this
may necessitate the break in the launching operations at each station location). Sub-structure
for the station portion will also be similar to that of viaduct and will be carried out in the same
manner.
However, there will be single viaduct column in the station area, which will be located on the
median and supporting the concourse girders by a cantilever arm so as to eliminate the columns
on right of way.
Super-structure will consist of precast segmental box Girders / Full Span Precast U-Girder for
supporting the track structure and I Girder / Double T Girders for supporting the platform and
concourse areas. A pre-cast or cast in situ pre-stressed cross girder will be required over the
middle piers for supporting platform structure. Box shaped in situ pre-stressed cantilever cross
girders are planned for supporting the concourse girders and escalators at mezzanine level.
Most of the members will be pre-cast in a construction depot and launched at site through
cranes.
Pier arrangement drawings, viaduct & station options are represented in the drawings enclosed
with the report.
It is proposed to carry out construction work with design mix concrete through computerized
automatic batching plants with following grade of concrete for various members as per design
requirement/durability considerations.
Piles - M -35
Pile cap and open foundation - M -35
Piers - M -40 to M-60
All precast element for viaduct and station - M -45 to M-60
Cantilever piers and portals - M -45 to M -60
Other miscellaneous structure - M -35
For pre-stressing work, low relaxation high tensile steel strands with the configuration 12 K 15,
19 K 15 and or 22 K 15 is recommended.
Thermo-mechanically treated reinforcement bars of grade 500D (min.) conforming to IS: 1786
will be adopted.
As most of the construction is to be carried out on the middle of the road, central two lanes
including median will be required for construction activities. During piling and open foundation
work, a width of about 9 m will be required for elevated viaduct construction and a width of
about 12m will be required for at-grade construction and the same along with some clearance
will be barricaded. In stretches, where the elevated alignment has to be located away from road,
a strip of 15m width (with consideration of 2.5m clearance on either side to reduce land width),
is proposed for acquisition, it ensures road access and working space all along the viaduct for
working of emergency equipments and fire brigade. It is proposed that atleast one and maximum
of two lanes are provided for traffic on either sides during construction depending upon the ROW
of road, if necessary. In certain cases, one way traffic may be resorted to.
All above discussed actions will require a minimum period of about 4 to 6 months. During this
period, the implementing agency can go ahead with the following preliminary works:
Reservation of land along the corridor, identification and survey for acquisition.
5.1.2.3.1.1 Location
The rail corridor which has been identified as potential MRT corridor runs through the Pune
Metropolitan city & Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Area (PCMC).
The proposed corridors 1A, covers the distance of 4.413 km and run along the road. The
proposed sections are completely elevated.
Geotechnical investigations have been carried out along the proposed corridor including to
determine the strata, depth of foundation and safe bearing capacity of foundations required for
the above proposed metro corridors.
Pune District is in the western part of Maharashtra. It is bounded by Thane District to the
northwest, Raigad District to the west, Satara District to the south, Solapur District to the
southeast, and Ahmednagar District to the north and northeast.
Pune district lies in the Western Ghats or Sahyadri mountain range and it extends on to the
Deccan Plateau on the east. Pune stands on the leeward side of the Western Ghats. Pune is at an
altitude of 559m.(1863 ft.).
Pune city has assessed in seismic Zone 3. The temperature ranges from 5°C to 40°C. The city gets
an average yearly rainfall of 772mm.
The entire site lies within built up area as the natural topography must have been altered during
construction activities. But the terrain generally is of a rolling terrain of fairly level to a gentle
slope, with some cases of a fairly sloppy terrain.
Subsurface explorations were carried out along the length of the proposed corridors. Boreholes
were done at every 1000m at the proposed corridors.
A total of 20 boreholes were drilled for the corridor Phase 1A from PCMC to Nigdi section.
Boreholes were drilled from depth 8.0m to 19.0m below ground level. The details of boreholes
along the section is given below:
Table 59 Details of boreholes along the section
Water Table below ground
Borehole No. Borehole Location
level (m)
BH-1 Km 6.0 Nil
BH-2 Km 7.0 Nil
BH-3 Km 8.0 9.20
BH-4 Km 9.0 Nil
BH-5 Km 10.0 Nil
BH-6 Km 11.0 Nil
BH-7 Km 12.0 9.10
BH-8 Km 13.0 Nil
BH-9 Km 14.0 Nil
BH-10 Km 15.0 Nil
BH-11 Km 16.0 Nil
BH-12 Km 17.0 Nil
BH-13 Km 18.0 Nil
BH-14 Km 19.0 Nil
BH-15 Km 20.0 Nil
BH-16 Km 11.8 Nil
BH-17 Depot Nil
BH-18 Gokul Nagar Nil
BH-19 Gokul Nagar Nil
BH-20 Gokul Nagar Nil
The geological stratum for this site is majorly categorized in 2 stratums as shown Table 60:
Stratum-1 SOIL: This layer is majorly encountered at top of the ground and underlain by Highly
weathered basalt rock. Filled up soil is majorly encountered at top layer varying from 0.5m to
4.0m thickness. Silty clay layer of medium to high plasticity is observed from boreholes BH-5,
BH-7, BH-14, BH-15 & BH-16. Thickness of this stratum is varying from 0.5m to 4.0m below
ground level.
Stratum-2 ROCK: Highly weathered to fresh basalt rock is presented below soil stratum. This layer
is encountered at the surface from boreholes BH-3, BH-8, BH-11, BH-17 & BH-18.
The summary of field work conducted is presented in the Geotechnical Report given as annexure
at the end of the report..
Detailed Geotechnical – Soil Testing Report were also enclosed with Feasibility Report for all two
sections and GIS report for third section shall be provided separately.
Design Norms
5.2.1 Alignment definition
This chapter deals with geometrical standards adopted for horizontal and vertical alignments,
route description, etc. The proposed corridors under Pune MRTS network will consist of Standard
Gauge (SG) lines.
The geometrical design norms are based on international practices adopted for similar systems
with standard gauge on the assumption that the maximum permissible speed on the section is
limited to 80 kmph. Planning for any higher speed is not desirable as the shorter inter station
distance will not lead to significant difference in running time.
The elevated tracks will be carried on elevated deck supported by piers, generally spaced at
varying centre to centre distance as per site requirement. 13m to 34m span length (pier centre
to centre) is followed as much as possible with most of the piers located along the BRT and rest
on footpath followed by private property to terminate at Bhakti – Shakti bus depot. The
horizontal alignment and vertical alignment are, therefore, dictated to a large extent by the
geometry of the road and ground levels followed by the alignment.
The conditions of implementation of the MRT system, partly at-grade & partly elevated without
impacting the space given to road vehicle circulations command the choice of a rail based MRT
system rather than a BRT. Therefore, assumptions of MRT rolling stock had been used for the
alignment studies and are detailed in Chapter 11 Rolling stock.
The design parameters related to the metro system described herewith have been worked out
based on a detailed evaluation, experience and internationally accepted practices. Various
alternatives were considered for most of these parameters but the best-suited ones have been
adopted for the system as a whole.
As far as possible, the alignment follows the existing roads. This leads to introduction of
horizontal curves. The criteria for designing horizontal curves are detailed next.
It is necessary to provide transition curves at both ends of the circular curves for smooth riding
on the curves and to counter act centrifugal force. Due to change in gradients at various locations
in the corridor, it is necessary to provide frequent vertical curves along the alignment. It is
desirable that the vertical curves and transition curves of horizontal curves do not overlap. These
constraints may lead to reduced lengths of transition curves at certain locations. The transition
curves have certain minimum parameters.
5.2.4.2 Assumptions
Distance between centre lines in straight alignment 4100mm in Line 1 & Line 2,
4600mm in Line 3
Note*: This maximum design speed is applicable for the straight and the flatter curved alignment,
which covers most of the alignment. However, in curves sharper than 1000m radius, suitable
speed restriction shall be applicable, which may be optimized for higher speed based on final
survey details available.
For any consecutive circular curves with opposite direction of curvature the length of straight
track between the ends of the curves or of the transitions where these are required shall be not
less than 25m. When it is not possible to provide a straight portion of 25m, no straight portion
shall be provided and the transitions extended accordingly. The rate of change of cant and versine
over both transitions shall be kept the same in such cases.
Transition curves will not normally be required between different radii of a compound curve
where the change of radius of curvature does not exceed 15% of the smaller radius and provided
that the cant deficiency and/or cant excess criteria are not exceeded for either curve.
Where a compound curve is employed with a change of radius greater than 15% of the smaller
radius, or where the cant deficiency or cant excess criteria necessitates a change in cant between
the circular curves, a suitable transition curve shall be interposed between the two parts of the
curve. The length of such a transition shall be equal to the difference between the required
transition lengths at each end of the curve.
When the actual shift of any calculated transition curve would be less than 10mm the actual
transition curve may be omitted. In this case, the required change of cant shall take place over
the calculated length of the transition, or 25 m whichever is the greater, and in the same location
as if the transition had been provided.
In general for all running and depot lines transition curves shall be provided wherever possible
between a circular curve and adjoining straight, between the different radii of a compound curve
and at the adjoining ends of circular curves forming reverse curves. Transition curves are not
required in sidings.
Applied cant shall be specified to the nearest millimetre for concrete track and to the nearest 5
mm for ballasted track.
Track at terminus stations shall continue past the end of the platforms by 25 metres where
stabling or refuge tracks are not required. Minimum radius in station must not be less than
1000m.
Whenever possible the track shall be straight throughout the length of the stations. The presence
of external restrains may necessitate limited encroachment of transition curves at station ends
but this shall be avoided whenever possible. Where encroachment is unavoidable this shall be
limited such that the vehicle throw does not affect the platform nosing clearance.
REQUIREMENTS TO COMPLY
THEORITICAL WITH
PARAMETERS
FORMULAE PROJECT’S
LIMITING
PREFERENTIAL
Theoretical equilibrium cant 11.8V2/R 225 mm 195mm
Vertical curves shall wherever possible be positioned such that coincidence with horizontal
transitions is avoided. Where such coincidence is unavoidable the largest practicable vertical
curve radius shall be employed.
Vertical curves shall, for each location, be selected on the basis of the largest practicable vertical
curve radius subject to the following limit:
The length of constant grade between consecutive vertical curves shall be as follows:
Desirable minimum 50 m
Absolute minimum 25 m
At point and crossing work vertical curves shall not coincide with any part of the overall length of
switches or of cast crossings. At other point and crossing work vertical curves shall be avoided
whenever possible. Where they cannot be avoided the vertical curve radius shall be 3000 m or
more.
At station ends the tangent point of the vertical curve shall be permitted to encroach within the
length of the platform to a limited extent. This length of encroachment shall be such that the
vertical offset of the curve from the station gradient at the platform end shall not exceed 15mm.
5.2.6 Gradient
For running lines the desirable maximum gradient shall be 3% and where unavoidable shall be
4%. Where gradients of 1% or less are used they may be unrestricted in length. Gradients above
3.0% shall be kept as short as possible.
At stations the track shall be level or of constant gradient not steeper than 0.2% throughout the
platform length except for the limited lengths of vertical curves as specified in relevant clause
under Vertical Alignment.
A drainage gradient shall be provided for all viaducts, other than at stations, as follows :
Sidings shall be level or shall fall away from the main line switch at a gradient not exceeding
0.25%. Train berths shall be level or shall fall towards the buffer stops at a gradient not exceeding
0.25%.
5.2.7 Levels
All levels shall be quoted in metres correct to three decimal places and shall be above mean sea
level (MSL).
Rail level on canted track will refer to the level of the running edge of the lower rail.
Whenever possible, points and crossing work shall not coincide with vertically or horizontally
curved track.
Where it is not possible to avoid coincidence with vertical curves the switches and stock rails shall
not be laid on vertical curves.
Points and crossing work shall not coincide with horizontal transitions.
No part of the switches, switch operating gear or crossing nose shall be over a structural
movement joint.
In case of unavoidable circumstances, if the coincidence with horizontal curve cannot be avoided,
the same may be laid in curve having radius greater than 1000m with cant applied made zero.
Generally 1 in 9 turnout with 300m Radius (1 in 9 R300) is to be adopted in Main Line and 1 in 7
turnout with 190m Radius (1 in 7 R190) is to be adopted in depot tracks.
The switch points and turnout radius shall be standard UIC or approved equivalent, designed to
accommodate a minimum operational speed of 40 km/hr.
5.2.8.2 Turnouts
Stations have been located so as to serve major passenger destinations and to enable convenient
integration with other modes of transport. However effort has also been made to propose station
locations such that the locations where maximum commuter travel. Further detail on stations
locations is provided in the Station Planning chapter - 6 of this report.
Track on MRT systems is subjected to intensive usage with very little time for day-to-day
maintenance. Thus it is imperative that the track structure selected for MRT systems should be
long lasting and should require minimum maintenance and at the same time, ensure highest level
of safety, reliability and comfort, with minimum noise and vibrations. The track structure has
been proposed keeping the above philosophy in view.
Two types of track structures are proposed for the corridors under Pune MRT network. The
normal ballasted track in depot (except inside the workshops, inspection lines and washing plant
lines). The ballastless track is recommended on viaducts as the regular cleaning and replacement
of ballast at such locations will not be possible. For the depots, ballasted track is recommended
as ballastless track on formation is not suitable due to settlement of formations. Ballastless track
in depot is required inside the workshop, on inspection lines and washing plant lines.
From considerations of maintainability, riding comfort and also to contain vibrations and noise
levels, the complete track is proposed to be joint-less and for this purpose even the turnouts will
have to be incorporated in LWR (Long Welded Rail)/CWR (Continuous Welded Rail).
The track will be laid with 1 in 20 canted rails and the wheel profile of Rolling Stock should be
compatible with the rail cant and rail profile.
Keeping in view the proposed axle load and the practices followed abroad, it is proposed to adopt
UIC-60 (60 kg. /m) rail section. Since on main lines, sharp curves and steep gradients would be
present, the grade of rail on main lines should be 1080 Head Hardened. For the depot lines, the
rails of grade 880 are recommended.
On the viaducts, it is proposed to adopt plinth type ballastless track structure with RCC
derailment guards integrated with the plinths, with a base-plate spacing of 60 cm.
On main lines and depot lines, friction buffer stops with mechanical impact absorption (non-
hydraulic type) will be provided.
In elevated portion, the spans on which friction buffer stops are to be installed will be designed
for an additional longitudinal force, which is likely to be transmitted in case of Rolling Stock hits,
the friction Buffer Stops.
For continuing LWR (Long Welded Rail)/CWR (Continuous Welded Rail) on viaducts, the elevated
structures will be adequately designed for the additional longitudinal forces likely to be
transmitted as a result of Rail-Structure interaction. Rail structure interaction study will
determine the need and locations of Rail Expansion Joints (REJ) required to be provided.
Enclosed
Besides the details of various aspects e.g. transport demand analysis, route alignment, station
locations, system design, viaduct structure, geo-technical investigations etc. as brought out in
previous chapters, there are a number of other engineering issues, which are required to be
considered in sufficient details before really deciding on taking up any infrastructure project of
such magnitude. Accordingly, following engineering items have been studied and described in
this chapter:
Existing utilities and planning for their diversion during construction, if necessary;
Land acquisition necessary for the project both on permanent basis as well as
temporary, including its break up between Government and private ownership.
Large number of sub-surfaces, surface and overhead utility services viz. sewers, water mains,
storm water drains, telephone cables, O.H electrical transmission lines, electric poles, traffic
signals, etc. exists along the proposed alignment. These utility services are essential and must
be maintained in working order during different stages of construction, by
temporary/permanent diversions or by supporting in position. Any interruption to these will
have serious repercussions on the most sensitive suburban services and direct impact on the
public besides set back in construction and project implementation schedule & costs.
Therefore, meticulous detailed survey and planning will be required to protect/divert the
utility services. Also, these may affect construction and project implementation time
schedule/costs, necessary planning/action needs to be initiated in advance.
Organizations/Departments with concerned utility services in Pune are mentioned in the
following table.
Above ground utilities namely street light, poles, traffic signal posts, telecommunication posts,
junction boxes, trees etc., also needs to be shifted and relocated suitably during construction of
elevated viaduct. Since these will be interfering with the proposed alignment.
Such overhead utilities were identified during physical survey of corridor. Moreover, liaison with
concerned utility owners was made for identification and mapping of various underground
utilities. No trenching / GPR survey etc. was conducted for underground utilities.
Such overground utilities identified during physical survey are listed below :
Table 63 : Number of Overground affeted due to metro alignment
S.No Location Direction Units
1 Light Poles Along the alignment 31
Overhead
7 Near Bhakti Shakti Chowk 1
transmission tower
TOTAL 418
While planning for diversion of underground utility services viz. sewer lines, water pipelines,
cables, etc., during construction of MRTS, following guidelines have to be adopted:
- The elevated viaduct does not pose much of a difficulty in negotiating the underground
utility services, especially those running across the alignment. The utilities infringing at
pier location can be easily diverted away from the pile cap location.
- In case a major utility is running along/across the alignment which cannot be diverted or
the diversion of which is difficult, time consuming and uneconomical, the spanning
arrangement of the viaduct and layout of piles in the foundation may be suitably adjusted
to ensure that no foundation needs be constructed at the location. The utility service can
also be encased within the foundation piles.
The sewer/drainage/Water lines etc. generally exist in the service lanes and footpaths
i.e. away from main carriageway. However, at certain points these utilities are
crossing the main carriageway.
The major sewer/drainage/Water lines etc. running across the alignment and likely to be
affected at certain location due to metro column foundations and are proposed to be taken care
of by relocating on column supports of viaduct by change in span or by suitably adjusting the
layout of pile foundations. Where, this is not feasible, lines will be suitably diverted. Provision
has been made in the project cost estimate towards diversion of utility service lines. which works
out to 26.48 Cr. for the alignment length.
Water utility around Bhakti shakti chowk and nearby area is shown in Figure 65 by super
imposing metro alignment over it, with final station over bhakti-shakti bus depot. Details of
affected utility is documented Table 64.
Table 64 : Details of utility affected at Bhakti shakti chowk due to Metro alignment
S.No. Type Location Diameter
1 Ductile Iron Bhakti Shakti chowk – Bus Depot 100mm
Pipes toward anna bhau sathe
2 Ductile Iron Bhakti Shakti chowk – Krishna 200mm
Pipes Temple – PMPML Bus stop
3 Ductile Iron Front of PMPML Bus stop – Bhakti- 200mm
Pipes Shakti Chowk
4 Mild Steel Pipes Petrol Pump – Bhakti Shakti Depot- 1200mm
Spine road
5 Cast Iron pipes Spine Road – Anna Bhau Sathe 150mm
6 Cast Iron pipes Anna Bhau sathe statue – Talegaon 150mm
Road
7 Cast Iron Pipes Anna Bahu sathe statue – Talegaon
8 Mild steel pipe Bhakti-Shakti - Anna Bhau Sathe – 1100mm
Krishna Nagar
9 Mild steel pipe Radhika Hotel – Bhakti-Shakti 450mm
chowk – Open space on spine road
10 Mild steel pipe Bhakti-shakti Garden – Anna Bhau 400mm
sathe
For elevated section, single pier supporting the viaduct will be located in the BRT alignment on
the middle of road so that the existing roads remain in use as usual. Accordingly, necessary
permission for using such right-of-way will have to be obtained from the concerned authorities.
Elevated stations are generally proposed with elevated concourse so that land is required only
for locating the entry/exit structures. Traffic integration facilities are provided wherever the
same are required but no land is proposed for acquisition.
The normal viaduct structure of elevated Metro is about 10 m (edge to edge) wide. Ideally the
required right of way is 9-10m and it is available hence no LA is proposed. In stretches, where
the elevated alignment has to be located away from road, a strip of 15m width (with
consideration of 2.5m clearance on either side to reduce land width), is proposed for acquisition,
it ensures road access and working space all along the viaduct for working of emergency
equipments and fire brigade.
Provision of land for Traffic integration has been made on those stations only, where space is
available. It is proposed to provide traffic integration facilities at all the following Metro stations.
Land for these facilities has been identified and is given in the Table 65.
Table 65 : Lands For Stations & Traffic Integration
Type of
S.NO. Station. Area (sqm) Ownership Remarks
property
As indicated earlier, the ROW of the roads along which the alignment is planned is sufficiently
wide hence no land is required for acquisition as long as the alignment is straight and at the
center of the road. However, at curved portions, the alignment could not be kept at the center
of the road and acquisition of certain land is inevitable in spite of introduction of sharper radius
curves in elevated sections. The land required for alignment planning is given in Table 66.
Table 66 : Land Requirement Running Section
PLOT
S.NO. LOCATION DETAILS AREA(m2) OWNERSHIP
NO.
Corridor – IA (PCMC – Nigdi)
1 1RS 1 Ford Showroom Commercial 1619 Pvt.
2 1RS 2 Open Land Open Land 187 Govt.
3 1RS 3 Temple Area Open Land 623 Pvt.
Open land with 451 Pvt.
4 1RS 4 Open Land
temporary structure 329 Pvt.
Land for Foot Over 1299 Pvt.
5 1RS 5 Market
Bridge 148 Govt.
Total Area 4655
To ensure fast implementation of the proposals and optimisation of earnings, the following
criteria have been kept in view:
To obtain clearances of the concerned government and local authorities for proposed
usage, ground coverage, FAR, height and other basic controls and availability of essential
services like water supply, sewers, electric supply, approach roads, etc.
To assess demand and optimum usage and expected returns.
To prepare architectural plans/models and obtain sanctions of concerned authorities.
To prepare construction plans, structural designs, etc. for implementation.
To appoint executing agency and create supervising organization.
To sell the developed property and realize the proceeds thereof.
To allow the property on long-term lease.
Property development and its transfer can be under taken by MRTS either by themselves or in
collaboration with a builder/developer. Since it involves not only heavy financial investment but
also real estate expertise and risk, it is considered better to undertake this activity in
collaboration with some established builder/developer of repute on pre-agreed terms regarding
individual responsibilities and various related financial aspects. Thus in our case, 2 parcel of
government owned land has been identified, which was proposed to be given on a 50 year capital
lease to a private builder, after the commencement of the project in order to maximize the
benefit.
The details of land identified for property development are shown in Table 67.
Table 67 : Land identified for Property Development
Land Area
S. No Location Ownership
(Sqm)
1.
Govt land under PCNTDA 30000 Government
(Near Bhakti Shakti Chowk)
2. 24000 Government
Open land at the back of City one mall
TOTAL 54000
Abstract of land requirements for project is given in Table 68 : Summary of Permanent Land
Requirement (sqm)
Table 68 : Summary of Permanent Land Requirement (sqm)
Type of Land
Sr.No. Description
Govt. PVt.
1 Stations 728 2063
2 Running Section 335 4321
Total Land required for aquisition for the project is : 0.7446 Ha.
The project involves relocation of few shops, commercial cum residential buildings and hutments
along the alignment. Compensation for relocation of these affected structures shall be paid and
it has been considered in the project cost estimate. The alignment has been so chosen, that it
remains mostly within the government land. However, at certain locations while negotiating the
curves, the land acquisition became inevitable.
It is suggested to create a balance between safety needs of the road users and the site operatives
and to minimize the delay to road users. Recognized and uniform procedures have to be applied
to ensure that:
Road users are accommodated through and around the construction zones safely
with minimum delay;
Bicyclists and pedestrians, including those with disabilities, should be provided with
access and safe passage through the work zones;
Traffic control and construction activities are coordinated to provide for safe and
efficient flow of traffic together with efficient, safe and rapid progress of
construction activity;
If construction activities are taking place at multiple sites along same or parallel
routes, construction activity and road traffic management should be coordinated
so as to minimize the total delay;
In urban environment, works requiring partial road closures on alternative routes
should be phased, where possible, so that they are not undertaken at the same
time.
The diversion plan will be prepared based on detailed reconnaissance survey and duly
considering the Classified Traffic Volume Counts conducted during morning / evening peak
periods, along the Pune MRT corridor and around the surrounding areas and also taking the
following factors into account:
It is assumed that half of the carriageway width shall be available for the traffic
movement;
For easy movement of pedestrians, the footpath width shall be kept available for
pedestrians at diversion locations;
Access to the property along MRT stations shall be provided.
The Traffic Diversion Plan suggested should take into consideration the road widths of the
surrounding road network.
The Traffic Diversion Plan shall be suggested based on the understanding that on-street parking
will be removed/relocated and the carriageway would be free of encroachments along the MRT
corridor and alternative roads during construction period for efficient vehicular and pedestrian
movement.
Appropriate traffic management measures should be adopted like relocation of bus stops,
junction improvement measures, road geometric improvements, installation of traffic signage,
barricading the construction area and road carriageway, etc. A broad methodology for preparing
the traffic diversion plans is shown in following figure:
6. STATION PLANNING
6.1 Introduction
Pune is well known as the ‘Queen of Deccan’ due to its scenic beauty and rich natural resources.
Besides, it is famous for its religious and historical places. Pune city is known in the world map
because of its educational, research and development institutions. The district also has an
importance as an important military base. Pune is the most industrialized district in western
Maharashtra and a famous IT hub in the country. Pune exemplifies an indigenous Marathi culture
and ethos, in which education, arts & crafts and theatres are given due prominence. Pune is the
cultural capital of Maharashtra. It is the birth place of the poet-saint Tukaram. It is the home of
great freedom fighters like Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Agarkar and Gopal Krishna Gokhale. Jayant
Narlikar, the famous contemporary scientist is from Pune.
The city of Pune has been a city of major importance in the India subcontinent since the 17 th
century. Confined to the East bank of the Mutha river until the early 19th century, the city started
to grow on the west bank as well. The city witnessed fast growth after Independence.
In addition to its temples, historical attractions in and around Pune include the rock-cut
Pataleshwar cave temple, Aga Khan Palace, Shaniwarwada, Lal Mahal, and Sinhagad fort. The city
is also known for its British Raj "bungalow architecture" and the Garden Cities Movement layout
of the Cantonment in the early Twentieth Century.
Kasba Peth or Kasba is the oldest residential part, "Peth " (locality), in Pune, India. It is adjacent
to the historic Shaniwar Wada palace-fort. Kasba Peth was the first Peth to be established
sometime during the 5th century and is the oldest area in Pune. It is called the "Heart of Pune
City". In the history of Pune, the city was once known as "Kasbe Pune".
A wide variety of shops surround Kasba Peth (Tambat Ali, Shimpi Ali, Vyavahar Ali, Bhoi Ali, etc.).
It is well known for the Kumbhar Wada (area of earthen potmakers) and the Tambat Ali (area of
brass/copper utensil manufacturers).
Lal Mahal
Kumbhar Wada
Tambat Ali
Shaniwar Wada
Sinhagad Fort
Nageshwar Temple
This study comprises Corridor 1A, for which 3 number of stations have been proposed:
S.No Corridor Approx. Number of proposed
Length of stations
corridor
Corridor 1A PCMC to Nigdi 4.413 km 3 (elevated)
6.2.1 General
Stations have been located to serve major passenger catchment areas/destinations and to enable
convenient integration with other modes of transport. The sequence of stations and types of
proposed stations for corridor 1A is presented in the section hereafter.
The Table 67 present the sequence of stations and type for proposed corridor 1A .
Table 69 : Sequence of stations in Phase 1A (PCMC to Nigdi)
SN Station Name Inter-station Cumulative Elevated/ Chainage
Distance Distance Underground
(Km) (Km)
Phase 1A: PCMC To Nigdi
1 Station 1 (Chinchwad) 0.89 0.89 Elevated 1789.2
2 Station 2 (Akurdi) 1.67 2.56 Elevated 3459.2
3 Station 3 (Nidgi) 2.03 4.59 Elevated 5601.089
This section provides a general overview of the corridor and the proposed stations : locations,
existing and future local urban fabric, landmarks, access etc.; For each station, an analysis has
been conducted regarding:
The corridor 1A PCMC to Nigdi is a 4.413 km long extension of phase I line, which runs from PCMC
to Swargate. It is proposed on Old Mumbai Road. 3 elevated stations are proposed on this
corridor (see following figure):
This corridor is excessively crowded (both in terms of population density and road
congestion) at present;
Road contains many flyovers, underpasses and less pedestrians.
Access to stations:
Access to & egress from stations will be guaranteed by the implementation of:
pick-up and drop-off areas for different modes (bus stops when relevant, IPT
modes and car)
pedestrians facilities (footpath, pedestrian crossing, over bridge etc.)
cyclists (cycle stands etc.)
General recommendations for access/egress to/from stations will also be made;
For optimal access to stations:
Station 3 (Nigdi):
Station 1 (Chinchwad):
Station 1 (Chinchwad)
STATION INTRODUCTION: it is the first station on the PCMC to Nigdi corridor. It is an
elevated station proposed on the Old Mumbai Road near Chinchwad Station Chowk. The
major roads connecting the station are Chinchwad Station Road and Chinchwad - Bhosari
Road. The station caters the public, semi-public, commercial and the residential areas of
Pimpri and Chinchwad and the Railway Station of Chinchwad through proposed FOB. It also
caters the Sony complex building , Pimpri Police station and Mayur Tread Centre.
ISSUES & CONCERN POTENTIAL FOR IMPROVEMENT
Lack of pedestrian facilities like Dedicated non-motorized modes friendly
footpath, pedestrian for crossing road facilities like footpath and cycle stands, and
along the road results in pedestrian FOB is used for crossing roads;
spill over on road; Planning of dispersal activities through
Chaotic operations of Tempo services feeder modes will cater to a larger
catchment.
1. Roadside encroachment and on-street 2. PCMC empty land (may be used for entry
parking. structure in the future)
Commercial
Building
Residential
Building
Pimpri
Police
Railway Station
Proposed FOB
To Chinchwad
Station 2 (Akurdi)
STATION INTRODUCTION: it is an elevated station proposed on the Old Mumbai Road near Khandoba Chowk.
The major roads connecting the station are Akurdi – Chikhli Road, Chinchwad Gaon Road, Shri Mhalsakant
Vidyalaya Road. The station provides dispersal connectivity to public, semi-public and the residential areas of
Akurdi and MIDC.
ISSUES & CONCERN POTENTIAL FOR IMPROVEMENT
Lack of pedestrian facilities like footpath, Dedicated non-motorized modes friendly
Chaotic operations of Tempo services; facilities like footpath and cycle stands.
Huge encroachments of the road space. Planning of dispersal activities through feeder
modes will cater to a larger catchment.
Removal of encroachments and optimal usage
of ROW.
Station 3 (Nigdi)
STATION INTRODUCTION: it is an elevated station proposed on the Old Mumbai Road near Bhakti Shakti
Udyan. Public Development area is also proposed above this station. The major roads connecting the station
are Nigdi – Chikhli Road, Ankush Borhade Marg. The station provides dispersal connectivity to the residential
areas of Nigdi, Appu Ghar, Bhakti Shakti Udyan and PMPML Bus Depot.
Station 3 (Nigdi):
Proposed Skywalk
This section is aimed at presenting station planning and design as proposed for Pune metro,
providing details on planning and design criteria, platform sizing and egress, station layout,
miscellaneous functions (commercial, advertising and branding)
6.3.1 General
Stations vary in complexity and the proposed station designs are influenced by station spacing,
alignment, utilities, road clearances and pedestrian requirements.
The typical length of elevated stations would be 140 meters and width would vary from 21 m
depending upon the integration of the station box and its entry structure within it immediate
urban environment.
The design objectives that will be considered as the planning and design criteria are presented in
the following sections:
One of the main objectives of station planning and design is to maximize passengers’ experience.
This is done by insuring stations.
Pune metro stations shall be designed to accommodate different operating, hence be tailored for
normal, peak, off-peak, congested (delayed) and emergency conditions. Station design shall
ensure for the operating body:
Operational requirements in the use of center and side platforms, elevated stations
are proposed to have side platforms;
Station boarding/alighting and the resulting entry/exit location requirements;
Utilities such as firefighting systems, ventilation, water requirements;
Structural requirements;
Flexibility in design to allow stations to respond to site specific requirements;
Platform design criteria;
Concourse design criteria;
Passenger forecasts and resulting entrance locations;
Traffic, roads and pedestrian requirements;
Future expansion provisions;
Flexibility in design to meet site-specific requirements, if any.
The level of service assessment is based on the concept of Fruin’s Levels of Service (LoS) which
was first derived by J.J. Fruin (‘Pedestrian Planning and Design’, 1971).
LoS scale
There are six LoS categories, as shown in the figure below, ranging from A representing free-flow
conditions to F representing very congested densities with restricted movements conditions.
Figure 77 : Levels of Service categories (Source: Pedestrian Planning and Design, 1971)
LoS types
There are three different types of Level of Service: walkways, stairs and queuing; which consider
the different characteristics of pedestrian activities (i.e. walking on flat ground, walking up/down
stairs and waiting).
Figure 78 : Levels of Service by type (Source: Pedestrian Planning and Design, 1971)
In general:
LoS walkways are used for areas of circulation such as passageways, underpass and
over bridges;
LoS queuing are used for platform areas, ticket halls and lift waiting areas;
LoS stairs are used for staircases and escalators.
It is generally accepted – subject to the functional use of space within a station – that a LoS C/D
is acceptable. Any area with a LoS E or F for a long period of time indicates levels of congestion
exceeding the normal planning standard, which could warrant further investigation and design
improvements.
These features will be used as the basis for the design of Pune’s station, ensuring standardization
across stations. They are presented below
Station entrances provide the link between the station concourse and the surrounding
streets. Their location must reflect the separate constraints of both;
Station entrances are located with reference to passengers catchment points and cater for
intermodal interchange which includes buses, pick-up/drop-off by private modes etc;
Important criterias which have been applied in the development of station planning
include:
Sizing of Station Passenger Facilities;
Stipulated Design Standards;
Emergency Evacuation;
Passenger circulation, comfort, ease of use, safety and security;
Operational accommodation (Back of House Areas);
Electrical and Mechanical Plant and Equipment space requirements.
Each station’s planning and design is notably based on the number of passengers
boarding/alighting. The tables below show the passengers boarding/alighting forecasts for 2023,
2043 and 2053. These figures will be used for station sizing (platforms, staircases, entries etc)
and egress calculations.
Passenger information signs located at stations will be many and varied ranging from station
entrance to train indicator panel and information panels. Signs are to be provided in a Tri-lingual
format. Signage provided information essential to passengers use and navigation of the system,
engendering a of reassurance, security, and orientation when entering, existing, or transferring,
which contributes to a positive, user-friendly customer experience. In brief, signage:
The sign hardware system is defined as the physical sign units (their sizes, material and
attachment methods) that display the sign graphics.
Public clocks in metro stations shall be digital and located at the fare areas and on the platforms
clearly visible to all passengers in the direction of movement.
A number of functions are associated to each station that structure the way stations are planned.
These functions and their typical location in the station structure are presented below:
Concourse forms the interface between streets and the platform. This is where all
the passengers’ amenities are provided;
Office accommodation, operational areas and plant room space are provided in
the non-public areas of the station;
The platform level has to be designed for adequate assembly space for passengers
for both normal operating conditions and a recognized abnormal scenario
(emergency);
The location of DG set, Bore Well Pump House, Underground / overhead tank and
Pump Houses are preferably proposed to be in one area at ground level wherever
possible.
General
The platform length is planned for 6 cars train;
The total evacuation time for the movement of all passengers in an emergency
from platform level to the landing at the next level should not exceed 5.5
minutes in elevated stations considering that these stations are open, and risk
is much less;
The station planning is also in compliance to the “Guidelines and Space
Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Disabled and Elderly persons”
published by the Ministry of Urban Affairs and Employment India in 1998;
The egress requirement (Platform to Concourse) & platform width calculations,
evacuation time calculations and passenger related facilities for the design year
will be provided at next stage.
Entry/Exit
Entrances to stations shall be of adequate capacity to satisfy predicted
passenger flows and emergency evacuation requirement;
The position of entrances shall be determined by the juxtaposition of building
location, of roadway footpath width, space availability and flow directions of
passenger traffic;
The width of entrances shall consider the predicted passenger flow and
available space;
All entrances extending to street level are proposed to be protected against
flooding. This protection is done by the provision of a minimum staircase to be
added in next stage.
Walkways / Ramps
Walkways / ramps shall be planned based on established principles of
pedestrian flow and arranged to minimize unnecessary walking distances and
cross-flows between incoming and outgoing passengers. Cross flow and
changes in direction shall be minimized or eliminated;
Minimum Corridor width:
Unidirectional movement: 1.8 m
Bi-directional movement: 2.0 m
Where length of the corridor is more than 30 m: 3.0 m
For staff: 1.2 m
Ramps
Preferred gradient: 1:20
Maximum gradient: 1 :12
Minimum width:
Unidirectional movement: 1.2 m
Bi-directional movement: 1.5 m
For ramp exceeding 10 m, rest platform: 1.8m
The station box is divided into public area and non-public area (where access is restricted to
operating staff and not accessible to passengers).
Public area design : stations will be designed to the crush load capacity (having 0.5 per sq. meter)
of 6-car train. The station shall be designed for an eventual operating headway of 2.0 minutes.
The length of platform will be 140m. This allows for the length of 6 car train and a
stopping tolerance;
Minimum platform widths:
The nominal platform width measured from platform edge to any continuous
(longer than 2000mm) fixed structure shall be a minimum of 3000 mm.
The minimum distance from platform edge to any isolated obstruction e.g.
columns, shall be 2500mm (an isolated obstruction shall not be longer than
2000 mm).
This clearance shall be maintained for safety reasons, irrespective of passenger
flow. The platform width greater than the minimum may be required at stations
with large passenger flow.
The platform edge shall have a safety margin of 600 mm width with a non-slip surface
and a yellow warning strip of 100 mm wide of contrasting texture.
The platform ends shall be provided with 1200 mm wide security gate and be
installed with a Pressure Mat Alarm system.
Platform shall be laid to a fall at 1:100 from the inner face of platform screen doors
for 3000mm towards the back of the platform. Where platform screen doors are
not provided then platform shall be laid to a fall of 1:100 from the platform edge
for 350mm towards the back of the platform;
Markings on the platform to assist and control the flow of passengers for boarding
and alighting the trains shall be provided;
Space occupied by stairs, escalators, structure, seating, platform supervisor’s
accommodation etc. is not to be included as part of the platform area.
Ticket Counters and Ticket Vending Machines (TVMs): it is proposed to deploy manual
ticket issuing counters in the beginning of the operation of the line. t a later stage,
automatic TVMs would be used, for which space provision will be made at the concourse
Figure 80
MTR wall mounted TVM with maintenance corridor in the back – Paris (left) Shinjuku station Tokyo (right)
Ticket offices:
The number of ticket offices is determined by the passenger traffic and the
operation policy;
A minimum of 2 ticket offices per station in the stations with high traffic, and 1 ticket
office per station in the stations with low traffic shall be planned.
Passenger Amenities :
Toilets for disabled are not specific operation rooms are proposed to be provided
at all stations in accordance with the technical provisions of the project.
Escalators requirements
The escalators will be heavy duty “public” service escalators capable of operating safely and
smoothly. The planning of escalators which may act as emergency stairways should meet all the
criteria requirements in NFPA 130 Standards. The planning of escalators will be such that they can
be used as fixed staircases under a condition of power failure, activation of stop button or activation
by safety/protection devices.
Stairs requirements
Stair widths:
Minimum stair width for public use: 2400mm;
Minimum stair width for emergency evacuation: 1120mm.(as per NFPA 2017
5.3.5.2)
Lifts requirements
A minimum three to four lifts will be used of having 13 passengers capacities. Lifts are also used
for betterment of differently abled people.
For ensuring adequacy of platform area, stair widths and requirement of additional
emergency evacuation stairs, a maximum accumulation of passengers in the station
has been comprising waiting passengers at the platform (including two missed
headways) and section load (or full train load if the section load exceeds a full train
load) expected to be evacuated at the station in case of an emergency;
The train will not move from the platform until passengers have begun clearing the
platform and hence the 500mm unoccupied zone adjacent to the platform edge for
platform without platform screen doors is included in the calculations.
Each station is provided with adequate public areas for passenger movement.
Space is also provided for station systems. The ancillary equipment housing including generators,
pump rooms, water tanks and sumps shall be located at one area of station site preferably at
street level provided for each station. Any change will be discussed with the Client.
6.4.3.2 Doors
Sizes of doors will be depending upon type and function of the room;
Fire resistance door will be depending on fire resistance of room as per NFPA.
All aspects of fire preventions and control will be subject to the approval of the employer
having jurisdiction.
All offices and plant room shall be separated from the public circulation spaces by FRP (Fire
Resistance Period) separation.
The station is required to meet NFPA 130 standards for fire protection and emergency
egress. Preliminary assumptions shall be made regarding the minimum required widths
of circulation elements for emergency egress within the stations. A full analysis of the
design is necessary to confirm that all NFPA 130 requirement and other emergency code
requirements are met.
A high level of passenger traffic using the stations presents a great potential for high
commercial value for advertising;
The conditions of success to attract announcers and advertising in transit systems include:
A high level of passenger traffic;
Maximum of space and maximum of repetitions: minimum space for posters
is around positions to be efficient on the entire network (that means a
minimum of 6 positions per station);
Importance of light and the treatment of light to see the posters;
Advertising sales agency to manage the advertising space.
General principles about the advertising on platforms: advertising spaces must be seen by the
customers on the platforms and on the platforms. On the Rolling Stock: train wearing
advertisement campaign (train is used as an advertising medium for one campaign).
Advertisement on Rolling Stock is presented in the figure hereafter.
The entire station can be used as an advertising medium for one campaign;
New technologies can be used especially on the platforms: LCD screens (about 8 sq m)
with projection. It implies cables must be set up in the stations and on the platforms.
The screens include sensors to calculate the number of passengers who pass and see
the poster. The screen can also communicate with mobile phones.
Like Advertising, retail shops in the stations could provide additional financial
income. The expected level of passenger traffic in the stations provides great
potential for a high commercial value for the retail shops. An agency will preferably
be appointed for management of these retail shops at all stations on the proposed
corridor.
Outside the stations (in front of the cars parks or the bus stops)
Small corners or kiosks; licenses could be created and negotiated for such
shops;
Commercial areas and designs will be guided by the market characteristics and local
habit
Architectural Branding is about to identify the station through Architectural components. Branding
a transit service creates an identifiable, marketable and common theme that extends across the
service and provides to the customer an opportunity to interact with the service.
Branding a MRTS service gives it a distinct identity, which results in clear and positive public
recognition and improved acceptance of the service. In addition to creating or enhancing positive
public acceptance of the service, creating a relevant and compelling brand for a BRT system can
deliver the following benefits:
• Clearly differentiated transit service: Branding can create a premium, higher-quality rapid
transit feels for a MRTS service, distinguishing it from standard or more conventional services.
• Enhanced outreach efforts: A common brand proposition among the various components of a
MRTS system will simplify marketing efforts and will allow a transit agency to more effectively
reach its target customers.
• Improved employee satisfaction and retention: A consistent and compelling brand creates
pride and a sense of contribution for employees.
• Increased brand value, as measured by added revenue and increased market share.
Colour schemes, graphics and logos can be used in branding the station as they can carry the
brand from the vehicle to the stations, to the signage and to the printed materials, unifying the
elements under one brand identity. It also can serve as a unifying element among the larger
family of services and can aid passengers in wayfinding, boarding and transferring among
interconnected services.
Station is highly identifiable and major component of brand identity. It must be considered if
station styling is distinct or appealing. It must be ensured that the station is easily distinct. The
distinctive branding can come from a unique paint or graphics package, easily identifiable as
different from other transit stop/ station.
Figure 85: Station branding at companypady station of Kochi Metro (Right) and ITO Metro Station of DMRC (Left)
To promote art and culture through artworks, display panels and exhibits, some of its stations
have been turned into canvases. Having tied up with various government bodies/organizations
like National Book Trust, Delhi Tourism, Sahitya Akademi, India Habitat Centre and the textile
ministry, DMRC is enhancing the overall commuting experience. As part of a beautification drive
for its stations, DMRC commissioned artworks at several of stations, many of them in south Delhi.
The vehicles themselves, which in many cases are highly identifiable, are often a major
component of the brand identity. Some issues to be considered:
• Is the styling distinct and appealing?
• Do the paint and the graphics package support the brand?
• Do the interior features such as seating support the brand identity?
Like the metro system in Naples (Italy) is known for its ‘art stations’, Stockholm’s Tunnelbana as
the longest art exhibition in the world and Moscow’s subway for the dreamy murals, Pune Metro
shall also offers artistic excursions of sorts to its commuters. The Metro stations in the city are
not merely overcrowded intersections but also culture hubs. History is no more confined to books
and libraries but is on a proud display in the form of photographs, metallic installations, graphs
and paintings.
Major component considered is identity of line. In few stations, station identity is also
considered. Thus, the identity of the stations as well as the identity of the line are both to be
considered in unison during the development of the Architectural Branding Programme.
To brand the station, few themes are identified along the line, which are: Heritage, Contemporary
and Handicrafts.
Under this theme, modern day station, will give the glimpse of tomorrow’s technology.
Impressive and futuristic shapes combined with sustainable materials and enhanced passenger
and transportation flow concepts will make revolutionary architectural and public transport
models.
Figure 86: Reference image for contemporary brand identity of a metro station (Exterior)
For Exterior of the station, Glass façade will give modern look. For interior, the choice of colours
will be inspired by the Pune Metro logo. Maha metro used multiple colours in its logo. Multiple
colours would represent diversity and culture, which Pune uphold. Thus a multi-colour façade
shall be created in the concourse are with dominant colours used being Green, Blue, Violet and
Orange.
Figure 87: Reference image for contemporary brand identity of a metro station (right and Middle) & Logo of Pune Maha Metro
(Left)
Famous heritage sites in Pune are Deccan college, Pataleshwar Cave temple, Mahadaji Shinde
Chhatri, Aga Khan Palace, Lal Mahal, Sight Mahal etc. No dominanat style of architecture is seen
in Pune. Though different types of arches are present in most of the heritage structures. Thus,
arches forms a very integral part of Pune’s Heritage. Arches can be used at the entrances of the
station. Another very important component of Pune’s Heritage is columns. Artistically carved
columns and column capital can use used while designing the station. Few examples are given
below:
Figure 88: Reference image for use of column in defining the brand identity of a metro station
Craftsmen in Pune are known to work and deal in utensils and other handicraft item made of
copper, bronze or what is popularly called as ‘tamba’. In the early period the system was based
on barter where people would exchange goods for goods or goods for services. If someone wants
to get a copper vessel then he would go to the Kasar or coppersmith and provide the old material.
Thus, bronze forms an integral part of heritage of Pune. Therefore, Bronze theme can be used in
the station to give them an identity.
External sheds, furniture etc shall be given bronze theme. Few examples are given below:
There are few stations which have special features in the vicinity, which can define the station.
An illustration or a paining shall be used to give the station a sense of identity.
This section presents typical metro station of type I (elevated). The objective of conceiving typical
metro stations is to show how the different functions of the metro stations are organised space-
wise. The principles on which the layout is based are presented below:
The stations are generally located on the road median. Total length of the station
is 140 m;
All the stations are three-level stations; (Ground Level, Concourse Level, Platform
Level), except Nigdi station, which has an additional level for Property
Development.
The passenger areas on concourse level shall be concentrated in a length of about 140
m in the middle of the station, with 2-4 staircases, escalators & elevators leading from
either side of the road;
Typically, the concourse is divided into public and non-public zones:
The non-public zone or the restricted zone contains station operational areas
such as Station Control Room, Station Master’s Office, Waiting Room, Meeting
Room, UPS & Battery Room, Signalling Room, Train Crew Room & Supervisor's
Office, Security Room, Station Store Room, Staff Toilets, etc.
The public zone is further divided into paid and unpaid areas.
Passenger facilities like ticketing, information, etc as well as operational areas are
provided at the concourse level;
Accommodation for staff and plant rooms shall be provided at both platform and
concourse levels within areas that are entirely separate from the public access. The
main plant systems accommodated within the station are the auxiliary sub-stations
at the concourse level at each end. The S&T equipment rooms are provided;
The internal arrangement for the stations shall be evolved in such a way that Back
of House accommodation is organized so that the rooms of a similar operational
use are placed along a common corridor and plant accommodation is clearly
distinct from habitable rooms;
The stations have been provided with an internal environment suitable for a world
class metro railway system by incorporating the experience of international best
practices. The stations have been planned in such a way that they are easily
operated, maintained and can be upgraded in future;
Typical surfaces for different rooms are provided in the table below:
Since the station is generally in the middle of the road, minimum vertical clearance of 5.5-m has
been provided under the concourse.
Consequently, platforms are at a level of about 13.5-m from the road. To reduce physical and
visual impact of the elevated station, stations have been made narrow towards the ends.
Figure 91 : Cross section of elevated typical elevated station (Source : Systra 2018)
With respect to its spatial quality, an elevated metro structure makes a great impact on the viewer
as compared to an At-grade station. The positive dimension of this impact has been accentuated to
enhance the acceptability of an elevated station and the above ground section of track. Structures
that afford maximum transparency and are light looking have been envisaged. A slim and ultra-
modern concrete form is proposed, as they would look both compatible and modern high-rise
environment as well as the lesser-built, low-rise developments along some parts of the corridor.
Platform roofs that can invariably make a structure look heavy; have been proposed to be of steel
frame with aluminum cladding to achieve a light look. Platforms would be protected from the
elements by providing an overhang of the roof and sidewalls would be avoided, thereby enhancing
the transparent character of the station building. To allow unhindered traffic movement below the
stations, portals across the road have been proposed in the concourse part, over which the station
structure would rest. The rest of the station structure is supported on a single column, which lies
unobtrusively on the central verge.
The typical station is used to set a standard across the metro line. It shall then adapted for each
station depending station-specific factors. These include:
Land availability: since land is at a premium throughout the corridor, the process
of reconciling the land that is required for the station development has a major
influence upon the design process and important elements of the stations such as
entry/exits, concourse, platforms, ancillary buildings etc. shall been designed and
marked for each station to overcome land acquisition problems. But, wherever the
vacant land parcels are not found available, land acquisition shall be proposed for
placing the necessary utilities/facilities;
Passenger flows: The most important design consideration is to provide a safe and
comfortable environment to passengers during both normal and emergency
operation. In order to provide such an environment, space planning requirement
for each of the stations depends on passenger flows as they influence the number
of AFC gates, ticket windows, stair widths, number of escalators, platform width etc.
These calculations not only accommodate the normal and delayed operation but
also satisfy NFPA 130 guidelines.
This section provides illustrations of concepts associated with elevated stations. These are meant
to provide ideas of how these concepts can be applied.
Figure 93 : Station can be designed Semi-Open for Lighting, Ventilation and keeping the station mass lighter
Figure 94 : Glasses used for natural light from sides and Skylight from roof
Corridor- 1A stations with their types are presented in the table below:
Table 75: Details of station types
Corridor 1A PCMC TO NIGDI
1 Station 1 (Chinchwad) Elevated
2 Station 2 (Akurdi) Elevated
3 Station 3 (Nigdi) Elevated
6.5.1 Introduction
The objective of making this chapter is to create a user-friendly mass transport system in Pune
which can ensure accessibility to persons with disabilities, people travelling with small children
or are carrying luggage, as well as people with temporary mobility problems (e.g. a leg in plaster)
and the elderly persons.
The design standards for universal access to Public Transport Infrastructure including related
facilities and services, information, etc. would benefit people using public transport.
Further, it has also been attempted to provide guidelines/ standards for alighting and boarding
area, approach to station, car parking area, drop-off and pick-up areas, taxi/auto rickshaw stand,
bus stand/stop, footpath (sidewalk), kerb ramp, road intersection, median/pedestrian refuge,
traffic signals, subway and foot over bridge etc. to achieve a seamless development around metro
stations.
General
For persons with visual impairments audio system announcing the station names
and door location should be available.
Space for a wheel chair should be available at the side of the door;
The space should be indicated inside and outside the car by using the international
symbol of access
Wheel stopper and ring-strap or other appropriate safety grip should be provided
for wheelchair users.
Emergency communication is accessible to person in wheel chair.
Seats
Aisles
A map of train routes should be installed. This should be in Braille/raised numbers as well. In each
car, there should be an announcement and provision of a visual display of the names of stations
route. This display should be in raised numbers with sharp contrast from the background.
Approach route should not have level differences. If the station is not on the same
level as the walkway or pathway, it should a ramp.
Should have clear floor space of at least 900 mm x 1200 mm in front of the counters;
There should be at least one low counter at a height of 750 mm to 800 mm from
the floor with clear knee space of 750 mm high by 900 mm wide by 480 mm deep.
At least one of the counters should have an induction loop unit to aid people with
hearing impairments.
The counters should have pictographic maps indicating all the services offered at
the counter and at least one of the counter staff should be sign language literate.
6.5.3.6 Platforms
of door frames can assist in locating doors, and likewise floors should be
contrasted with walls. In addition, furniture should contrast with walls and floors
so as not to create an obstacle.
Structural elements such as columns should be color contrasted or brightly marked
so as to be visible to those who may have a visual disability.
Generally, patterns on flooring should be avoided or else should be minimal and
small to avoid visual confusion.
In addition to identifying hazards or warnings, tactile floor surfaces can also be used
to inform that there is a change in area (e.g. leaving a corridor and entering a
boarding area).
Tactile systems should be consistent throughout the building. For example, terminals
should not have carpeting in some boarding areas and tile in others as this may create
confusion for those who rely on tactile surfaces to guide them to their destination.
Good lighting assists those with a visual disability to see better and allows people
who have a hearing impairment to lip read easier. However, care should be taken
to properly direct lighting and to use matte finishes on floors, walls and signage, so
as not to create glare which may create difficulties for all travelers.
Blinds can be used to adjust lighting levels in areas where the natural lighting
changes significantly throughout the day.
6.5.3.8 Signage
Signs must be clear, concise, and consistent. All travelers need clear information about the
purpose and layout of terminals to maintain a sense of direction and independent use of all
facilities. Using internationally and nationally established symbols and pictograms with clear
lettering and Braille ensures universal accessibility cutting across regional/cultural and language
barriers. A cohesive information and signage system can provide visual (e.g. signs, notice boards),
audible (e.g. public address and security systems, induction loops, telephones, and infrared
devices), and/ or tactile information (e.g. signs with embossed lettering or Braille).
Ticketing, Information, Check-in, help desk, Restaurants, Shops, etc. should have
Information or help desks should be close to the terminal entrance, and highly visible
upon entering the terminal. In addition, they should be clearly identified and
accessible to both those who use wheelchairs and those who stand.
It should provide information in accessible formats, viz. Braille leaflets for persons
with vision impairments.
Ideally, these desks should have a map of the facility that desk attendants can view
with
passengers, when providing directions.
Staff manning the counters should know sign language.
Information desk acoustics should be carefully planned and controlled as a high level
of background noise is confusing and disorienting to persons with hearing
impairment.
Lighting should be positioned to illuminate the receptionist/person manning the
counter
and the desk top without creating glare.
Lighting should not create shadows over the receptionist staff, obscuring facial detail
and
making lip reading difficult.
There should be a hearing enhancement system such as a loop induction unit, the
availability of which is clearly indicated with a symbol.
One of the counters should not be more than 800mm from the floor, with a
minimum
clear knee space of 650mm high and 280mm- 300mm deep.
Terminal maps should be placed so that they are readily visible to persons who
are standing and persons who use wheelchairs. They should also be accessible to
persons with a visual disability (i.e. tactile maps). Other alternatives include
electronic navigation systems or audio maps.
Enable captioning always on all televisions and other audiovisual displays that are
capable of displaying captions and that are in any portion of the terminal.
The captioning must be in high contrast for all information concerning travel safety,
ticketing, check-in, delays or cancellations, schedule changes, boarding information,
connections, checking baggage, individuals being paged by bus railway or airlines,
vehicle changes that affect the travel of persons with disabilities, and emergencies
(e.g., fire, bomb threat).
Seating area / benches should be provided along the circulation path at regular
intervals so that passengers do not need to walk more than 50 to 60 meters before
being able to sit and rest.
Where seating is provided, designated seating for passengers with disabilities is to
be
provided at boarding gates and departure areas within viewing distance of
communication boards and/or personnel and identified by the symbol of access.
Public transit operators should provide seating in passenger service areas where
there may be long waiting lines or times, including at ticket sales counters, check-in
counters, secured screening and during inter-country travel in customs areas and
baggage retrieval areas.
Designated seating should be provided for at boarding gates and departure areas
within viewing distance of communication boards, and within hearing range of
audio announcements as well. Such seating areas should be identified by the
symbol of accessibility and shelter should be provided where this seating is
outdoors.
In outdoor settings, seating should be provided along with the planned hawker
spaces.
At waiting lounges for persons with disabilities chairs should have armrests and
backrest.
It is recommended to install a row of tactile guidance paver along the entire length of the
proposed accessible route for visual impaired persons. Care must be taken to ensure that there
are no obstacles, such as wall, pillar, uneven surfaces, Soffit (underside /open area under the
stairs, along the route traversed by the guidance paver. Also, there should be clear headroom of
at least 2.1 meters height above the tactile guidance paver, free of protruding objects such as
overhanging advertisement panel and signage, along the entire length of the walk.
Indicate an approaching potential hazard or a change in direction of the walkway, and serve as a
warning of the approaching danger to persons with visual impairments, preparing them to tread
cautiously and expect obstacles along the travel path, traffic intersections, doorways, stairs, etc.
They are used to screen off obstacles, drop-offs or other hazards, to discourage movement in an
incorrect direction, and to warn of a corner or junction. Two rows of tactile warning paver should
be installed across the entire width of the designated accessible passenger pathway at
appropriate places such as before intersections, terminal entrances, obstacles such as signage,
and each time the walkway changes direction.
6.5.3.15 Doors
Also, be fitted with vision panels at least between 900mm and 1500mm
from floor level.
Be color contrasted with the surrounding wall and should not be heavier
than 22N to open.
Lever handles and push type mechanisms are recommended. When a
sliding door is fully open, handles should be usable from both sides.
Where revolving doors or turnstiles are used, an alternative wheelchair-
accessible entrance must also be provided.
400mm should be provided beyond the leading edge of door to enable a wheelchair
user to maneuver and to reach the handle.
To ensure maximum clarity for persons with visual impairments, the entrance
should be easily distinguishable from its surroundings by the effective use of
landscaping, signage, color (preferably yellow/orange), tonal contrast and tactile
surfacing.
Door hardware should be positioned between 900-1000mm above floor.
Operable devices such as handles, pulls, latches and locks should:
Glazed doors and fixed glazed areas should be made visible by use of a clear, color
and
tone contrasted warning or decorative feature that is effective from both inside
and outside and under any lighting conditions, e.g. a logo, of minimum
dimensions 150mm by 150mm (though not necessarily square), set at eye level.
Steps should be uniform with the tread not less than 300mm and the risers 150mm.
The risers should not be open.
The steps should have an unobstructed width of 1200mm minimum.
All steps should be fitted with a permanent color and tone contrasting at the step
edge, extending the full width of the step, reaching a minimum depth of 50mm on
both tread and riser.
Have continuous handrails on both sides including the wall (if any) at two levels
Warning paver to be placed 300mm at the beginning and at the end of all stairs.
Nosing to be avoided.
The staircase should be adequately and uniformly illuminated during day and night
(when
in use). The level of illumination should preferably fall between 100-150 lux.
The rise of a flight between landings must be no more than 1200mm.
There should be no more than 14 risers in one flight run.
The stair covering, and nosing should be slip-resistant, non-reflective, firmly-fixed
and easy
to maintain.
Soffit (underside /open area under the stairs) of the stairs should be enclosed or
protected.
6.5.3.17 Handrails
6.5.3.18 Ramps
A tapping or lower rail should be positioned so that its bottom edge is no higher
than 200mm above ground level.
Handrails on the ramps should be on both sides at two levels: upper at 900mm and
lower at 760mm; both end to be rounded and grouted; extend 300 mm beyond top
and bottom of ramp.
A row of tactile warning paver should be placed 300mm beginning and end of
each run.
Landings should be provided at regular intervals as indicated in the table.
6.5.3.19 Lifts
A carefully designed lift makes a huge contribution to the accessibility of a station for persons
with disabilities.
Lift locations should be clearly signposted from the main pedestrian route and
recognizable through design and location.
The color and tone of the lift doors should contrast with the surrounding wall finish
to assist in their location. Lift doors with metallic finishes such as steel grey and
silver should be avoided as they are difficult to identify by persons with low vision.
The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800mm X 2000mm or more. A
clear landing area in front of the lift doors of minimum dimensions 1500mm x
1500mm should be provided.
By making the landing area distinguishable by floor surface and contrast, it will aid
location and recognition of core areas. This could comprise a change in floor finish
from thin carpet to vinyl/PVC, or cement/mosaic floor to carpet.
Changes in floor finish must be flushed. There should be no level difference
between lift
door and the floor surface at each level; the gap if unavoidable should not be
more than 12mm.
The floor level/location should be indicated on the wall adjacent to or just above
the call buttons, and opposite the lift doors where possible.
Lift dimensions
Provisions of at least one lift shall be made for people using wheelchairs with the following car
dimensions:
Lift controls
The lift call button should be wall-mounted adjacent to the lift and should contrast
with
wall finish, either by using a contrasting panel, or a contrasting border around
the button panel.
The call buttons should be located within the range 800-1000mm above floor finish.
Buttons should not be touch sensitive, but should require a light positive pressure
and
should ideally be large enough to be operable by the palm of the hand if
required.
The control buttons inside the lift should be positioned on the side wall rather than
front
wall to allow access from the back and front of the lift car, by mobility aid users like
wheelchair users.
The control buttons should contrast with their surroundings and illuminate when
pressed
and should incorporate highly visible tactile embossed (NOT engraved) characters and
in Braille.
Time of closing of an automatic door should be more than 5 seconds and the closing
speed should not exceed 25 meters per second. There should be a provision of
censor enabled closing.
In larger lifts, controls should be positioned on both side walls, at least 400mm from
front wall and between 800-1000mm above floor level.
Car design
Internal walls should have a non-reflective, matt finish in a color and tone
contrasting with the floor, which should also have a matt, non-slip finish.
Use of reflective materials such as metal (stainless steel for example) can be
problematic
in creating sufficient contrast with control buttons, emergency telephone cabinet,
etc. for persons with low vision and the use of such materials should be avoided
wherever possible.
A mirror (750mm above floor level) on the rear wall can be useful to persons using
wheelchairs and other mobility aids should they need to reverse safely out of the
lift car or view the floor numbers.
Internal lighting should provide a level of illumination of minimum 100 lux
(approximately 50-75 lux at floor level), uniformly distributed, avoiding the use of
spotlights or down lighters.
A grab bar should be provided along both sides and the back wall, 900mm above
floor level.
Handrails should be of tubular or oval cross section, to be easily gripped and capable
of providing support.
Handrails should be positioned so that there is a clear space behind the handrail to
allow it to be grasped i.e. knuckle space should be 50mm.
Information systems
Lifts should have both visual and audible floor level indicators
Audible systems are also usually capable of incorporating additional messages, such
as door closing, or, in the case of an emergency, reassurance (with manual over-
ride allowing communication with lift occupants).
Announcement system should be of 50 decibels.
The display could be digital or segmented LED, or an appropriate alternative. A
yellow or light green on black display is preferred to a red on black display as it is
easier to read.
Signages
Accessible Toilets
The dimensions of a unisex toilet are critical in ensuring access. The compartment
should be at least 2200mm and 2000mm. This will allow use by both manual and
motorized wheelchair users.
Layout of the fixtures in the toilet should be such that a clearing maneuvering space
of 1500mm x 1500mm in front of the WC and washbasin.
Top of the WC seat should be 450-480mm above finished floor level, preferably be
of wall hung or corbel type as it provides additional space at the toe level.
An unobstructed space 900mm wide should be provided to one side of the WC for
transfer, together with a clear space 1200mm deep in front of the WC.
WC should be centered 500mm away from the side wall, with the front edge of the pan
750mm away from the back wall. Have a back support. The WC with a back support should
not incorporate a lid, since this can hinder transfer.
L-shape grab bar at the adjacent wall and on the transfer side (open side) swing up
grab bar shall be provided.
The cistern should have a lever flush mechanism, located on the transfer side and not
on
the wall side and not more than 1000mm from the floor.
Grab Bars
Grab bars should be manufactured from a material which contrasts with the wall
finish (or use dark tiles behind light colored rails), be warm to touch and provide
good grip. - It is essential that all grab rails are adequately fixed, since considerable
pressure will be placed on the rail during maneuvering. Grab bars should sustain
weight of 200kgs minimum.
A hinged type moveable grab bar should be installed adjacent to the WC on the transfer
side. This rail can incorporate a toilet tissue holder. 320mm from the center line of the
WC between heights of 200-250mm from the top of the WC seat. It should extend 100-
150mm beyond the front of the WC.
A fixed wall-mounted L- shape grab bar (600mm long horizontal and 700mm long
vertical)
on the wall side should be provided. It should be placed at a height of 200-250mm above
the WC seat level.
Washbasins
The basin should be fixed no higher than 750mm above the finished floor level.
Be of dimensions 520mm and 410mm, mounted such that the top edge is between
800 - 900mm from the floor; have a knee space of at least 760mm wide by 200mm
deep by 650-680mm high.
The position of the basin should not restrict access to the WC i.e. it should be
located 900mm away from the WC.
A lever operated mixer tap fitted on the side of the basin closest to the WC is useful
as it allows hot and cold water to be used from a seated position on the WC.
The hand drying facilities should be located close to the hand washbasin between
1000-1200mm.
Hand washbasins should be fitted on cantilevered brackets fixed to the wall.
Contrast between fittings and fixtures and wall or floor finishes will assist in their
location. For example, using contrasting fittings, or dark tiles behind white hand
washbasins and urinals, contrasting soap dispensers and toilet roll holders. Contrast
between critical surfaces, e.g. floors, walls and ceilings help to define the
dimensions of the room.
Towel rails, rings and handrails should be securely fixed to the walls and positioned
at 800-1000mm from the floor.
The mirror should be tilted at an angle of 300 for better visibility by wheelchair users.
It should have lower edge at 1000mm above floor finish and top edge around
1800mm above floor finish.
Hooks should be available at both lower-1200mm and standard heights- 1400mm,
projecting not more than 40mm from the wall.
Where possible, be equipped with a shelf of dimensions 400mm x 200mm fixed at a
height
of between 900mm and 1000mm from the floor.
Light fittings should illuminate the user's face without being visible in the mirror.
For this reason, most units which have an integral light are unsatisfactory.
Large, easy to operate switches are recommended, contrasting with background to
assist
location, at a maximum height of 1000mm above floor finish.
All toilet facilities should incorporate visual fire alarms.
Alarms must be located so that assistance can be summoned both when on the
toilet pan i.e. at 900mm height and lying on the floor i.e. at 300mm, from floor
surface. Alarms should be located close to the side wall nearest the toilet pan,
750mm away from rear wall and at 900mm and 200mm above floor finish.
All unisex accessible toilets to have access symbol in contrast colors. A distinct audio
sound (beeper/clapper) may be installed above the entrance door for identification
of the toilets.
At least one of the urinals should have grab bars to support ambulant persons with
disabilities (for example, people using mobility aids like crutches).
A stall-type urinal is recommended.
Urinals shall be stall-type or wall-hung, with an elongated rim at a maximum of
430mm
above the finish floor. This is usable by children, short stature persons and
wheelchair users.
Urinal shields (that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim) should
be provided with 735mm clearance between them.
Grab bars to be installed on each side, and in the front, of the urinal.
The front bar is to provide chest support; the sidebars are for the user to hold on to
while standing.
Drinking water fountains or water coolers shall have up front spouts and control.
Drinking water fountains or water coolers shall be hand-operated or hand and foot-
operated.
Conventional floor mounted water coolers may be convenient to individuals in
wheelchairs if a small fountain is mounted on the side of the cooler 800mm above
the floor.
Fully recessed drinking water fountains are not recommended.
Leg and knee space to be provided with basin to avoid spilling of water. This allows
both front and parallel access to taps for persons using mobility aids like wheel
chair, crutches etc.
In emergency situations, it is critical that people are quickly alerted to the situation
at hand, for persons with disability the following needs to be considered.
Consider having audible alarms with ‘voice instructions’ that can help guide them
to the nearest emergency exit. As an alternative to the pre-recorded messages,
these alarms may be connected to the central control room for on-the-spot
broadcasts.
Non-auditory alarms (visual or sensory) to alert persons with hearing impairments
should be installed at visible locations in all areas that the passengers may use
(including toilet areas, etc.).
A written evacuation procedure that details the egress plan for people with disability should be
installed behind the entrance door in the accessible rest rooms. The evacuation procedure should
be detailed in large print letters that contrast strongly against the background. Where possible,
it should also incorporate raised letters and Braille. The evacuation route should be displayed on
a high contrast tactile map for benefit of persons with vision impairments.
Designate routes that are at least 1200mm wide, to ensure that a person using a
wheelchair and a non-disabled person can pass each other along the route. The
route should be free of any steps or sudden changes in level and should be kept free
from obstacles such as furniture, coolers, AC units and flower pots.
Use Exit signage along the route. Orientation and direction signs should be installed
frequently along the evacuation route and these should preferably be internally
illuminated. The exit door signage should also be internally illuminated.
A ‘way guidance lighting system’ consisting of low mounted LED strips to outline the
exit route (with frequent illuminated direction indicators along the route) should be
installed along the entire length of the evacuation route. Way guidance systems allow
persons with vision impairments to walk significantly faster than traditional overhead
emergency lighting. Moreover, emergency exit lights in green color and directional
signals mounted near the floor have been found to be useful for all people in cases
where a lot of smoke is present.
Luminance on the floor should be 1lux minimum provided on along the center line
of the route and on stairs.
Install clear illuminated sign above exit and directional signage along the route.
The directional exit signs with arrows indicating the way to the escape route should
be provided at a height of 500mm from the floor level on the wall and should be
internally illuminated by electric light connected to corridor circuits.
Fire resistant doors and doors used along the emergency evacuation route are generally heavy
and the force required to open these is much higher than 25 Newtons, making it difficult for
people with disability to negotiate these doors independently. There are, however, magnetic and
other types of door holders available that can be connected to fire alarms so that they will hold
the doors open normally but will release the doors when the fire alarm is activated.
Footpath (Sidewalk)
The minimum 1.8m (width) x 2.2m (Height) Walking Zone should be clear of all
obstructions– both horizontally and vertically.
Have kerb ramps where ever a person is expected to walk into or off the pathway.
Have tactile warning paver installed next to all entry and exit points from the
footpath.
Kerb Ramp
Kerb should be dropped, to be flush with walk way, at a gradient no greater than
1:10 on both sides of necessary and convenient crossing points. Width should not
be less than 1200mm. If width (X) is less than 1200mm, then slope of the flared side
shall not exceed 1:12.
Floor tactile paving- Guiding & Warning paver shall be provided to guide persons
with vision impairment so that a person with vision impairment does not
accidentally walk onto the road.
Finishes shall have non-slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair.
Road Intersections
Median/Pedestrian Refuge
Cut through and level with the street; or Have kerb ramps on both the sides and
have a level area of not less than 1500 mm long in the middle; and
A colored tactile marking strip at least 600 mm wide should mark the beginning and
end of a median/ pedestrian refuge to guide pedestrian with visual impairments to
its location.
Pedestrian traffic lights should be provided with clearly audible signals for the
benefit of pedestrians with visual impairments;
Acoustic devices should be installed on a pole at the point of origin of crossing and
not at the point of destination;
The installation of two adjacent acoustic devices such as beepers is not
recommended to avoid disorientation;
The time interval allowed for crossing should be programmed according to the
slowest crossing persons; and
Acoustical signals encourage safer crossing behavior among children as well.
Subways and foot over bridges should be accessible for people with disabilities. This may be
achieved by:
All areas and services provided in the station that are open to the public should be accessible.
6.5.3.34 Approach
Passenger walkways, including crossings to the bus stops, taxi stands, terminal /
station building, etc. should be accessible to persons with disabilities.
Uneven surfaces should be repaired and anything that encroaches on corridors or
paths of travel should be removed to avoid creating new barriers. Any obstructions
or areas requiring maintenance should be white cane detectable.
Access path from plot entry and surface parking to terminal entrance shall have
even surface without any steps.
Slope, if any, shall not have gradient greater than 5%. The walkway should not have
a gradient exceeding 1 :20. It also refers to cross slope.
Texture change in walk ways adjacent to seating by means of tactile warning paver
should be provided for persons with vision impairment.
Avoid gratings in walks.
Signage
Where the location of the accessible parking lot is not obvious or is distant from
the approach viewpoints, the directional signs shall be placed along the route
leading to the accessible parking lot.
Accessible parking lot should be identifiable by the International Symbol of
Accessibility. The signs should not be obscured by a vehicle parked in the designated
lot.
Vertical signs shall be provided, to make it easily visible, the sign should be at a
minimum height of 2100 mm.
Symbol
International Symbol of Accessibility should be clearly marked on the accessible parking lot for
drivers/riders with disabilities only.
The car park entrance should have a height clearance of at least 2400 mm.
Location;
Accessible parking lots that serve a building should be located nearest to an accessible
entrance and / or lift lobby within 30 meters. In case the access is through lift, the
parking shall be located within 30 meters.
The accessible route of 1200 mm width is required for wheelchair users to pass
behind vehicle that may be backing out.
7. INTERMODAL INTEGRATION
The Multi-modal Integration Plan shall include requirements in respect of integrated transport
and how the System must integrate into the existing transport modes in Pune Metropolitan
Area, including non-motorized trips, viz. walking and cycling. All the physical elements
necessary to ensure seamless connectivity between the metro and the broader transport
network shall be accommodated.
While Pune Metro provides a high capacity transport system to carry the passengers, the need
for integration with other transport modes is essential to ensure a seamless transfer. This
concept is to provide first mile and last mile connectivity to the commuters within their places
of residence/ business. At present the various modes of commute in Pune region comprise of
State Transport buses, Mini buses, Auto Rickshaws, Private cars, Two Wheelers and Bi-Cycles.
The new Metro Rail Policy (2017) also highlights provision of infrastructure for integration of
various modes of transport, last mile connectivity, seamless transfer between various modes
through common payment instrument and universally accessible infrastructure.
A world-class public transport system, incorporating best practice interchange hubs, will also
help to meet the social, economic and environmental needs of a thriving and growing city,
including;
Multi Modal Integration refers to transportation and land use planning that considers diverse
transportation options, typically including walking, cycling, public transit and private transport
modes, and accounts for land use factors that affect accessibility. Multi Modal transportation
accounts for the integration of different capabilities of different modes, including their
availability, speed, costs, limitations, and therefore their most appropriate uses. To be efficient
and fair, a transportation system must serve diverse demands. For example, would be inefficient,
if inadequate sidewalks force parents to chauffeur children to local destinations to which they
would rather walk or bicycle, or if inadequate mobility options force urban commuters to drive
although they would prefer to rideshare or use transit. Physically, economically and socially
challenged people in particular need diverse mobility options; walking and cycling for local travel,
public transit for longer trips, and automobiles (ridesharing, chauffeuring and taxi travel) when
necessary. As a result, to be efficient and fair, transportation must be Multi Modal.
Before about 1980, walking and bicycling were recognized as important travel modes, but for
most of the last century transport planning was automobile-oriented. As a result, most
communities now have well developed road systems that allow motorists to drive to most
destinations with relative convenience and safety; at worst they may be delayed by peak period
congestion and pay tolls and parking fees at some destinations. From the past case experience,
it is evident that integration plays a very vital role in emphasizing the commuters to shift from
private mode of transportation to public transportation. The main tools of any public
transportation system must be Multi Modal. As there is constant change in the requirement /
advancement of infrastructure, other essential tools of integration are promoting active mobility
(cycling and walking) users, providing safe and reliable infrastructure to reach primary mode of
public transportation system, through feeder services, park & ride system, education and public
outreach to commuters (marketing strategy), etc.
Transport Integration Plan shall enable maximum number of passengers with ease of accessibility
which ensures, safe, quick, convenient and seamless connectivity among the various modes of
transport. Making streets safe, clean and walkable reduce impact on the natural environment,
making less harm and to retain the natural resources. Access modes to transit stations is
presented in Figure 100.
Integration of modes should be planned in such a way that the people using various modes are
integrated well by providing footpath for pedestrians, bicycle racks/parking for cyclists, bus bays
for buses, taxi ranks and stands for Taxi and auto rickshaw, kiss & ride for Car users. Approach
for safe access is presented in Figure 101.
Maha Metro a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), a 50:50 jointly owned company of Government of
India and Government of Maharashtra for implementing Pune Mass Rapid Transit system for
selected corridors. Figure 102 shows the proposed extension layout of North-South Corridor
which consists of three stations with a total length of 4.413 km along the Old Mumbai Pune
Highway. The key feature along this corridor is Bhakti Shakti Bus Depot, which is very near to the
proposed Metro Stations.
Station Name Connectivity with City Bus System and Other Features in the Year 2053
Nigdi/ Station 3 is the terminal point of PCMC-Swargate north extension. It
is proposed to be elevated above Bhakti Shakti bus depot.
At Nigdi Metro station, the estimated number of boarding and alighting
passengers during peak hour are 1270 and 1540 respectively in the year
2053.
This station is surrounded by public area (Bhakti Shakti bus depot, Police
Station, Banks, Post Office, Temples), residential buildings, commercial area
Station 3/Nigdi (Hotels, Jio digital stores, etc.).
Roads near Metro station are Old Mumbai Pune Road, Bhakti Shakti Chikhli
road and Roopi Nagar Road.
The transport integration plan for Nigdi Metro station would facilitate a
seamless connectivity for passengers by providing proper facilities like,
footpath, bus stop, parking, pick up /drop off area. As Nigdi station is
proposed above the Bhakti Shakti bus depot. Staircase, ramps & escalators
are proposed for seamless transfer of passengers.
Akurdi is proposed as an elevated metro station along Corridor 1A near
Khandoba Chowk.
The surrounding land use around the station are commercial (Acro
Roadways Private Limited, Star Bazaar, etc.), public (National institute of
Aeronautical Engineering, bank etc.), and residential (Subhashree
Residential Phase 2, etc.).
At Akurdi Metro station, the estimated number of boarding and alighting
Station 2/Akurdi passengers during peak hour are 1470 and 2090 respectively in the year
2053.
Akurdi station is proposed above Khandoba chowk intersection, which has
5 arms. Roads near station are Chikhali Akurdi Road, Advani Oerlikon Road,
Old Mumbai Pune Highway, Shri Mhalsakant Vidyalaya Road, Chinchwad
Gaon Road.
The proposed transport integration plan of Akurdi Metro Station facilitates
smooth and safe interchange of passengers by providing proper facilities
Station Name Connectivity with City Bus System and Other Features in the Year 2053
like pedestrian pathway, cycle track, bus stop, parking, pick up & drop off
area, etc. Akurdi Chowk bus stop shall also be integrated for smooth
interchange of passengers.
Chinchwad is proposed as elevated metro station, between Chinchwad
Station Chowk and Chinchwad Chowk.
The surrounding area has mixed use developments. Roads near Chinchwad
metro station are Chinchwad-Bhosari Road, Chinchwad Station Road, Old
Mumbai Pune Highway.
Station Chinchwad Metro Station Integration plan facilities smooth access of
1/Chinchwad
passengers by providing facilities like pedestrian pathway, bus stops,
parking, pick up and drop off zone, etc.
At Chinchwad Metro station, the estimated number of boarding and
alighting passengers during peak hour are 1500 and 2160 respectively in the
year 2053.
Feeder services are the most vital secondary public transportation systems as it enables the users
with last mile connectivity and contributes to build a stronger patronage for MRT. Usually, the
coverage of feeder service is about 2 to 4 Kms in radius.
Fleet requirement is based on the passenger demand who are likely to use the proposed feeder
service after metro line is operational. The assessment is made considering existing bus routes
shall continue. Feeder service has been planned for the areas which are not served by any public
transit system to provide first & last mile connectivity.
Route planning is done targeting passengers in radial distance of 2-4 km from metro station and
complementing the other public transit and Bicycle Schemes. The number of feeder buses
required has been estimated for peak hours of various horizon years 2023, 2033, 2043 & 2053.
The feeder buses requirement for respective years is presented in Table 77.
In Delhi, DMRC has deployed feeder buses with a sitting capacity of 18 passengers and total
capacity of 30 passengers. However, feeder bus service facility has long way to go as the bus
conditions are not so good to travel. Since it is handled by the private operators who normally
waits to fetch more passengers, the headway become long and passengers must wait for longer
time. Because of this, passengers must shift to other modes of transport (i.e. Auto/Taxi) to access
the metro station. These things should be kept in mind while implementing feeder services at
any metro station.
The pictures of proposed feeder routes from proposed metro stations are presented below.
Physical Integration integrates public transport modes with provision of jointly used facilities at
intermediate points or at terminals with interchange facilities.
7.3.1 Integration with Active Mobility Users
Vulnerable user groups like differently abled, the elderly and their accessibility measures must
be taken care meticulously. Some of the facilities include longer crossing time for senior citizens
(Pelican signal upgradation), pedestrian sidewalks of about 1.8 m - 3 m width, bicycle lanes of 1
m - 1.2 m, walking shelters to protect commuters from rain and heat, etc. Tactile paving,
elevators and ramps need to be provided within the MRT stations. Ramps with gentle slope shall
be designed for pedestrians and wheelchair users. Cycle parking shall be planned at all the
stations to safely park the private cycles (Docked /Turnstile). Junctions and intersections should
be proposed with proper pedestrian crossings. Proper road markings, Traffic Signages, Zebra
Crossings and Pedestrian Signals shall be proposed to provide safe and uninterrupted pedestrian
movement.
7.3.2 Park-and-ride Facilities
A limited number of parking slots should be provided in selected stations to discourage the usage
of private modes of transportation. This action encourages car commuters to use public transport
automatically with a great comfort and satisfaction due to high congestion of roads during peak
hours. Transport planners strive to attract huge number of users towards MRT by different
modes such as walking, cycling or feeder services only.
7.3.3 Access to Stations with IPT
Auto Rickshaws contribute a significant modal share in Indian Cities. Since, autorickshaws play a
very vital role, it is very important to provide well designed pick up and drop off zones near to
the metro stations. The design of site-specific pick up and drop off points seem to be a most
wanted feature as per current scenario in the city of Pune.
Institutional integration is used to create an organizational framework for joint planning and
operation of transit services. For smooth operation of metro, different groups of association (e.g.
tariff associations, transit communities, transit federations etc.) merge/integrate with each other
to provide seamless public transport infrastructure.
Physical (or spatial) integration describes efforts to co-locate the various parts of a transport
system. This generally occurs at stations, but also happens elsewhere in the network. Examples
include taxi stands outside metro stations, walkways connecting stations directly to adjacent
buildings, stations serving various bus and train lines, and bikeways along Metro routes, among
others.
The first priorities for physical integration within a Metro network, essentially pre-requisite of
good system design, is with the pedestrian and cycling environment surrounding the station,
terminal or Multi Modal facility and with the different lines and services of the metro system
itself by creating an easy transfer within.
Metro can be integrated with short and long-distance public transport infrastructure e.g., Bus/
BRT/ Train Stations, and, in some cases, airports. Again, physical planning is key to making this
option viable. Travellers from such modes often are carrying luggage or goods and need a
convenient transfer mechanism.
Please refer Exhibit 1, at the end of the chapter for Physical Integration Plans for Scenario 1A.
The absence of an integrated public transportation system causes problems and inconvenience
for commuters and authorities in terms of compromising the necessities such as Comfort,
Transparency, Travel time and Costs. It improves the experience of seamless mobility.
Rechargeable Smart Card is the efficient fare collection system in most of the public
transportation systems around the World. Integrated fare system enables the users to transit
between two different modes of transport / interchange in same mode at lower cost and high
comfort. Handling cash can be lessened which in turn reduces the theft complaint in Public
Transportation Systems. To avoid large queue in the counters, the fare collection systems could
be outsourced to a third-party operator within a radius of 1 Km to 2 Km from all the metro
stations.
Technology plays a very crucial role in the public transport. Technology integration deals with the
information on routes, schedules, fares and transfer points for all transit modes and services
throughout the urban limits which is provided by concerned authorities. Providing integrated and
real time information during the journey and before the journey, with the help of intelligent
transport system (ITS), helps to attracts commuters. Smartphone apps can be used to obtain the
information with few clicks.
Annexure 1
Station wise Schematic Physical Integration Plans as mentioned below are presented in the next
pages.
1) Chinchwad Station
2) Akurdi Station
3) Nigdi Station
8.1.1 Stations
Recommended locations from operations perspective are minimum one near PCMC and one
near Swargate.
Peak hour peak direction traffic demands (PHPDT) for the Pune Metro Corridor-1A for the
horizon years for the purpose of planning the network capacities are sumarised hereunder.
Station Boarding/ Alighting figures and Sectional PHPDT is detailed in subsequent tables in this
section. Summary of Ridership and PHPDT figures for horizon years :
Table 80 : summary of ridership and PHPDT for Corridor 1A
PUNE METRO DPR - PHASE-II CORRIDOR - 1A
Scenario 1A Ridership 2023 2033 2043 2053
Peak Hour 47500 65000 77000 83200
Nigdi-Swargate Daily 495000 677000 802000 866500
PHPDT 14450 19480 23690 25600
Sectional Boarding and Alighting figures for horizon years is detailed in table hereunder.
Boarding Alighting
12000
11000
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Sectional Traffic Demand for horizon years is given the table hereunder:
Table 82 : Sectional Traffic Demand for horizon years
Traffic Demand in PHPDT
Section Year
From To 2023 2033 2043 2053
Nigdi Akurdi 780 1180 1430 1540
Akurdi chinchwad 1850 2650 3360 3630
chinchwad PCMC 2830 3920 5030 5440
PCMC Tukaram Nagar 5960 8150 9290 10040
Tukaram Nagar Bhosari 7720 10510 12440 13440
Bhosari Kasarwadi 9900 13400 16220 17530
Kasarwadi Fugewadi 10910 14950 18060 19510
Fugewadi Dapodi 12170 16480 19900 21500
Dapodi Bopodi 13530 18260 21800 23550
Bopodi Khadki Station 14320 19410 23060 24910
Khadki Station Range Hill 14450 19480 23460 25350
Range Hill Shivaji Nagar 14150 19140 23690 25600
Shivaji Nagar Civil Court 12670 17200 21130 22830
Civil Court Budhwar Peth 11190 15120 19330 20880
Budhwar Peth Mandai 9820 13310 15890 17160
Mandai Swargate 7920 10690 12110 13090
Maximum PHPDT 14450 19500 23700 25600
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
To meet the projected traffic demand, the possibility of running trains with different headways
has been examined.
Accordingly, for Corridor-1A, 3-car trains are proposed for the year 2023, 2033, 2043 and 2053.
Composition
DMC : Driving Motor Car
MC : Motor Car
TC : Trailer Car
3 Car Train Composition DMC + TC + DMC
6 Car Train Composition DMC + TC + MC + MC + TC + DMC
Capacity
3 Car Train: 6p/sqm standee- 764 Passengers;
8p/sqm standee- 975 Passengers
6 Car Train: 6p/sqm standee- 1574 Passengers;
8p/sqm standee- 2004 Passengers
Based on the projected PHPDT demand, Train operation for Pune Metro Corridor-1 is planned
with train carrying capacity calculated @6 persons per square meter of standee area in train
and is detailed in following sections for years 2025, 2033, 2043 and 2053.
Year 2023
Corridor-1 (Nigdi to Swargate) has peak traffic with PHPDT of 14450 in section Khadki Station-
Range Hill. To cater the traffic, Train operation with 3-car trains with headway of 3.7 min in
section PCMC-Swargate is planned with Peak Hour Peak Direction Capacity of 1222 @6
persons per square meter of standee area (Capacity of 15600 @8 persons per square meter
of standee area under crush loading conditions).
As PHPDT in section PCMC to Nigdi is very low (PHPDT of 2830), peak headway of only 7.5 min
is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is planned to be short
looped from PCMC towards Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has minimized Rolling
Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The planned capacity of 12224 (15600 under crush loading) is less than the PHPDT demand
in six sections out of sixteen sections. With this planned PHPDT capacity, optimum utilization
of Rolling Stock will be achieved and empty running of trains will be considerably reduced.
However, the Rolling Stock is designed for carrying higher density loading @ 8 standee
passengers per square meter and in the sections in which PHPDT capacity exceeds the
planned capacity, overloading during these periods will help in reducing the demand for
increased deployment of Rolling Stock. Traffic demand and train capacity for this corridor in
the year 2025 is tabulated and represented on a chart enclosed hereunder.
Table 83 : Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Chart - Corridor-1 (Nigdi- Swargate), 2023
Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Chart - Corridor-1 (Nigdi- Swargate)
Year 2023
Headway (Sec) 225
No. of Cars per train 3
Passenger Capacity @6 persons/ sqm of train 764
Passenger Capacity @8 persons/ sqm of train 975
S No. Section PHPDT Capacity @6p/sqm Capacity @8p/sqm
1 Station03(Nigdi) 780 6112 7800
2 Station02 (Akurdi) 1850 6112 7800
3 Station01 (Chinchwad) 2830 6112 7800
4 PCMC 5960 12224 15600
5 Tukaram Nagar 7720 12224 15600
18000
Demand vs Capacity - Corridor-1 Phase 1A- 2023
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
Year 2033
Corridor-1 (Nigdi to Swargate) has peak traffic with PHPDT of 19480 in section Khadki Station-
Range Hill. To cater the traffic, Train operation with 3-car trains with headway of 2.9 min is
planned in section PCMC-Swargate with Peak Hour Peak Direction Capacity of 16044 @6
persons per square meter of standee area (Capacity of 20475 @8 persons per square meter
of standee area under crush loading conditions).
As PHPDT in section PCMC to Nigdi is very low (PHPDT of 3920), peak headway of only 5.7 min
is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is planned to be short
looped from PCMC towards Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has minimized Rolling
Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The planned capacity of 16044 (20475 under crush loading) is less than the PHPDT demand in
six sections out of sixteen sections. With this planned PHPDT capacity, optimum utilization of
Rolling Stock will be achieved and empty running of trains will be considerably reduced.
However, the Rolling Stock is designed for carrying higher density loading @ 8 standee
passengers per square meter and in the sections in which PHPDT capacity exceeds the planned
capacity, overloading during these periods will help in reducing the demand for increased
deployment of Rolling Stock. Traffic demand and train capacity for this corridor in the year
2033 is tabulated and represented on a chart enclosed hereunder.
Table 84 : Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Chart - Corridor-1 Phase 1A (Nigdi- Swargate), 2033
Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Chart - Corridor-1 Phase 1A (Nigdi- Swargate)
Year 2033
Headway (Sec) 171
No. of Cars per train 3
Passenger Capacity @6 persons/ sqm of train 764
Passenger Capacity @8 persons/ sqm of train 975
S No. Section PHPDT Capacity @6p/sqm Capacity @8p/sqm
1 Station03(Nigdi) 1180 8022 10238
2 Station02 (Akurdi) 2650 8022 10238
3 Station01 (Chinchwad) 3920 8022 10238
4 PCMC 8150 16044 20475
5 Tukaram Nagar 10510 16044 20475
6 Bhosari 13400 16044 20475
7 Kasarwadi 14950 16044 20475
8 Fugewadi 16480 16044 20475
9 Dapodi 18260 16044 20475
10 Bopodi 19410 16044 20475
11 Khadki Station 19480 16044 20475
12 Range Hill 19140 16044 20475
13 Shivaji Nagar 17200 16044 20475
14 Civil Court 15120 16044 20475
15 Budhwar Peth 13310 16044 20475
16 Mandai 10690 16044 20475
17 Swargate 10690 16044 20475
25000
Demand vs Capacity - Corridor-1 Phase 1A- 2033
20000
15000
10000
5000
In case of an mismatch in the capacity provided and the actual traffic, the capacity can be
moderated suitably by either varying the rake composition or adjusting the headway. E.g. in
case of higher demand, headway may be reduced easily by injecting more trains out of reserve
trains.
Year 2043
Corridor-1 (Nigdi to Swargate) has peak traffic with PHPDT of 23690 in section Range
Hill- Shivaji Nagar. To cater the traffic, Train operation with 3-car trains with headway of
2.5 min is planned in section PCMC-Swargate with Peak Hour Peak Direction Capacity of
18642 @6 persons per square meter of standee area (Capacity of 23790 @8 persons per
square meter of standee area under crush loading conditions).
As PHPDT in section PCMC to Nigdi is very low (PHPDT of 5030), peak headway of only 5
min is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is planned
to be short looped from PCMC towards Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has
minimized Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The planned capacity of 18642 (23790 under crush loading) is less than the PHPDT
demand in seven sections out of sixteen sections. With this planned PHPDT capacity,
optimum utilization of Rolling Stock will be achieved and empty running of trains will be
considerably reduced. In the sections in which PHPDT capacity exceeds the planned
capacity, overloading during these periods will help in reducing the demand for
increased deployment of Rolling Stock. Traffic demand and train capacity for this
corridor in the year 2043 is tabulated and represented on a chart hereunder.
Table 85 : Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Chart - Corridor-1 (Nigdi- Swargate), 2043
Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Chart - Corridor-1 (Nigdi- Swargate)
Year 2043
Headway (Sec) 148
No. of Cars per train 3
Passenger Capacity @6 persons/ sqm of train 764
Passenger Capacity @8 persons/ sqm of train 975
Capacity Capacity
S No. Section PHPDT
@6p/sqm @8p/sqm
1 Station03(Nigdi) 1430 9321 11895
2 Station02 (Akurdi) 3360 9321 11895
3 Station01 (Chinchwad) 5030 9321 11895
4 PCMC 9290 18642 23790
5 Tukaram Nagar 12440 18642 23790
6 Bhosari 16220 18642 23790
7 Kasarwadi 18060 18642 23790
8 Fugewadi 19900 18642 23790
9 Dapodi 21800 18642 23790
10 Bopodi 23060 18642 23790
11 Khadki Station 23460 18642 23790
12 Range Hill 23690 18642 23790
13 Shivaji Nagar 21130 18642 23790
14 Civil Court 19330 18642 23790
15 Budhwar Peth 15890 18642 23790
16 Mandai 12110 18642 23790
15000
10000
5000
In case of any mismatch in the capacity provided and the actual traffic, the capacity can be
moderated suitably by either varying the rake composition or adjusting the headway. E.g. in
case of higher demand, headway may be reduced easily by injecting more trains out of reserve
trains.
Year 2053
Corridor-1 (Nigdi to Swargate) has peak traffic with PHPDT of 25600 in section Range
Hill- Shivaji Nagar. To cater the traffic, Train operation with 3-car trains with headway of
2.5 min is planned in section PCMC-Swargate with Peak Hour Peak Direction Capacity of
20262 @6 persons per square meter of standee area (Capacity of 25350 @8 persons per
square meter of standee area under crush loading conditions).
Provision for 6-car trains is required in year 2053 considering headway limitations and future
lines which will add to demand estimated for existing length of corridor Phase 1A and may
require introduction of 6-car train before the design year.
As PHPDT in section PCMC to Nigdi is very low (PHPDT of 5440), peak headway of only 5
min is considered sufficient in this section. Accordingly, every alternate train is planned
to be short looped from PCMC towards Swargate, at least during peak hours. This has
minimized Rolling Stock and Train Operator requirement.
The planned capacity of 20262 (25848 under crush loading) is less than the PHPDT
demand in seven sections out of sixteen sections. With this planned PHPDT capacity,
optimum utilization of Rolling Stock will be achieved and empty running of trains will be
considerably reduced. However, the Rolling Stock is designed for carrying higher density
loading @ 8 standee passengers per square meter and in the sections in which PHPDT
capacity exceeds the planned capacity, overloading during these periods will help in
reducing the demand for increased deployment of Rolling Stock. Traffic demand and
train capacity for this corridor in the year 2053 is tabulated and represented on a chart
provided hereunder.
Table 86 : Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Chart - Corridor-1 (Nigdi- Swargate), 2053
Demand (PHPDT) and Capacity Chart - Corridor-1 (Nigdi- Swargate)
Year 2053
Headway (Sec) 148
No. of Cars per train 3
Passenger Capacity @6 persons/ sqm of train 3-car (6-car) 764 (1574)
Passenger Capacity @8 persons/ sqm of train 3-car (6-car) 975 (2004)
S No. Section PHPDT Capacity @6p/sqm Capacity @8p/sqm
1 Station03(Nigdi) 1540 9321 11895
2 Station02 (Akurdi) 3630 9321 11895
3 Station01 (Chinchwad) 5440 9321 11895
4 PCMC 10040 20262 25848
5 Tukaram Nagar 13440 20262 25848
6 Bhosari 17530 20262 25848
7 Kasarwadi 19510 20262 25848
8 Fugewadi 21500 20262 25848
9 Dapodi 23550 20262 25848
10 Bopodi 24910 20262 25848
11 Khadki Station 25350 20262 25848
12 Range Hill 25600 20262 25848
13 Shivaji Nagar 22830 20262 25848
14 Civil Court 20880 20262 25848
15 Budhwar Peth 17160 20262 25848
16 Mandai 13090 20262 25848
17 Swargate 0 20262 25848
30000
Demand vs Capacity - Corridor-1 Phase-1A- 2053
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
In case of any mismatch in the capacity provided and the actual traffic, the capacity can be
moderated suitably by either varying the rake composition or adjusting the headway. E.g. in
case of higher demand, headway may be reduced easily by injecting more trains out of reserve
trains.
The PHPDT capacity provided on line 1 Phase 1A in horizon years of operation is tabulated in
Table 87.
Table 87: capacity Provided for line 1
Demand (PHPDT) and capacity – line 1 Phase 1A (Nigdi- Swargate)
Year 2023 2033 2043 2053
Nigdi- PCMC- Nigdi- PCMC- Nigdi- PCMC- Nigdi- PCMC-
Section
PCMC Swargate PCMC Swargate PCMC Swargate PCMC Swargate
Peak
Headway 450 222 340 174 295 150 295 150
(seconds)
No. of Cars
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3/6
per train
Peak
2830 14450 3920 19450 5030 23690 5440 25600
Demand
Total
Capacity
@6p/sqm 6112 12224 8022 16044 9321 18642 9321 20262
of standee
area
Total
Capacity
@8p/sqm 7800 15600 10237 20475 11895 23790 11895 25848
of standee
area
No services are proposed between 24:00 hrs to 05:00 hrs, which are reserved for
maintenance of infrastructure and rolling stock.
The hourly distribution of daily transport capacity for Corridor -Nigdi to Swargate for horizon
years are provided in following tables.
Average Trip length for operation with two loops in peak hours may be taken as 19.5km.
Table 89 : Hourly Train Operation Plan- (Nigdi-Swargate), 2023, 2033
Hourly Train Operation Plan- (Nigdi-Swargate)
Time 2023 2033
Headway No. of Trips Headway No. of Trips
From To
(Min.) UP DN (Min.) UP DN
05:30 06:00 15 2 2 15 2 2
06:00 07:00 12 5 5 10 6 6
07:00 08:00 7 9 9 6 10 10
08:00 09:00 3.6 17 17 2.8 21 21
09:00 10:00 3.6 17 17 2.8 21 21
10:00 11:00 3.6 17 17 2.8 21 21
11:00 12:00 7 9 9 6 10 10
12:00 13:00 10 6 6 7 9 9
13:00 14:00 10 6 6 7 9 9
14:00 15:00 10 6 6 7 9 9
15:00 16:00 10 6 6 7 9 9
16:00 17:00 7 9 9 6 10 10
17:00 18:00 3.6 17 17 2.8 21 21
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
07:00 08:00 5 12 12 5 12 12
08:00 09:00 2.5 24 24 2.5 24 24
09:00 10:00 2.5 24 24 2.5 24 24
10:00 11:00 2.5 24 24 2.5 24 24
11:00 12:00 5 12 12 5 12 12
12:00 13:00 6 10 10 6 10 10
13:00 14:00 6 10 10 6 10 10
14:00 15:00 6 10 10 6 10 10
15:00 16:00 6 10 10 6 10 10
16:00 17:00 5 12 12 5 12 12
17:00 18:00 2.5 24 24 2.5 24 24
18:00 19:00 2.5 24 24 2.5 24 24
19:00 20:00 2.5 24 24 2.5 24 24
20:00 21:00 5 12 12 5 12 12
21:00 22:00 9 7 7 9 7 7
22:00 23:00 12 5 5 12 5 5
23:00 23:30 15 2 2 15 2 2
Headway
Headway ChartCorridor-1
Chart – Nigdi to Phase
Swargate
1A
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
HeadwayChart
Headway Chart–Corridor-1 Phase 1A
Nigdi to Swargate
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
The calculation for vehicle kilometer is based on assumption that 50% trains will be
shortlooped only during peak-hours. Vehicle kilometers can be further reduced by introducing
Metro carries large number of passengers at a very close headway requiring a very high level
of safety enforcement and reliability. At the same time, heavy investment in infrastructure
and rolling stock necessitates optimization of its capacity to provide the best services to the
public.
These requirements of the metro are planned to be achieved by adopting ‘CATC’ (Continuous
Automatic Train Control System) based on "CBTC" (Communication based Train Control
System) which includes ATP (Automatic Train Protection), ATO (Automatic Train Operation)
and ATS (Automatic Train Supervision) sub-systems using radio communication between Track
side and Train. This will:
Provide high level of safety with trains running at close headway ensuring
continuous safe train separation and for bidirectional working;
Eliminate accidents due to driver passing Signal at Danger by continuous speed
monitoring and automatic application of brake in case of disregard of signal /
warning by the driver;
Provide safety and enforce speed limit on section having permanent and
temporary speed restrictions;
Improve capacity with safer and smoother operations. The driver will have
continuous display of Target Speed / Distance to Go status in his cab, enabling
him to optimize the speed potential of the track section. It provides signal / speed
status in the cab even in bad weather;
Increase productivity of rolling stock by increasing line capacity and train speeds
and enabling train to arrive at its destination sooner. Hence more trips will be
possible with the same number of rolling stock;
Improve maintenance of signalling and telecommunication equipments by
monitoring system status of trackside and trainborne equipment’s and enabling
preventive maintenance.
Signalling & Train Control system on the line shall be designed to meet the required headway
during peak hours.
Note: Radio for CBTC shall work in License free ISM band.
9.1.1.2 System description and specifications
The Signalling and Train Control system shall be as below. Sub-system/components will
conform to international standards like CENELEC, IEEE, IEC, BS, ITU-T etc:
Continuous Automatic Train Control based on CBTC will consist of - ATP (Automatic Train
Protection), ATO (Automatic Train Operation) and ATS (Automatic Train Supervision) sub-
systems:
Automatic Train Protection is the primary function of the train control systems. This sub-
system will be inherently capable of achieving the following objectives in a fail-safe manner.
Line side signals will be provided at diverging routes (i.e. at points & crossings) as well as other
required locations, which shall serve as backup signalling in case of failure of ATP system.
Cab Signalling;
Track Related Speed Profile generation based on line data and train data
continuously along the track;
Continuous monitoring of braking curve with respect to a defined target
point;
Monitoring of maximum permitted speed on the line and speed restrictions
in force;
Detection of over-speed with audio-visual warning and application of brakes,
if necessary;
Maintaining safety distance between trains;
Monitoring of stopping point;
Monitoring of Direction of Travel and Rollback.
The cab borne equipment will be of modular sub-assemblies for each function for easy
maintenance and replacement. The ATP assemblies will be fitted in the vehicle integrated with
other equipment of the rolling stock.
This system will operate the trains automatically from station to station while remaining within
the safety envelope of ATP & open the train doors. Driver will close the train doors and press
a button when ready to depart. In conjunction with ATP/ ATS, ATO can control dwell time at
stations and train running in accordance with headway/timetable.
A train supervision system will be installed to facilitate the monitoring of train operation and
remote control of the station. The train supervision will log each train movement and display
it on the workstations with each Traffic Controller at the OCC and on one workstation placed
in the Station Control Room (SCR) with each Station Controller.
The centralized system will be installed in the Operation Control Centre. The OCC will have a
projection display panel showing a panoramic view showing the status of tracks, points, signals
and the vehicles operating in the relevant section/ whole system. ATS will provide the
following main functionalities:
Interlocking system
The entire line including turnback track, transfer track and sidings will be equipped with CBI
system for operation of points and crossings and setting of routes.
The setting of the route and clearing of the signals will be done by workstation, which can be
either locally (at station) operated or operated remotely from the OCC.
This sub-system is used for controlling vehicle movements into or out of stations automatically
from a workstation. All stations having points and crossings will be provided with workstations
for local control. Track occupancy, point position, etc. will be clearly indicated on the
workstation. It will be possible to operate the workstation locally if the central control hands
over the operation to the local station. The interlocking system design will be based on fail-
safe principle.
The equipment will withstand tough environmental conditions encountered in a Mass Rapid
Transit System. Suitable IEC, IEEE, BS and CENELEC standards or equivalent international
standards will be followed in case wiring, installation, earthing, cabling, power supply and for
material used in track circuits, axle counters, relays, point operating machines, power supply
etc.
Primary mode for track vacancy detection system on main line may be through radio and for
secondary detection it can be through Track circuit / Axle Counter.
Signals
Line side signals: Multi Aspect Colour Light (LED) type Line side signals shall be
installed on the Main Line and depot entry/exit.
At stations with point and crossing for point protection catering for
bidirectional working;
At departure location at stations for normal direction of working.
Point Machines
Non-Trailable Electrical Point Machine capable of operating with either 110V DC or 3-phase
380V AC will be used on main line. The depot point machine will preferably be trailable type.
One depot at the end of Chakan area (Opposite to Swapna Nigdi). All depot lines except the
one which is used for shunting and in the workshop shall be interlocked. A workstation shall
be provided in the Depot Control Centre for electrical operation of the points, signals and
routes of the depot yard. Audio Frequency Track Circuits will be used in the depot.
9.1.2 Standards
The standards to be adopted for the signalling system are shown in the Table 93.
Table 93: Standards of Signalling System
S/No. Description Standards
Computer based Interlocking adopted for station having switches
and crossing. All related equipment as far as possible will be
1 Interlocking centralised in the equipment room at the station. The depot shall be
interlocked except for lines mainly used for shunting,
workshop/inspection shed areas.
Operation of With Direct current 110V D.C. point machines or 380 volts 3 phase,
2
Points 50 Hz. AC point machines.
Primary train detection system to use bidirectional digital
transmission of signal/data by radio transponder and to be provided
3 Train Detection
on Main Line, sidings, test track and transfer track (Entry & Exit of
Depot). Secondary train detection system to use Axle counters and
Adequate space for proper installations of all signalling equipment at each of the stations has
to be provided keeping in view the case of maintenance and use of instrumentation set up for
regular testing and line up of the equipment/system. The areas required at each of the stations
for signalling equipment shall be generally as follows:
Space for UPS Room (common for signalling and telecom) - 60 sq. m
Space for Signalling Equipment Room - 50 sq. m at interlocked station with points
Space for Signalling Equipment Room – 20 sq. m at other stations.
The philosophy of continuous monitoring of system status and preventive & corrective
maintenance of signalling and telecommunication equipments shall be followed. Card /
module / sub-system level replacement shall be done in the field.
Maintenance personnel shall be suitably placed at intervals and they shall be trained in multi-
disciplinary skills. Each team shall be equipped with a fully equipped transport vehicle for
effectively carrying out the maintenance from station to station.
The defective card / module / sub-system taken out from the section shall be sent for
diagnostic and repair to a centralized S&T repair lab suitably located on the section. This lab
will be equipped with appropriate diagnostic and test equipment’s to rectify the faults and
undertake minor repairs. Cards / modules / equipments’ requiring major repairs as specified
in supplier’s documents shall be sent to manufacturer's workshop.
The CBTC system is an efficient way to increase the capacity by allowing to decrease the
headway between trains with the use of moving blocks.
In urban transport systems, automation refers to the process by which responsibility for
operation management of the trains is transferred from the driver to the train control system.
There are various degrees of automation (or Grades of Automation, GoA). These are defined
according to which basic functions of train operation are the responsibility of staff, and which
are the responsibility of the system itself.
For example, a Grade of Automation 0 would correspond to on-sight operation, like a tram
running on street traffic. Grade of Automation 4 would refer to a system in which vehicles are
run fully automatically without any operating staff on board.
For this project, the choice of automation is same as that of the phase I and to be made fully
compatible with the proposed system of signalling and train control as in phase I.
9.2 Telecommunication
The telecommunication system acts as the communication backbone for Signalling systems
and other systems such as SCADA, AFC etc and provides telecommunication services to meet
operational and administrative requirements of metro network.
For efficient Metro railway management and operation, it is essential to have a well-organized
telecommunication network covering strategic locations like OCC, BCC, passenger platforms,
depot and it is equally essential to have reliable links between the strategic locations and
moving trains or working staff along the railway track/Tunnel.
The telecommunication facilities proposed are helpful in meeting the requirements for:
Following are the major communication requirements from station to station or station to
OCC/BCC/Depot or vice versa:
Telephone System;
Passenger Announcement System and Passenger Information and Display System within
the station and from Central Control to each station;
Centralized Clock System;
Radio Communication between Central Control and Moving Cars and maintenance
personnel;
CCTV Systems;
Access Control System;
Integrated SCADA for Telecom;
Data Channels for Telecom subsystems, Signalling, SCADA, Automatic Fare collection etc.
Forensic Debriefing Analysis and Cyber Security System
The main bearer of the bulk of the telecommunication network is proposed with optical fibre
cable system. Considering the channel requirement and keeping in view the future expansion
requirements, four optical fiber cables of minimum 144 fibres are proposed to be laid in ring
configuration with path diversity.
IP based min 10G Wide Area Network being provided under FOTS Sub-system of Contract shall
provide all necessary communication channels for carrying voice, data, and video signals for
Metro railway management and operation from Station/Depot TER to OCC/BCC CER.
The Transmission Backbone is also to be used for Communication Based Train Control system
therefore redundancy at every level must be maintained.
Telephone System
The telephone system shall also consist of a direct line or intercom telephone communication
network exclusively for the train operation and maintenance functions.
There is one main node at OCC which should be in primary cluster with dual server. In the case
of a failure of one of the servers, the other server will take over the load of the failed server.
The main node shall be connected with FOTS to the secondary cluster with servers at individual
stations.
The IP PBX’s shall be installed in TER at all locations. The IP PBX switches shall be connected to
each other through ethernet links of the FOTS to form the IP PBX switch network. The ethernet
channels shall be provided by FOTS.
CDRS facility shall be provided in OCC & BCC. CDRS shall provide multichannel voice recording
and indexing of direct line communication including communication from all direct line
consoles and emergency telephone lines, two-way radio communications, emergency or fire
messages broadcast on station PAS initiated from OCC/BCC and on train borne PAS initiated
from OCC/BCC.
Mobile Radio Communication system having adequate logical channels is proposed for on-line
emergency communication between moving train (Front end and Rear end of train) and the
Central Control. The system shall be based on Digital Trunk Radio Technology to TETRA
International standard. All the stations and the OCC/BCC/Depot will be provided with fixed
radio sets. Mobile communication facility for maintenance parties and Security Personnel will
be provided with handheld sets to communicate with each other as well as with central
control.
The frequency band for operation of the system will be that for TETRA in 400/800 MHz band,
depending on frequency availability.
The system shall provide Instant mobile radio communication between the motorman of the
moving cars from any place and the Central Control. The motorman can also contact any
station in the network through the central control, besides intimating the approaching trains
about any emergency like accident, fire, line blocked etc., thus improving safety performance.
To provide adequate coverage, based on the RF site survey to be carried out during detailed
design stage, base stations for the system will be located at sites conveniently selected after
detailed survey. The train radio system shall also be used for depot operation. Train Radio
communication shall also be used for making PAS announcements from OCC & BCC to the
passengers on the train.
A Centralized Digital Voice Recording System shall record all communication from OCC
controller to personal having radio fixed or handheld devices.
The system shall be capable of announcements from the local station as well as from OCC.
Announcements from OCC will have over-riding priority in all announcements.
At the stations, a suitable Public-Address System shall be provided for making announcements
to passengers regarding train arrival / departure and shall work as the primary means of
communication with passengers and staff during emergencies. In the normal case, audio-
broadcast shall be made from Station Control Room or Platform Supervisor’s Booth/Panel and
in a train by the driver/Attendant. However, it shall also be possible for the OCC & BCC to make
announcement to any station, group of stations or all stations.
This will ensure an accurate display of time through a synchronization system of slave clocks
driven from a Master Clock at the operation control center. Master Clock System shall also
provide reference timing signals for all telecom and other systems for network synchronization
Redundancy shall be maintained for master clock. NTP based clocks shall be provided and sub
master clocks are not required. The System will ensure identical display of time at all locations.
Clocks are to be provided at platforms, concourse, Station Master's Room, and any other
location as desired at stations, Depot, OCC & BCC and other service establishments etc.
Self-illuminated analogue façade clock with hour and minutes hands shall be proposed. These
clocks will be installed at station entry/ exit.
These shall be located at convenient locations at all stations to provide multi lingual visual
indication of the status of the running trains and will typically indicate information such as
destination, arrival/departure time, and also special messages in emergencies. The boards
shall be provided at all platforms and concourses of all stations.
A Passenger Information Display system triggered by Signalling & train control system shall
automatically provide real time visual information about train arrival/departure throughout
the station. The PIDS display shall be coordinated with PAS for real time passenger audio
broadcasts for train arrival/departure. PIDS shall enable the operator in SCRs , OCC & BCC to
display routine and special emergency messages for passengers and staff in stations. Display
boards shall be provided for each platform side at all stations and in concourse at all stations.
Wi-Fi
The System should be secure, reliable and offer sufficient bandwidth to cater to current and
future needs of the system.
CCTV System
CCTV surveillance system shall be built through CCTV sub-system for supervising strategic
operational locations like station car park, AFC gates, ticketing offices and lobby, escalator,
lifts and staircase exits, platform operational area and PF ends, to ensure safe operation of the
Metro and security locations at stations.
It shall be supervised from the station control room and Security room at each station
simultaneously, and this video shall also be transmitted to the OCC & BCC, both as live and as
recorded, from the stations/Depot for remote supervision. Similarly, a CCTV depot surveillance
system shall also be built.
It shall be supervised locally from DCC & Security Control room and remotely from OCC & BCC.
A Centralized Digital Recording System is to be provided in CER at the OCC & BCC for minimum
30 days.
The Access Control System shall be provided at Stations, OCC & BCC, Depots & Administrative
Building. It shall be provided in important rooms like SCR, Ticket Office, Service gates (near
AFC gate array), Technical rooms (Power Supply, Signalling and Low Voltage technical rooms),
ASS and other important rooms. In Depots, OCC & BCC & Admin building, it shall, as a
minimum, be provided in Technical rooms (Power Supply, Signalling, Telecom, AFC and Low
Voltage technical rooms), DCC & OCC & BCC theatre, Security room including main entry &
exit gates to control access into important equipment rooms and critical areas. Location of the
ACIDS system shall be finalized during detailed design stage.
The functions of the system shall be access management, alarm management and intrusion
detection. The Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) shall be located in the SCR of each station,
the guard room at Depot and the OCC & BCC to ensure the safety of major equipments. The
HMI of Access control shall be integrated with HMI of the CCTV system.
Metro Rail faces new security challenges as system has become more interconnected,
integrates more and more digital technologies and increasingly uses data to deliver higher
capacity & performance and thus cybersecurity is essential to the safe and reliable operation
of modern Metro Rail System. Cybersecurity is required to ensure end-to-end information
security, not only to prevent and to detect attacks, but also to react rapidly if they occur.
Objective of Cybersecurity for Metro includes availability, integrity, confidentiality, reliability
and safety of information and process of entire Metro Rail Eco-System.
Metro Rail uses heterogeneous IT technologies and software solutions and consists of
following core sub-systems:
On-Board Train Control & Management System
Centralized Signalling & Train Control System
Power SCADA System
Additionally Metro Rail employs other information technologies services for various uses.
Office Network and Internet Connectivity for staff
Email Exchange Service & website
Enterprise Resource Services
Document Management System
Wi-Fi System
Metro Mobile & Web Applications
To meet the Cyber Security Threats, a Security Policy and framework is recommended for Pune
Metro to manage the cyber security needs and mitigate the project risks. The Cyber Security
System shall be an integral part of the Telecom system.
9.2.4 Standards
The standards proposed to be adopted for telecommunication systems are shown in below
table:
Table 94: Standards of Telecommunication System
SYSTEM STANDARD
The following equipment rooms will be provided to install the telecommunication equipment:
Electric power to the equipment room shall be drawn from the central UPS which will not be
in scope of Telecom.
Adequate space for proper installations of all Telecommunication equipment at each of the
stations should be provided keeping in view the case of maintenance and use of
instrumentation set up for regular testing and line up of the equipment/system. The areas
required at each of the stations for only telecom equipment shall be generally 40 sq.m each
for Telecom Room and 50 sq.m. for UPS Room (common for signal, telecom and AFC). These
areas shall also cater to local storage and space for maintenance personnel to work.
The philosophy of continuous monitoring of system status and preventive & corrective
maintenance of Signalling and telecommunication equipment shall be followed.
Maintenance personnel shall be suitably placed at intervals and they shall be trained in
multidisciplinary skills. Each team shall be equipped with a fully equipped transport vehicle for
effectively carrying out the maintenance from station to station.
The defective card/module/sub-system taken out from the section shall be sent for diagnostic
and repair to a centralized repair lab suitably located on the section. This lab will be equipped
with appropriate diagnostic and test equipment to rectify the faults and undertake minor
repairs. Cards / modules / equipment requiring major repairs as specified in supplier’s
documents shall be sent to manufacturer's workshop.
Platform screen doors are mainly provided at metro stations to ensure safety and comfort
of the passengers. In case of Underground stations, PSDs saves considerabe amount of
energy and improves climate control within the stations (heating, ventilation and air
conditioning are more effective when station is physically isolated from the tunnel). In case
of corridor 1A, the complete stretch is elevated and corridor 1A is an extension of the existing
Line 1 of phase 1, thus to ensure the continuity and compatibility, PSD are not proposed at
wayside stations.
For Terminal Stations due to driverless turnback, PSGs are proposed at these stations for
safety purpose.
In view of the above and since the previous phase of the project has an already approved AFC
system, a computer based Automatic Fare collection system is proposed for this phase of the
project as well to ensure easy integration and interoperability of the new system with the one
already proposed/implemented.
The System shall be capable for open loop transactions as well to further integrate the mobility
solution with the advancements in technology and to allow for seamless transition from
dedicated cards to common multi-use stored value fare media that can be used for financial
transactions such as making purchases at shops etc. as well as a fare media in the system.
To accommodate the same, the system shall conform to the following standards as a
minimum:
The system shall be of open architecture to allow for the integration of multiple fare products
and shall be capable of interfacing with cards from different vendors. Additionally the system
shall not be proprietary as far as possible to allow multiple types of fare media from multiple
sources to be integrated into the system.
The AFC system for this phase shall be of contactless smart card & token type. For multiple
journeys, stored value smart cards shall be available and for single journeys, smart tokens shall
be available, which shall be deposited at the exit gates at the time of exit validation.
Automatic Fare Collection Systems are proposed as the Semi-Automatic (Manual) Systems
have some inherent disadvantages and the Automatic Fare Collection Systems have some
advantages:
The AFC system shall be of contactless smart token/card type. The equipment for the same
shall be provided at each station at convenient locations.
The equipment shall be connected by a local area network to the station control unit in the
Equipment Room with a terminal in the station control room (SCR).
Control Gates
Control Gates shall be retractable flap type. These types of gates offer high throughput and
require less maintenance. Tripod turnstile type gates and flap type gates offer less throughput
and require more maintenance.
A minimum of two Passenger Operated Machines (Automatic Ticket Vending Machines) each
are proposed at all stations. The POM’s shall provide a convenient way for passengers to buy
fare media and avoid standing in queues at Ticket Offices and provide services of international
standard.
10.1.1 Standards
Table 95: Standards to be adopted for AFC systems
Description
Standards
a) Contactless Smart Token – For single journey. They shall have
Fare Media stored value amount for a particular journey. Tokens shall be
captured at the exit gates.
b) Contactless smart cards – for multiple journeys.
Computer Controlled retractable flap type automatic gates at entry
Gates and exit. Gates shall be classified in the following categories:
Entry
Exit
Reversible – can be set to entry or exit.
Wide Reversible - Gate for disabled people.
All fare collection equipment shall be connected in a Local Area
Station Computer, Network with a station server controlling the activities of all the
Central Computer machines. These station servers will be linked to the central
and AFC Network. computer situated in the Operations Control Centre through the
optic fibre communications channels. The centralized control of the
system shall provide real time data of earnings, passenger flow
analysis, blacklisting of specified cards etc.
Manned Ticket Office Machine shall be installed in the stations for
Ticket Office selling cards/tokens to the passengers.
Machine (TOM/EFO)
Ticket reader shall be installed near EFO for passengers to check
Ticket Readers and information stored in the token / cards.
Portable Ticket
Decoders
Common UPS of S&T system will be utilized.
UPS (uninterrupted
power at station as
well as for OCC)
Being fully Contactless systems, manpower requirement for
Maintenance maintenance is much less compared to system with magnetic
Philosophy tickets. However, adequate facilities to be provided similar to that
of S&T systems.
Each station shall be designed with enough space to allow for the installation of AFC
equipment such as Gates, TOM and TVMs. The design should also consider adequate space for
specific rooms such as EFOs to be provided in station architecture.
For Central Equipment at the OCC/BOCC, existing equipment at these locations shall be
utilized, provided adequate provision for expansion was considered in phase I of Pune Metro.
No additional equipment shall be required to be installed at OCC/BOCC in case the central
equipment was sized with provision of expansion. In case additional equipment is required,
the existing space provided at OCC/BOCC locations shall be utilized, provided the provision for
expansion was provided.
AFC equipment requirements based on available data and assumptions are given in Table 96.
The following optimum size of the coach has been chosen in line with the existing corridor
(PCMC – Swargate) design as mentioned in table:
Table 97: Size of the coach
In order to maximize the passenger carrying capacity, longitudinal seating arrangement shall
be adopted. The whole train shall be vestibule to distribute the passenger evenly in all the
coaches. Criteria for the calculation of standing passengers are 3 persons per square meter of
standing floor area in normal state and 6 persons in crush state of peak hour.
Therefore, for the Metro Rail Vehicles (MRV) with 2.9m maximum width and longitudinal seat
arrangement, conceptually the crush capacity of 43 seated, 204 standing thus a total of 247
passengers for a Driving motor car, and 50 seated, 220 standing thus a total of 270 for a
trailer/motor car is envisaged.
Train composition is recommended as 3-car DMC+TC+DMC & 6-car DMC+ TC+ MC+ MC+ TC+
DMC, below table shows the carrying capacity of medium rail vehicles.
Table 98: Carrying Capacity of Medium Rail Vehicles
Particulars Driving Motor car Trailer car / Motor car 3 Car Train
$Engg. $Engg. $Engg.
Normal* #Crush Normal* #Crush Normal* #Crush
Load Load Load
Seated 43 43 43 50 50 50 136 136 136
Standing 102 204 273 110 220 293 314 628 839
Total 145 247 316 160 270 343 450 764 975
Particulars Driving Motor car Trailer car / Motor car 6 Car Train
$Engg. $Engg. $Engg.
Normal* #Crush Normal* #Crush Normal* #Crush
Load Load Load
Seated 43 43 43 50 50 50 286 286 286
Standing 102 204 273 110 220 293 644 1288 1718
Total 145 247 316 160 270 343 930 1574 2004
* Normal Load - 3 Person/sqm of standee area
# Crush Load - 6 Person/sqm of standee area
$ Engineering Load - 8 Person/sqm of standee area
11.1.2.1 Weight
The weights of driving motor car and trailer car have been estimated as inTable 99, referring
to the experiences in existing Metro in India. The average passenger weight has been taken as
65 kg.
Composition
DMC : Driving Motor Car
MC : Motor Car
TC : Trailer Car
3 Car Train Composition DMC + TC + DMC
6 Car Train Composition DMC + TC + MC + MC + TC + DMC
Table 99: Weight of Metro Rail Vehicles (tons)
DMC (ton) TC (ton) 3 Car Train
(ton)
Tare Load (Maximum) 42 40 124
Passenger Load (Per Car)
Normal Load@3p/sqm 9.425 10.4 29.25
Crush Load@6p/sqm 16.055 17.55 49.66
Engg. Load @8p/sqm 20.54 22.295 63.375
Gross Load
Normal Load @3p/sqm 52.425 51.4 153.25
Crush Load@6p/sqm 59.055 58.55 173.66
Engg. Load @8p/sqm 63.54 63.295 187.375
Crush Axle Load @6 p/sqm 14.52 14.40
Engg. Axle Load @8 p/sqm 15.63 15.58
* AW0 - Without any passenger
The axle load @ 6persons/sqm of standing area works out in the range of 14.40T to 14.52T.
Heavy rush of passenger, having 8 standees per sq. meter can be experienced occasionally. It
will be advisable to design the coach with sufficient strength so that even with this overload,
the design will not result in over stresses in the coach. Coach and bogie should, therefore, be
designed for 16T axle load.
11.1.2.2 Performance parameters
Since the track on a viaduct could possibly be constructed on a level and the traction motors
could be operated with overload for a short time, 8 traction motors with about 220 KW
installed on a three-car train would be enough, even if the equivalent gradients on a curved
section of track are considered. The train shall be propelled by a 3-phase AC asynchronous
motor drive system with variable voltage and variable frequency (VVVF) Control.
11.1.2.3 Coach design and basic parameters
The controlling criteria are reliability, low energy consumption, lightweight and high efficiency
leading to lower annualized cost of service. The coach should have high rate of acceleration
and deceleration.
11.1.3 Selection of technology
11.1.3.1 Low life cycle cost
Low life cycle cost is achieved by the way of reduced scheduled and unscheduled maintenance
and high reliability of the sub-systems. It is possible to achieve these objectives by adopting
suitable proven technologies. Following essential aspects will be considered for the
achievement of low life cycle cost;
Life Cycle cost plan with an aim to minimize the overall life cycle cost whilst
meeting the safety, quality and reliability requirements;
Life Cycle cost will include, the capital cost, cost of operation (including energy
consumption), maintenance (both material and labour), depreciation,
refurbishment, inflation etc. per unit energy consumption.
11.1.3.2 Car body
In the past carbon high tensile steel was invariably used for car bodies. ln-fact almost all the
coaches built by Indian Railways are of this type. These steel bodied coaches need frequent
painting and corrosion repairs, which may have to be carried out up to 4-5 times during the
service life of these coaches. It is now a standard practice to adopt stainless steel or aluminum
for car body.
The car bodies with aluminum require long and complex extruded sections which are still not
manufactured in India. Therefore, aluminum car body has not been considered for use.
Stainless steel sections are available in India and therefore stainless-steel car bodies have been
specified. No corrosion repair is necessary on stainless steel cars during their service life.
Stainless steel car body leads to energy saving due to its lightweight. It also results in cost
saving due to easy maintenance and reduction of repair cost from excellent anti-corrosive
properties as well as on improvement of riding comfort and safety in case of a crash or fire.
11.1.3.3 Bogies
Bolsterless lightweight fabricated bogies with rubber springs are now universally adopted in
metro cars. These bogies require less maintenance and overhaul interval is also of the order
of 4,20,000km.
Use of air spring at secondary stage is considered with a view to keep the floor level of the
cars constant irrespective of passenger loading unlike those with coil spring.
Perturbation from the track are also dampened inside the car body on account of the
secondary air spring along with suitable Vertical Hydraulic Damper.
The primary suspension system improves the curve running performance by reducing lateral
forces through application of conical rubber spring. A smooth curving performance with better
ride index is being ensured by provision of above type of bogies.
11.1.3.4 Braking system
The regenerative braking will be the main brake power of the train and will regain the
maximum possible energy and pump it back to the system and thus fully utilize the advantage
of 3 phase technology.
The regenerative braking should have air supplement control to bear the load of trailer car. In
addition, speed sensors mounted on each axle, control the braking force of the axles with anti-
skid valves, prompting re-adhesion in case of a skid.
The brake actuator shall operate either a tread brake or a wheel disc brake, preferably a wheel
disc brake for better braking effectiveness and wheel life.
11.1.3.5 Propulsion System Technology
In the field of Electric Rolling Stock, DC series traction motors have been widely used due to
their ideal characteristics and good controllability for traction applications. But these required
intensive maintenance because of commutators and electro-mechanical contractors, resistors
etc
The brush less 3 phase A.C. induction motors has now replaced the DC series motors in traction
applications. The induction motor, for the same power output, is smaller and lighter in weight
and ideally suited for rail based Mass Rapid Transit applications. The motor tractive effort and
speed is regulated by 'Variable Voltage and Variable frequency' (VVVF) control and can be
programmed to suit the track profile and operating requirements.
Another advantage of 3 phase A.C. drive and VVVF control is that regenerative braking can be
introduced by lowering the frequency and the voltage to reverse the power flow and to allow
braking to very low speed.
For this corridor, 3 phase A.C. traction drive that are self-ventilated, highly reliable, robust
construction and back up by slip/slide control have been recommended for adoption.
The AC catenary voltage is stepped down through a transformer and converted to DC voltage
through converter and supply voltage to DC link, which feeds Inverter operated with Pulse
Width Modulation (PWM) control technology and using Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors
(IGBT). Thus 3 phase variable voltage variable frequency output drives the traction motors for
propulsion. Recently advanced IGBT has been developed for inverter units. The advanced IGBT
contains an Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) and gate drive circuit and protection. The
advanced IGBT incorporates its own over current protection, short circuit protection, over
temperature protection and low power supply detection. The IGBT has internal protection
from over current, short circuit, over temperature and low control voltage.
The inverter unit uses optical fiber cable to connect the control unit to the gate interface. This
optical fiber cable transmits the gate signals to drive the advanced IGBT via the gate interface.
This optical fiber cable provides electrical isolation between the advanced IGBT and the
control unit and is impervious to electrical interference. These are recommended for adoption
in Trains of MRTS.
11.1.3.6 Auxiliary power System Technology
This shall consist of static converter-inverter(s) together with back-up batteries and battery
charger. Auxiliary Converter shall be suitable for operation at 25kV ac single phase for the
frequency variation from 48 to 52Hz.
There will be at least two auxiliary power supply equipment in the 3-car train. When any train
operator’s cab is activated, all the auxiliary power supply equipment in the train shall operate.
In the event of failure of an auxiliary power supply equipment in the train, the remaining
auxiliary power supply equipment must be capable of supplying all auxiliary power to
complete 3-car train except for HVAC load which may be restricted to one HVAC per car.
11.1.3.7 Interior and gangways
Passenger capacity of a car is maximized in a Metro System by providing longitudinal seats for
seating and utilizing the remaining space for standing passenger. Therefore, all the equipment
are mounted on the under frame for maximum space utilization. The gangways are designed
to give a wider comfortable standing space during peak hours along with easy and faster
passenger movement especially in case of emergency.
11.1.3.8 Passenger doors
For swift evacuation of the passenger in short dwell period, four doors of adequate width, on
each side of the coach have been considered. These doors shall be of such dimensions and
location that all the passengers inside the train are able to evacuate within least possible time
without conflicting movement. Automatic door closing mechanism is envisaged from
consideration of passenger safety. Passenger doors are operated electrically by a switch in the
driver cab.
Electronically controlled door operating mechanism has been preferred over pneumatically
operated door to avoid cases of air leakage and sluggish operation of doors.
11.1.3.9 Air-conditioning
With heavy passenger loading of 6 persons/sqm for standing area and doors being closed from
consideration of safety and with windows being sealed type to avoid transmission of noise, air
conditioning of coaches is considered essential.
Each coach shall be provided with two air conditioning units capable of cooling, heating and
dehumidifying and thus automatically controlling interior temperature throughout the
passenger area at 25°C with 65% RH all the times under varying ambient conditions up to full
load.
For emergency situations such as power failure or both AC (of the same car) failures etc.,
ventilation provision supplied from battery will be made. Provision shall be made to shut off
the fresh air intake and re-circulate the internal air of the coach, during an emergency
condition, such as fire outside the train causing excessive heat and smoke to be drawn in to
the coach.
11.1.3.10 Cab layout and emergency detrainment door
The modem stylish driver panel shall be FRP (Fibre Reinforced Plastic) molded which gives
maximum comfort and easy accessibility of different monitoring equipment to the driver along
with clear visibility. The driver seat shall be in the cabin.
An emergency door for easy detrainment of the passenger on the track has been provided at
the centre of the front side of each cabin which has an easy operation with one handle type
master controller.
11.1.3.11 Communication
The driving cab of the cars are provided with continuous communication with base
Operational Control Centre and station control for easy monitoring of the individual train in
all sections at all the time.
Public Address and Passenger Information Display System is provided in the car so that
passengers are continuously advised of the next stoppage station, final destination station,
interchange station, emergency situations if any, and other messages. The rolling stock is
provided with Talk Back Units inside the cars, which permit conversation between passengers
and the drivers in case of any emergency.
11.1.3.12 Noise and vibration
The trains will pass through heavily populated urban areas. The noise and vibration for a MRT
become an important criterion from public acceptance viewpoint. The source of noise is (i)
rail-wheel interaction (ii) noise generated from equipment like blower, compressor, air
conditioner, door, inverter etc. (iii) traction motor in running train. For elimination and
reduction of noise following feature are incorporated:
ATP
The rolling stock is provided with continuous Automatic Train Protection to ensure
absolute safety in the train operation. It is an accepted fact that 60-70% of the accidents
take place on account of human error. Adoption of this system reduces the possibility of
human error.
Fire
The rolling stock is provided with fire retarding materials having low fire load, low heat
release rate, low smoke and toxicity inside the cars. The electric cables used are also
normally low smoke zero halogen type which ensures passenger safety in case of fire.
Emergency door
The rolling stock is provided with emergency doors at both ends of the cab to ensure
well directed evacuation of passengers in case of any emergency including fire in the
train.
Crashworthiness features
The rolling stock is provided with inter car couplers having crashworthiness feature
which reduces the severity of injury to the passengers in case of accidents.
Gangways
Broad gangways are provided in between the cars to ensure free passenger movement
between cars in case of any emergency.
The salient features of the proposed Rolling Stock are detailed in Table 100.
Table 100: Salient features of Rolling Stock for MRT’s parameter details
S.No. Salient Features of Rolling Stock for MRT’s Parameter Details
1 Gauge (Nominal) Traction
1435mm
2 system
2.1 Voltage 25 KV AC
2.2 Method of current Overhead Current Collection System
3 collection
Train composition:
3.1 3 car trainset DMC+TC+DMC
6 car trainset DMC + TC + MC + MC + TC + DMC
4 Coach Body Stainless Steel
5 Coach Dimensions
5.1 Height 3.9 m
5.2 Width 2.9 m
5.3 Length over body (approx) 21.64 m
5.4 Locked down Panto height 4048 mm
5.5 (if applicable)
Floor height 1100mm
6 Designed - Passenger
6.1 Loadingof Propulsion
Design 8 Passenger/ m2
6.2 equipment
Design of Mechanical 10 Passenger/ m2
7 systems capacity- @ 6
Carrying
7.1 standees/sqm
Coach carrying capacity
DMC 247 (seating - 43 ; standing - 204)
TC 270 (seating - 50 ; standing - 220)
As this is an extension of existing line (Line 1 of Phase 1), system with existing design or
compatibility shall be used.
Electricity is obtained from the utility supply systems, at transmission or sub transmission
voltage level, through traction feeding substation. This electricity is required for operation of
Metro system for running of trains, station services (e.g. lighting, lifts, escalators, signalling &
telecom, firefighting etc.) workshops, depots & other maintenance infrastructure within
premises of the metro system.
The power requirements of a metro system are determined by peak-hour demands of power
for traction and auxiliary applications. Broad estimation of auxiliary and traction power
demand is made based on the following requirements:
Keeping in view the train operation plan, the demand of auxiliary and traction power
requirements projected for the years 2023, 2033, 2043 and 2053 are summarized in the
following table.
Diversity factor is considered 0.50 in 2023 & 2033 and 0.60 in 2043 and 2053 for auxiliary
power requirements.
Also the power demand calculation for the Existing corridor (PCMC to Swargate) of auxiliary
and traction power requirements projected for the years 2023, 2033, 2043 and 2053 are
summarized in table below due to increased headway.
Table 103 : Auxillary and Traction Power spply requirements till year 2053
Year
Corridor
2023 2033 2043 2053
Existing Corridor- 1
Traction 6.5 MVA 8 MVA 9.2 MVA 9.5 MVA
PCMC-Swargate
Route Length – 17.8
km,
Number of Stations – Auxiliary 18.2 MVA 18.8 MVA 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA
14 (Elevated – 9,
Underground - 5)
Total 24.7 MVA 26.8 MVA 31.1 MVA 31.4 MVA
*Note:Average headway is considered for 3 car trains assuming 2 trains (6 car) as 4 trains (3
car) for simplifying the calculation.
The total power Requirement for the complete corridor (NIGDI - SWARGATE) is as below:
Table 104 : Total power requirement for complete corridor – Nigdi-Swargate
Year
Corridor
2023 2033 2043 2053
PCMC-NIGDI
Traction 0.7 MVA 0.9 MVA 1.0 MVA 1.1 MVA
Route Length – 4.413 km,
Number of Stations – 3
Auxiliary 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA 1.1 MVA
(Elevated – 3)
PCMC-SWARGATE
Traction 6.5 MVA 8 MVA 9.2 MVA 9.5 MVA
Route Length – 17.8 km,
Number of Stations – 14
(Elevated – 9, Auxiliary 18.2 MVA 18.8 MVA 21.9 MVA 21.9 MVA
Underground - 5)
Total Power Demand Traction 7.2 MVA 8.9 MVA 10.2 MVA 10.6 MVA
(NIGDI-SWARGATE) Auxiliary 19.3 MVA 19.9 MVA 23 MVA 23 MVA
The Pune metro system is being designed to cater to crush load about 176.66 ton and 25600
passengers per direction during peak hours when trains are expected to run at 7.5 minutes
intervals in 2023, 5.7 minutes interval in 2033, 5 minutes interval in 2043 and 4.8 minutes
interval in 2053 respectively in the corridor 1A(PCMC – Nigdi) and also for the existing corridor
(PCMC-Swargate) with decresed headway trains are expected to run at 3.6 minutes interval in
2023, 2.8 minutes interval in 2033, 2.5 minutes interval in 2043, 2.4 minutes interval in 2053.
Incidences of any power interruption, apart from affecting train running, will cause congestion
at stations. Interruption of power at night during train operation hours is likely to cause alarm
and increased risk to travelling public. Lack of sufficient illumination at stations, non-visibility
of appropriate signage, disruption of operation of lifts and escalators is likely to cause
confusion, anxiety and ire in commuters, whose tolerance level are low on account of stress.
Effect on signal and communication may affect train operation and passenger safety as well.
Therefore, reliable and continuous power supply is mandatory for efficient metro operations.
To ensure reliability of power supply, it is essential that both the sources of Power Supply and
connected transmission & distribution networks are reliable and have adequate redundancies
built in itself. It is desirable to obtain power supply at grid voltage of 220KV, 132 KV or 66 kV
from stable grid sub-stations of Power Supply authority and further transmission &
distribution is done by the Pune Metro.
Keeping in view the reliability requirements, two input sources of 220 kV or 132KV Voltage
level are normally considered for each corridor. Therefore, to achieve the desired reliability,
two existing receiving substations (132/33/25 kV) are there to feed extension corridors i.e.
PCMC to Nigdi . The intersection of the extension corridors will be at PCMC for extension of
PCMC to Nigdi.
Table 105: Sources of Power Supply
Grid sub-station Location of RSS of Approx. length of
Corridor
(with Input voltage) Metro Authority cables
4.5 km approx. from
132 kV Chinchwad SS Near PCMC
chinchwad to PCMC
PCMC-Nigdi
3 km approx. from
132 kV Ganeshkhind SS Near Agri. College
Ganeshkhind to Range hill
*the exact length of cables from GSS to RSS will be provided after the cable route survey, if
required
The above sub-stations are being considered as a conventional sub-stations. In case a 132 kV
GIS to be provided, there will be an additional cost of Rs. 20 Crores or 15 Crores per sub-station
respectively.
* It is assumed that in normal operation the complete load shall be fed by only one RSS at a
time.
This power demand calculation represent the peak demand of load (MVA) to PCMC RSS in
normal mode while in emergency scenario when PCMC RSS fails, the Rangehill RSS shall cater
the entire load of line in emergency situations.
However, for the traction power requirement as the peak traction power requirement is 10.3
MVA in year 2053 which shall be taken care by any of the traction transformer of 21.6 MVA
capacity in each RSS while for the auxiliary power requirement is 26 MVA in year 2053 which
shall be taken care by the 2 auxiliary transformer of 20 MVA rating in each RSS. So the existing
RSSs is enough to support power supply requirement of the proposed extension from PCMC
to Nigdi, additional cost for RSS may not be incurred.
The 132 KV power supply will be stepped down to 25kV single phase for traction purpose at
the RSS of Pune Metro and the 25kV traction supply will be fed to the OHE at viaduct through
cable feeders.
For feeding the auxiliary loads, the 132/33 kV or 132/33 KV power supply received will be
stepped down to 33 kV and will be distributed along the alignment through 33kV Ring main
cable network. These cables will be laid along the viaduct. If one RSS trips on fault or input
supply failure, train services can be maintained from the other RSS
In case of total grid failure, all trains may come to a halt but station lighting & other essential
services can be catered to by stand-by DG sets. Therefore, while the proposed scheme is
expected to ensure adequate reliability, it would cater to emergency situations as well.
The 132 KV cables will be laid through public pathways of Maharashtra Grid Sub-stations to
RSS of Metro Authority.
For corridor – 1A extension PCMC- NIGDI, both existing substations viz PCMC RSS and Depot
RSS shall be provided with 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/25 kV, 21.6 MVA single-phase
traction transformers for feeding traction and 2nos. (one as standby) 220/132/33 KV, 20 MVA
three phase transformers for feeding auxiliary loads.
25kV ac traction currents produce alternating magnetic fields that cause voltages to be
induced in any conductor running along the track. Booster Transformer and Return Conductor
(BT/RC) System is proposed for EMI mitigation. Concrete structures of elevated viaducts are
not good electrical earths and therefore, Earthing and Bonding of the traction system shall be
in accordance with the latest standards EN50122-1, IEEE80 and other relevant standards. Two
earth conductors –Overhead Protection Cable (OPC) and Buried Earth Conductor (BEC) are
proposed to be laid along with elevated viaduct and all the metallic structures, structural
reinforcement, running rails etc. will be connected to these conductors to form an equi-
potential surface & least resistance path to the fault currents. The overhead protection cable
will also provide protection against lightning to the 25kV OHE and the elevated viaduct.
25kV ac Overhead Equipment (OHE) shall comprise 107mm2 HD-copper contact wire and 65
mm2 Cd-copper catenary wire. Return conductor (RC) shall be all of OHE conductors.
Based on emergency demand expected at each RSS as shown in Table 106, two nos. 220 or
132/25kV traction transformers of 21.6 MVA capacity and 2 nos. 132/33 KV, 20MVA capacity
Auxiliary transformers shall be provided at each RSS in Corridor –I for PCMC- NIGDI . The 132kV
incoming cable 3-phase single core XLPE insulated with 630 mm2 Aluminum conductor and
220kV, 3-phase single core XLPE insulated with 800 mm2 Aluminum conductor for corridor-1
shall be used to meet the normal & emergency loading requirements and fault level of the 132
kV and 220 KV supply.
33kV and 25kV switchgear shall be rated for 1250 A being standard design. 33kV cable ring
network shall be adequately rated to transfer requisite auxiliary power during normal as well
as emergency situations and accordingly 3 number of Single core 300 mm2 FRLS Aluminum
conductor cable XLPE insulated 33kV cable is proposed for ring main network.
Adequate number of cables are required for transfer of traction power from Metro’s RSS to
25kV OHE. Single-phase XLPE insulated cables with 240 mm2 copper conductor are proposed
for traction power. Based on current requirements, 2 cables are required for each of the two
circuits to feed power to OHE.
The above capacities of transformers, switchgear, cables etc. have been worked out based on
the conceptual design. Therefore, these may be required to be revised for better accuracy
during design stage of project implementation.
Silent type DG sets with low noise levels are proposed, which do not require a separate room
for installation.
For the smooth functioning, high reliability and safety of the transit system, the SCADA system
plays a vital role in supervision, control and acquisition of various specified data from the
‘controlled station’ along the line such as receiving substation(RSS), auxiliary substation(ASS),
traction substation (TSS), metro stations, OHE system switching stations along the line, depot
etc. Modern SCADA system with intelligent remote terminal units (RTUs) shall be provided for
control and monitoring of the whole power supply system from a centralized Operation
Control Centre (OCC). Existing OCC & BOCC shall be updated based on the extension line
corridor 1A (PCMC-NIGDI).
The Digital Protection Control System (DPCS) is for providing data acquisition, data processing,
overall protection control, interlocking, inter-tripping and monitoring of the entire power
supply system consisting of 33kV ac switchgear, transformers, 25kV ac switchgear and
associated electrical equipment. DPCS will utilize microprocessor-based fast-acting numerical
relays & Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) with interface with SCADA system.
SCADA system allows the Power Operator to control and monitor the HV (High Voltage), MV
(Medium Voltage) and LV (Low Voltage) equipment. The purpose of this system is to manage:
the incoming lines to provide reliable electrical supply to all the equipment, the Auxiliary
power supply sub-stations: transformers from high voltage to medium and low voltage. The
traction power supply sub-stations: transformers from high voltage to 25 kV traction power.
The control of the Traction Power shall be done through the Traction Power Supply function.
The Power as a whole is managed from the Energy Control Centre ECC, from where centralized
Operation of the line is carried out.
solar power, provision of a grid connected solar photovoltaic power plant utilizing all possible
areas viz. roof top of stations/sheds and buildings is proposed for Pune Metro Extension.
Energy charges of any metro system constitute a substantial portion of its operation &
maintenance (O & M) costs. Therefore, it is imperative to incorporate energy saving measures
in the system design itself. The auxiliary power consumption of metros is generally more than
the traction energy consumed by train movement during initial years of operation.
Subsequently, traction power consumption increases with increase in train
frequency/composition in order to cater more traffic. The proposed system of Pune Metro
includes the following energy saving features:
(i) Modern rolling stock with 3-phase VVVF drive and lightweight stainless steel coaches
has been proposed, which has the benefits of low specific energy consumption and
almost unity power factor.
(ii) Rolling stock has regeneration features and it is expected that 30% of total traction
energy will be regenerated and fed back to 25kV ac OHE to be consumed by nearby
trains.
(iii) Effective utilization of natural light is proposed. In addition, the lighting system of the
stations will be provided with different circuits (33%, 66% & 100%) and the relevant
circuits can be switched on based on the requirements (day or night, operation or
maintenance hours etc.).
(iv) Machine-room less type lifts with gearless drive have been proposed with 3-phase VVVF
drive. These lifts are highly energy efficient.
(v) The proposed heavy-duty public services escalators will be provided with 3-phase VVVF
drive, which is energy efficient & improves the power factor. Further, the escalators will
be provided with infrared sensors to automatically reduce the speed (to idling speed)
when not being used by passengers.
(vi) The latest state of art and energy efficient electrical equipment (e.g. transformers,
motors, light fittings etc.) has been incorporated in the system design.
(vii) Efficient energy management is possible with proposed modern SCADA system by way
of maximum demand (MD) and power factor control.
(viii) LED lighting is proposed in certain areas.
In broad terms, based on the planned Rolling Stock requirements, this chapter covers
conceptual design on following aspects and will work as a guide for detailed design later:
The following maintenance schedule has been envisaged for conceptual design of depots:
Table 107: Maintenance schedule
‘B’ service check 15,000 Km Detailed inspection of 'A' type tasks plus Inspection
(approx. 45 items at multiples of 15,000 Km ('B' type bays
days) tasks)
Intermediate 420,000Km, (3 Check and testing of all sub-assemblies Workshop
Overhaul (IOH) and half years (Electrical + Mechanical). Overhaul of
approx.) pneumatic valves, compressor.
Condition based maintenance of sub-
systems to bring them to original condition.
Replacement of parts and rectification, trial
run.
Periodical 840,000 Dismantling of all sub-assemblies, bogies Workshop
Overhaul (POH) Km,(7 Years suspension system, traction motor, gear,
approx.) control equipment, air- conditioning units
etc. Overhauling to bring them to original
condition.
Checking repair and replacement as
necessary. Inspection and trial.
Heavy Repairs - Changing of heavy item such as bogies, Workshop
traction motor, axles, gear cases & axle
boxes etc.
The above schedule may need slight revision based on the actual earned KM per train and the
specific maintenance requirements of Rolling Stock finally procured.
Cleanliness of the trains is essential. Following schedules are recommended for Indian
environment:
Table 108: Train cleaning schedule
Outside heavy
cleaning (wet washing
on automatic washing
Automatic washing
plant and front face,
2 30 days 2 - 3 hrs plant & cleaning &
vestibule/buffer area.
washing shed
Floor, walls
inside/outside of cars
and roof. Manually)
Facilities for carrying out inspection activities shall be provided in the inspection bay for the
following systems / equipment of a train:
Electronics ; PA/PIS;
Mechanical components, couplers etc;
Batteries;
Air conditioner;
Brake modules;
Doors;
Bogie;
Traction Motors, Transformer, VCB;
Vehicle doors, windows and internal fittings;
Power system including converter, circuit breaker etc.
These activities shall be grouped into "A" checks and "B" checks:
The minor scheduled inspections ("A" checks) shall be carried out during the day
off-peak and at night;
Since "B" checks take longer time, these cannot be completed in the off-peak
times.
Certain inspection lines will be nominated for "A" checks. For "B" checks, separate line will be
nominated where the rakes may be kept for long time.
One dedicated line in the shed will be used for minor repairs and for adjustment and testing
after the I0H and POH. There shall be a spare line in inspection bay for this purpose.
edge of the walkway has to be ensured to avoid conflict in lifting and lowering of
cars.
The small component, bogie painting and battery maintenance cells shall be
located in the workshop with arrangement that fumes are extracted by suitable
exhaust systems
Workshop will have service building with array of rooms along its length. Rooms
can be made by column and beam structure and architecture made of brick
works. These shall cater for overhauling sections, offices, costly store item, locker
rooms, toilets etc.
Two trains opposite sides width wise shall be open to facilitate natural air
circulation and cross ventilation besides the egress & ingress for coaches.
The sidewalls shall also have sufficient width of louvers for providing adequate
ventilation.
There shall be space for bogie/ axle repair shop with necessary infrastructure for
disassembly, overhead, assembly and testing of mechanical components of
bogies/ axle.
The repair shop shall be easily approachable from the workshop for
transportation of components.
Following equipment repair/overhaul facilities are planned in the workshop and wheel repairs
shop at the workshops depots:
Bogie;
Body furnishing
Wheels;
Traction Motors;
Axle Box and Axle Bearing, Gearbox;
Pantographs, PT, CT, VCB;
Transformer, Converter/Inverter (CI), SIV (Auxiliary Converter/Inverter) ;
Battery and Charger;
Relay, MCB, Electronic sensor, switches and PCBs;
Gangway and Coupler;
Air compressor;
Air-conditioner;
Brake equipment;
Door actuators;
Control and measuring Equipment;
Pneumatic Equipment;
Dampers and Springs;
Couplers/Gangways;
Coach Painting (Applicable only for Aluminum coaches, if any).
S.NO. Equipment
37. Press for removal and pressing of the wheel on axles
38. Axle journal turning and burnishing lathe
39. Special jigs and fixtures and test benches for Rolling Stock
40. Stackers (1T for DCOS)
41. Storage Racks (W/shop & DCOS stores)
42. Test benches
43. Auto panto strip thickness meter
44. Vehicle mounted crane
45. Impulse Tester for TMs
46. Bearing puller
There shall be rail connectivity between the Depot-Cum-Workshop and mainline and all trains
due for scheduled/unscheduled works shall reach the depot-cum-workshop by rail.
However, in case of newly procured coaches, which are transported by road, these shall reach
the Depot-Cum-Workshop by the road on trailers. To unload the coaches and bring them to
the track, provision of space, along the side of shunting neck, has to be made for unloading of
cars and other heavy materials. This area shall have an insulated track embedded in the floor
facilitating the movement of road trawler, which brings in the cars. The length of the track
embedded area shall be about 100m long. There should be enough space available for
movement of heavy cranes for lifting of coaches. The unloading area should be easily
accessible for heavy duty hydraulic trailers.
Provision to be made for Rolling Stock exterior surfaces to be washed using a fully automated
Train Washing System, with a throughput capacity of approximately ten trains per hour. The
AWP shall be situated at such a convenient point on the incoming route so that incoming trains
can be washed before entry to the depot and undesirable movement/shunting over ingress
and egress routes within the depot is avoided. Additional space for plant room for AWP system
shall be earmarked alongside the washing apron.
Suitable office facility adjacent to the stabling lines at each depot should be provided so that
train operators reporting 'On' duty or going 'Off' duty can obtain updates regarding 'Special
Notices', `Safety Circulars' and other technical updates/information in vogue. These offices
should have an attached a cycle/scooter/car stand facility for convenience of the train
operating staff.
Test Track
A test track of about 800 mts. in length covered & fenced should be provided beside workshop
in the depot. It shall be equipped with signalling equipment (ATP/ATO). It shall be used for the
commissioning of the new trains, their trials and testing of the trains after the IOH and POH.
Entry into the test track shall be planned for a 3-car train. In compliance to safety norms, the
boundary of the track shall be completely fenced to prevent unauthorized trespassing across
or along the track.
Monthly heavy cleaning of interior walls, floors, seats, windows glasses etc, outside heavy
cleaning, Front/rear Face, Vestibule/ Buffer area, outside walls and roof shall be done
manually in the interior cleaning plant designed for cleaning of one at a time. A line adjacent
to inspection shed should be so provided that placement of rakes is possible from workshop
or inspection lines & vice — versa conveniently and with ease.
Power Supply
Auxiliary substations are planned for catering to the power supply requirement of the whole
depot and workshop. Details of connected load feeder shall be worked out. Taking diversity
factor of 0.5 the maximum demands shall be computed. One trains Auxiliary substations are
proposed, as the demand by machines in Workshop area would be very large. The standby
power supply is proposed through DG set with AMF panel. The capacity of DG set will be
adequate to supply all essential loads without over loading.
Silent type compressor units shall be suitably installed inside the depots at convenient location
for the supply of compressed air to workshop and Inspection sheds. Thus, the pneumatic
pipeline shall run within the workshop and inspection bays as to have compressed air supply
line at all convenient points.
In house facilities shall be developed for the water supply of each depot. Sewerage, storm
water drainage shall be given due care while designing the depots for efficient system
functioning. Past records of Municipal Corporation shall be used to design the drainage
system. Rainwater harvesting would be given due emphasis to charge the underground
reserves.
Ancillary Workshop
This workshop will have a line at floor level with provision of pits. Arrangement for repairs of
shunters, Rail Road Vehicles and other ancillary vehicles will be provided. These vehicles will
also be housed here itself. Heavy lifting works can be carried out in main workshop.
Ancillary workshop will be used for storing OHE / rigid OHE parts and their maintenance /
repair for restoration of 25 kV feed system.
Watch Towers
There shall be provision of adequate number of watchtowers for the vigilance of depot
boundary.
Administrative Building
An administrative building close to the main entrance is planned. It can be suitably sized and
architecturally designed at the detailed design stage. A time and security office is also provided
close to main entrance. It shall be equipped with suitable access control system for all the staff
working in the complex:
Ample parking space shall be provided for the two wheelers and four wheelers
at the following points.
Space for parking of road and re-railing equipment. Enough space for parking of
road vehicle / trailers / trucks etc. Enough space will also have to be earmarked
adjacent to workshops. Similarly, provision of space for parking of re-railing
equipment will have to be made close to the main exit gate of the Depot.
At the detailed design stage depending upon the land availability, the decision to locate these
buildings can be taken. These can then be architecturally and functionally grouped.
A separate building is planned for housing pit wheel lathe (PWL), approachable from
workshop, inspection bay and stabling lines through rail and road for placement of cars for re-
profiling of wheels within the depot along with space for depot of scrap.
The following safety features should be incorporated in the design of the Maintenance Depot-
Cum-Workshop:
1.5 EOT cranes in the inspection bay should be interlocked with 25 kV ac OHE in
such a way that the cranes become operational only when the OHE is isolated
and grounded;
Red flasher lights should be installed along the inspection lines at conspicuous
location to indicate the OHE is 'Live';
Multi-level wheel and TM stacking arrangement should be an inbuilt feature at
the end of workshop Lines;
Pillars in the inspection bay & workshop should have provision for power sockets;
Placement of rakes from inspection/workshop lines on to washing lines for
interior cleaning on their own power should be possible. Linking of OHE and its
isolation at the cleaning area should be provided. Necessary requirements of
safety should be kept in view;
The roof inspection platform should have open-able doors to facilitate staff to go
up the roof for cleaning of roof. Suitable safety interlock should be provided to
ensure maintenance staff are enabled to climb on the roof inspection platform
only after the OHE is isolated.
Control Centre, PPIO & store depot must be close to workshop;
Width of the doors of the sections wherein repairs of equipment are done should
be at least 2 meters wide to allow free passage of equipment through them;
Provision of water hydrants should be done in workshops & stabling yards also;
Compressed air points along with water taps should be available in interior of
buildings for cleaning.
Ventilation arrangement inside the inspection shed and workshop should be
ensured. Arrangement for natural cross ventilation from one side to another of
inspection & workshop bays to be incorporated along with optimum availability
of natural light at floor level.
Movement from depot to the main line is so planned that the headway of main line is not
affected. Simultaneous receipt and dispatch of trains from depot to main line is feasible in the
present site scenario. Both activities will be done effectively without affecting the train
operation on the main line.
The stabling lines would be interlocked with the main line thereby induction of train from the
stabling would be safe and without loss of time. The proposition for a transfer track on the
incoming line as well as on the outgoing line to facilitate the movement of rake in the depot
by Operation Control Centre (OCC) even though the further path inside the depot is not clear
shall be explored in the detailed design stage depending on the actual availability of land.
An emergency line is also provided from which an emergency rescue vehicle may be
dispatched to main line in the event of emergency if necessary.
With a view of developing effective and efficient mass transit system towards improving the
share of public transport trips, the Government of Maharashtra conceived and implemented
Metro rail system covering 17.8 km (Phase 1, NS Corridor) with an extension of further 4.413
km as part of Phase-IA. There is a need for extension of Phase 1 in order to meet the future
traffic demand. Nationally and globally it is seen that the metro network expands progressively
to serve entire City. Hence, it is essential that in Pune also, such expansion of Metrorail
network is taken up.
The present chapter is dedicated to Environmental Impact Assessment of corridor 1-A PCMC to
Nigdi and the total length of this corridor is 4.413 km along the old Mumbai Pune Highway.
Corridor – 1A: PCMC to Nigdi
Proposed alignment of corridor-1A starts from PCMC and goes up to Nigdi station
near Bhakti shakti Udyan. Total length of the corridor is 4.413 km which is
completely elevated.
This corridor is an extension of existing corridor 1 under Phase 1 i.e. PCMC to
Swargate.
3 Stations have been proposed in Phase 1 A, all of which are elevated stations.
Summary of the section is given below:
Table 110 : List of stations in Phase 1A
PCMC-Nigdi Right option
Station Chainage Type
Chinchwad 1789.2 Elevated
Akurdi 3459.2 Elevated
Nigdi 5489.4 Elevated
14.4 Methodology
Suitable methodology was adopted to accomplish the study. As the first step, scoping exercise
was undertaken to identify the parameters needed to be considered for the study and to
outline the activities for collecting data on each parameter. Data pertaining to all facets of
environment viz. physical, ecological and socioeconomic environment both through primary
and secondary sources were collected. The step wise activities include:
A review of the all applicable laws, regulations, notification and existing institutions relevant
to the environmental issues in this project at the National/State levels policies are presented
in this chapter.
India has a well-defined institutional and legislative framework. The legislation covers all
components of environment viz air, water, noise, soil, terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna,
natural resources, and sensitive habitats. The environmental legislations in India are framed
to protect the valued environmental components and comply with its commitment to the
international community under various conventions and protocols as well. Review of Indian
legal system has been carried out to identify its applicability to the project. WB/ADB has also
defined their Environmental and Social Safeguard policies.
The Acts, Rules and Norms which are generally relevant to Metro rail projects are listed below;
Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 amendment in 2010 ISO/
TC 108 (vibration);
Metro Rail Transit System, Guidelines for Noise and Vibrations, RDSO, Ministry
of Railways, September 2015;
Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, amended 1988;
Forest (Conservation) Rules 2003 and Forest (Conservation) Amendment Rules,
2014 (procedure for FC);
The Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972 and The Wildlife (Protection)
Amendment Act 2002;
The Metro Railways (Operation and Maintenance) Act 2002 as amended vide The
Metro Railways (Amendment) Act 2009 (disaster management);
The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological sites and Remains (Amendment and
Validation Act) 2010;
Groundwater (Regulation) Act, 1987 as amended till 2008 and
Guidelines/Criteria for evaluation of proposals/requests for ground water
abstraction (With effect from 16.11.2015), Central Ground Water Authority;
World Bank, Operational policy OP 4.12 , involuntary resettlement
World Bank, Environmental Assessment OP 4.01
ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, July 2009
This Act was passed as an overall comprehensive act “for protection and improvement of
environment”. According to this Act, the Central Government has the power to take all such
measures as it deems necessary or expedient for the purpose of protecting and improving the
quality of environment and preventing, controlling and abating environmental pollution.
Under this act rules have been specified for discharge/emission of effluents and different
standards for environmental quality. These include Ambient Noise Standard, Emission from
Motor Vehicles, Mass Emission Standard for Petrol Driven Vehicles, General Effluent Standards
etc. especially important for Metro project.
Metro rail projects are not included as a sector in the Schedule of the Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006 that provides a list of projects which need to undergo EIA
studies. However, Metro projects include components that may individually qualify for
obtaining Environmental Clearance.
For elevated metro rail projects, station buildings are required to be developed. If the built-up
area of any of these station buildings is >50,000 square metres, then an Environmental
Clearance is required to be obtained under Item 8(a) of the Schedule of EIA Notification 2006
& its amendment 15th November 2018.
Train maintenance depots would need to be developed as part of the projects. The depots
would include administrative buildings and occupy a large area for undertaking maintenance
of the rolling stock. If the built-up area of the buildings in the depot will be >50,000 square
metres, then an Environmental Clearance may required to be obtained under Item 8(a) of the
Schedule of EIA Notification 2006.
The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1960 came in to force with effect from October 25, 1980. Under
the provision of this act, prior approval of the Central Government is essential for de-
reservation of forest lands and / or diversion of forest lands for non-forestry purposes. There
is no reserve/protected forest along the proposed project alignment.
The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 has allowed the Government to establish a number of
National Parks and Sanctuaries to protect and conserve the flora and fauna of the state. The
Wildlife Protection Act, (1972) is the first comprehensive act enacted to protect the wild
animals and their habitats. It will improve protection measures of the existing National Parks
and Sanctuaries and strengthen the Protected Areas (PA). The objectives of the act include to
protect the rapidly declining wild animal and birds of the country, control trade in wildlife
products, streamline and strengthen wildlife setup at Central and State level and
establishment of Wildlife Advisory Board. In the extensive amendment in 1991, endangered
wild plants have also been included within the protective umbrella of this Act.
Water Act and Air Acts provide for the prevention and control of water and air pollution
respectively. These acts empower the Pollution Control Boards to collect effluent and emission
samples, entry to industrial units for inspection, power to prohibit on use of any water bodies
for waste disposal and creation of new discharge outlets, provide consent to set up and
operate certain facilities likely to create air and water pollution including power to give
directions and prosecuting offenders.
The Air and Water Act are particularly applicable to all civil works activities. All construction
work contractors need to obtain the consent-to-establish and consent-to-operate for plants
and other machinery that they may be required for the purpose of construction. The NOC
certificates need to be obtained from the regional offices of the SPCB. Wherein the existing
plants are used, the contractor shall ensure that all applicable consents are obtained for
operating the plant/equipment.
14.5.1.5 Central Motor Vehicle Act -1988 and Central Motor Vehicle Rules 1989
In 1988, the Indian Motor Vehicles Act empowered the State Transport Authority to enforce
standards f or vehicular pollution and prevention control. The Authority also checks emission
standards of registered vehicles, collects road taxes, and issues licenses. In August 1997, the
Pollution Under Control Certificate ( P U C) programme was launched in an attempt to
crackdown on the vehicular emissions in the states.
Central Motor Vehicle Rules 1989 provide for working rules for licensing of drivers of motor
vehicles, registration of motor vehicles, overall dimensions of motor vehicles, rules &
regulations, etc.
14.5.1.6 Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Rules, 1959 and 2010
As per the Act, area within a radius of 100m and 200m from the “protected property” are
designated as “protected area” and “regulated area” respectively. No development activity
(including mining operations and construction) is permitted in the “protected area” and all
development activities likely to damage the protected property are not permitted in the
“regulated area” without prior permission of the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI).
Protected property entails the site/remains/ monuments are protected by ASI or the State
Department of Archaeology.
Alignment does not pass through any prohibited, protected, restricted area of heritage
structure/ Monument area’.
Environmental Assessment is used in the World Bank to identify, avoid, and mitigate the
potential negative environmental impacts associated with Bank’s lending operations early-on
in the project cycle. The policy states that Environment Assessment (EA) and mitigation plans
are required for all projects having significant adverse environmental impacts or involuntary
resettlement. Assessment should include analysis of alternative designs and sites, or
consideration of “no option” and require public participation and information disclosure
before the Bank approves the project.
The World Bank's environmental assessment policy and recommended processing are
described in Operational Policy (OP)/Bank Procedure (BP) 4.01: Environmental Assessment.
The project requires a number of statutory clearances under different Acts and Rules a
different stage of the project. These are listed in Table 111.
Table 111 : Summary of Environment Legislation Applicable for this Project
Act Year Objective Applicability Responsible
Yes/No Institution
Environment 1986 To protect and improve Yes MoEF&CC,
(Protection) Act. the overall environment CPCB
Notification on 2006 To provide No MoEF&CC,
Environment Impact 2009 environmental CPCB
Assessment of 2010 clearance to new
Development projects 2013 development activities
(and amendments) following
(referred to as the environmental impact
Notification on assessment.
Environmental
Clearance)
Wildlife Protection Act 1972 To protect wild animals No MoEF&CC
and birds through the
creation of National
Parks and Sanctuaries
Water (Prevention and 1974 To provide for the Yes SPCB
Control of Pollution) Act prevention and control
(and subsequent of water pollution and
amendments) the maintaining or
restoring of
wholesomeness of
water.
Ambient air quality standards/limits provide a legal framework for the control of air pollution
and the protection of public health.
The Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India, vide gazette notification,
G.S.R826 (E), dated 16.11.2009 have notified/amended the National Ambient Air Quality
Standards by amending the Environment (Protection) Rules 1986. The National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS) prescribed by CPCB are given in Table 112.
Table 112 : National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
Concentration in Ambient Air
Pollutants Time Industrial, Ecologically Method of Measurement
Weighted Residenti sensitive area
Average al, Rural (notified by
and other central
areas government)
1 2 3 4 5
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Annual* 50 20 Improved West & Gaeke
µg/m3 method
24 80 80 Ultraviolet fluorescence
hours**
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Annual 40 30 Jacob & Hochheiser (Na-
µg/m 3 Arsenite)
24 80 80 Gas Phase
hours** Chemiluminescence’s
Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 hours** 02 02 NonDispersive
mg/m 3 infraredspectroscopy
1 hour 04 04
Realizing the need to control and regulate noise levels, the Ministry of Environment & Forest,
Government of India, have notified Noise Level Standards and Guidelines under Environment
(Protection) Rules, 1986, known as Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000. The
specific standards described in the rules are given in Table 113.
Table 113 : National Ambient Noise Quality Standards
Sr. Area Category of Leq*** in dB (A)
No. Code Zone *Day **Night
1 A Industrial 75 70
2 B Commercial 65 55
3 C Residential 55 45
4 D Silence Zone 50 40
* Day Time – 6.00 am – 10.00 pm (16 hours)
** Night Time – 10.00 pm – 6.00 am (8 hours)
*** Leq – Equivalent noise level
(Source: Noise pollution (Regulation and control) Rules, 2000)
The CPCB has identified water quality requirements in terms of few chemical characteristics,
known as primary water quality criteria. The "designated best uses" along with respective
water quality criteria is given in Table 114.
Since all groundwater resources of the State are classified for more than one use and
therefore, the most stringent or protective criteria will be applicable. Therefore, its qualities
have been compared with Bureau of Indian standards: IS :10500:1991 and WHO Guideline for
Groundwater Sources for Drinking Water which is presented in the form of Table 115:
Collection of baseline information on bio-physical, social and economic aspects of the project
area is the most important reference for conducting EIA study, Based on the existing
environmental scenario, potential impacts of project will be identified and accordingly
management plan will be proposed so as applicability of Government of India (GoI) regulatory
requirements. The baseline environmental conditions will help in comparing and to monitor
the predicted negative and positive impacts resulting from the project during construction and
operation phases.
Data was collected from secondary sources for the macro-environmental setting like climate,
physiography (Geology and slope), biological and socio-economic environment. First-hand
information have been collected to record the micro-environmental features within and
adjacent to the project corridor. Collection of first hand (Primary) information includes
preparation of base maps, extrapolating environmental features on proposed Metro Track &
Station design, tree inventories, location and measurement of socio-cultural features abutting
proposed project. Scope of this exercise was 10 kilometres on both sides from the centre of
the project location as per guidelines of Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of
India. However, the focus of the study was on the areas within and directly adjacent to the
corridor of impact and ROW.
Following section describes the nature, type and characteristics of the physical, biological,
cultural and socioeconomic components along the project Stretch.
It is bounded by Ahmadnagar district in the north and east. Satara and Solapur districts in
south and south east respectively and Thane and Raigarh districts in north west and west
respectively. For administrative convenience it is divided in 14 talukas namely Pune City,
Haveli, Khed, Ambegaon, Junnar, Shirur, Daund, Indapur, Baramati, Purandhar, Bhor, Velhe,
Mulsi and Maval (refer Figure 110).
Municipal Limit identified with length distribution of the project is shown in the Table 116
hereafter:
Table 116 : District wise distribution of the project alignment
Tentative
State District Chainage Taluka
Length(km)
Pune City Taluka (Pimpri
Maharashtra Pune PCMC to Nigdi 4.413 Chinchwad Municipal
Corporation)
“The district forms part of Western Ghat and Deccan Plateau. Physiographically the district
can be divided in to three distinct belts i.e.,
(1) The western belt stretching from 16 to 31 km. east of Sahayadri –an extremely rugged
country cut by deep valleys, divided and crossed by hill ranges.
(2) The central belt extending for about 30 km. east of the western belt across the tract whose
eastern boundary is roughly marked by a line drawn from Pabal in the north, southwards
through Pune to Purandhar. In this belt a series of small hills stretch in to valleys and large
spurs from Plateau and
(3) The eastern belt with a rolling topography and the low hills sinking slowly in to the plains
with relatively broader valleys.
Therefore, the physiography of the district has given rise to four major characteristic land
forms namely; (1) The hills and ghats (2) the foot hills (3) the plateau and (4) the plains.”
(Source: cgwb.gov.in/District Profile)
From the riverbed of Mutha, highest portion in the Pune City is Kedareshwar hill, which is
about 612 meters from the riverbed. The Western portion from Mulshi, Maval, Tahsil in Pune
District, contains black soil where the main crop is paddy. All lands to the north, west south
and east have generally reddish soil.
14.11.3 Topography:
Pune district lies in the Bhima and Nira basins. It has a shape of triangle with its base in
Sahyadri mountains on the West and its apex in the extreme South-East corner near Nira River.
Taking into consideration the height from sea level, rainfall, soil pattern etc. it is divided into
three zones viz. Western Zone, Central Zone and Eastern Zone. The Sahayadri ranges are
spread from North to South in the district. Pune district lies in Seismic Zoning III. This zone is
classified as Moderate Damage Risk Zone.
It can be seen from the LULC map below that out of geographical area, about 23 percent of
land is under nonagricultural usage i.e. forest, land under non-agricultural use, cultivable
waste, permanent pasture and miscellaneous trees and groves.
About 7 percent land is as current and other fallow and about 64 percent of land is sown. Thus,
altogether about 14.71 percent of land is available in the form of cultivable waste, permanent
pastures, land under tree crops and grooves, current as well as other follows, which can be
brought under productive use with a proper wasteland development programme.
The land use along the project corridor is principally of the following categories: Urban,
Industrial and Agricultural. The principal industrial estates along the project metro corridor
are Automobile Factory, and Oil industries in Akrudi, Bhosari, Moshi and Chaakan.
14.11.5 Meteorology
The ambient environment is responsible for the health of human beings, animals, wildlife and
vegetation. All air pollutants emitted by point and non-point sources are transported,
dispersed or concentrated by meteorological and topographical conditions.
The meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants into the
atmosphere. In order to assess the impact on existing ambient environment due to the project,
it is necessary to have baseline status of ambient environmental parameters.
Pune District forms a part of the tropical monsoon land and therefore shows a significant
seasonal variation in temperature as well as rainfall conditions. The climate of the Western
region of Pune District is cool, whereas the Eastern part is hot and dry.
14.11.5.1 Seasons
The winter season is from December to about the middle of February followed by summer
season which last up to May. June to September is the south-west monsoon season, whereas
October and November constitute the post-monsoon season.
14.11.5.2 Temperatures
The mean minimum temperature is about 12°C and mean maximum temperature is about
39°C.
14.11.5.3 Rainfall
The normal annual rainfall over the district varies from about 468 mm to 4659 mm.
Table 117 : Rainfall for last five years in Pune District (in mm)
YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F R/F
2013 0.5 0.3 0.9 0 0.8 293 397 129 233 32 13.6 5.4
2014 1.2 1.2 36.9 4.3 21.8 42.6 386 345 105 29 22.7 12
2015 0 0.6 50.2 13 29.3 230 142 53.8 157 83 45.3 0
2016 0 0.2 4.4 0.5 13.9 77.8 446 418 197 58 0 0
2017 0 0 0 0 24.6 289 513 290 211 116 13.9 0.7
(Source: www.imd.gov.in)
Humidity is low during the summer months due to increased evaporation losses from the
atmosphere. The diurnal variations in humidity during this period are high, water vapor gets
condensed due to falling nighttime temperatures and the daytime temperatures are high.
In the summer months the relative humidity ranges from a minimum of 20% to maximum of
67% during the day.
During the monsoon period, the relative humidity varies from 68% to 87%. The relative
humidity during winter shows maximum diurnal variation varying from 37% to 88%.
Table 118 : Met Data, Pune (1981-2010)
Month Temperature°C Humidity % Monthly
Rainfall (mm)
Min Max 08.30hr 17.30 hr
January 11.2 29.8 85 34 1.1
February 12.2 32.1 72 26 0.3
March 15.7 35.6 55 21 2.2
April 19.6 37.6 48 24 8.5
May 22.6 36.9 59 37 16.8
June 23.1 31.9 77 66 173.4
July 22.4 28.3 83 76 181.4
August 21.7 27.6 86 79 145.2
For Pune station, wind rose diagram available for period of 1981 to 1994 The wind rose
diagram for 8.30 hrs in the morning and 5.30 hrs the evening is shown below:
Based on the evaluation of the wind rose for morning and evening time, it can be said that the
overall wind direction for the district is from the West to South West, with absolutely no wind
from the South and an infinitesimal percentage of wind from the North direction .The
predominant winds from the West and South West direction are responsible for the monsoons
as they carry moisture-laden clouds from the Arabian Sea.
Baseline conditions define the characteristics of the existing environment and shape projected
future conditions, assuming no project is undertaken. They provide the basis from which
project impact comparison are made. Existing ambient air, noise and water quality data on
various sections of the project corridors has been collected from secondary sources to
establish a baseline database.
Ambient air quality refers to the background air quality levels in a region, characterised by
concentrations of various pollutants in the atmosphere. In most cases vehicular emissions are
the predominant source of air pollution. Existing ambient air quality data on various sections
of the project corridors was collected to establish a baseline database. The aim was to identify
areas that already have high pollution levels or are expected to experience so, on account of
the project, and to design adequate mitigation measures, as applicable.
The activities, which generate modify atmospheric air quality, are transportation (i.e., motor
vehicle emissions, which are addressed in this study); industry; domestic and construction.
The principal sources of air pollution due to metro projects are machineries used during
construction phase and the vehicles that ply over it during the operation phase. The
monitoring locations should be selected based on the sensitivity of the receptors to vehicular
traffic and to obtain baseline concentrations of the various representative land uses along the
corridors. The baseline data of air environment need to be monitored for the below
mentioned parameters:
Dispersal of pollutants depends upon factors like prevailing wind direction and other weather
conditions, height of the source, and characteristics of plantation and presence of other sinks
along the project corridor.
Existing air quality data within vicinity of the Pune district has been examined to establish the
base line scenario for the project corridor. The sources of air pollution in the region are
identified as industries, vehicular traffic, dust arising from unpaved roads etc.
Table 119 : Ambient Air Quality of Pune District
S. No Location Parameter μg/m3
PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx
1 NashikPhata 290.1 135.8 12.6 9.45
2 Sangavi 200 93.21 10.34 4.99
3 Pimple Gurav 170.2 78.2 8.4 6.2
4 Pimple Nilkh 161.9 75.19 10.2 5.82
5 KaspateWasti 149 72.3 7.4 7.92
6 Wakad 164 77.4 8.46 5.2
7 KalewadiPhata 224 102.98 12.69 4.16
8 SawantPetrol 360 177.44 16.14 4.93
Pump
9 Pimpri Camp 380 192.1 20.4 3.88
10 Link Road 230.2 120.4 11.6 18.4
11 Empire Estate 199.8 104.18 19.07 26.5
Along the proposed project construction proposals, there is significant industrial activity and
significant vehicular traffic contributing to ambient noise levels. Therefore, the ambient noise
levels may be higher than the noise quality standards. Project development results in increase
in noise levels due to movement and operation of machinery, heavy vehicles, loading and
unloading of construction materials, apart from high noise levels at the asphalt plants (90 -
100 dB(A). These activities are intermittent and localised.
During the operation phase, noise will be generated from Metro Rail movement in three ways,
namely from the vehicle body parts, from the Wheel-Track system (also known as the rolling
noise) and from the driver behaviour, such as use of horns.
To assess background noise levels in the study area, existing ambient noise monitoring data
has been collected. Description of the noise monitoring stations and the Leq values at each
station are given in Table 120.
The day noise level monitored during 6 A.M. to 10 P.M. and night levels 10 P.M. to 6 A.M.
reviewed from existing data of Pune District. The major source of noise identified in the study
area has been predominantly the vehicular movement and the construction activities.
Table 120 : Ambient Noise Quality
S. No Location Day Time Night Time
Leq Limit Leq Limit
1 Nashik Phata 86.76 65 58 55
2 Sangavi 74.3 65 53.2 55
3 Pimple Gurav 72.13 65 52.8 55
4 Pimple Nilkh 52.4 55 43.2 45
5 Kaspate Wasti 54.7 55 44.1 45
6 Wakad 69.8 65 51.4 55
7 Kalewadi Phata 77.85 65 54 55
8 Sawant Petrol 69.4 65 56.3 55
Pump
9 Pimpri Camp 70.5 55 48 45
10 Link Road 88.61 65 59.2 55
11 Empire Estate 78.88 65 52.4 55
12 KSB Chowk 84.28 65 53.2 55
13 Telco Gate 66.5 75 49.8 65
Source: Environment Impact Assessment for Proposed Bus-Based Rapid Transit System for PCMC 2010
Noise Levels observed at all the locations are above the standard day time limits. Noise levels
at some locations are exceeding the standard night time limit; however; this is attributable to
vehicular traffic.
Water environment consists of water resources and its quality. Its study is important from the
point of view to assess the adequacy of water resources for the needs of the project in its
various stages of the project cycle and also to assess the impact of the project on water
environment.
Mula-Mutha River System covering the central part and having total length of 242 km
in the district.
Nira River system covering south, south-east and eastern part and has total length of
about 231 km in the district.
The Mutha River flows from western side to eastern side towards Daund. Mula River, which is
coming from Western side of Pune City, meets the Mutha river near Sangamwadi and then the
combined rivers flow towards Solapur side. Width of Mutha River bed is 200 meters (660 feet).
The northwestern outskirts of Pune’s urban area serve as the crossway for two other rivers,
namely Pavana and Indrayani. The Bhima River also flows from the northwestern part about
8-9 km away from the main city.Most of the talukas in Pune district are flood prone. The rivers
likely to cause flooding are:
Prime source of ground water in the district are Dug wells and tube wells. Ground water
Bearing Formations in Pune district are: Weathered, fractured, jointed and vesicular Basalts.
The depth to water level in the district shows wide variation:
Pre-Monsoon Depth to Water Level (May-2011): 0.40 to 20.10 mbgl
Post-Monsoon Depth to Water Level (Nov.2011): 0.09 to 14.65 mbgl
Pre-Monsoon Water Level Trend (2002-11): Rise- Negligible to 0.75 m/yr : Fall-
Negligible to 0.56 m/yr
Post-Monsoon Water Level Trend (2002-11): Rise- Negligible to 0.63 m/yr : Fall-
Negligible to 0.27 m/yr
Baseline information on the quality of surface and ground water sources along the alignment
of proposed project is required before predictions can be made of the future quality. The
proposed project may contaminate the surface/ground water during the construction,
operation as well as maintenance phases. A plan for monitoring and mitigation will, therefore,
be required to avoid the pollution or deterioration of the water sources.
Ground water of the area may be impacted due to leaching of contaminants from stored raw
materials at site & sewage generated due to labor activity, excess draft of ground water. Run-
off from project site may contains high quantity of suspended solids due to presence of
sediments from excavated area & other pollutants due to presence of contaminants like oil,
paints etc. This run-off on reaching surface water body will degrade the surface water quality
which in turn may impact aquatic flora & fauna. Secondary data for the Ground water Quality
of Pune City is given in Table 121.
The quality of the well water was inferred in comparison with the National Standards of
Drinking Water Quality (IS: 10500). All the well water samples were colourless, odourless and
with agreeable taste. One sample had high turbidity and the samples showed well-balanced
pH. The chemical characteristics such as total hardness, chlorides, dissolved solids, sulphates
and nitrates were within limits. Among the metals analyzed iron, copper, zinc, chromium,
magnesium, cadmium, selenium, mercury and arsenic were not detected or were within
stipulated limit.
The source of surface water of Pune is the Mula and Mutha river. Secondary data of Surface
water quality of the Pune City is given in Table 122.
Table 122 Physico-chemical Characteristics Surface Water Monitoring
S. No. Parameters Unit Vitthalwadi GarwareBri Sangam Bund
(Mutha dge (Mula Bridge Garden Desirable
river) river) (Mutha (Mula - limit
river) Mutha)
Light Light Light
1 Colour Hazan Brownish darkish darkish greyish 5
Objection Objectionab Objection Objection
2 Odour - able le able able U/O
3 Turbidity NTU 26 32 30 28 5
7.50 7.35 7.30 7.40 6.5-
4 pH -- 8.5
5 Conductivity uS/cm 550 640 690 460 -
Total Dissolve Solids
6 sum mg/l 360 448 476 325
7 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 140 165 173 115 200
Total Hardness as
8 CaCo3 mg/l 162 188 195 113 300
9 Calcium as Ca mg/l 35 52 60 27 75
10 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 18 14 11 11 30
11 Sodium mg/l 29.0 45.0 52.0 21.0 _
12 Potassium mg/l 8.0 11.0 9.0 11.0 _
13 Bicarbonate mg/l 171 201 211 140 _
14 Chloride as Cl mg/l 43 67 58 35 250
15 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 35 42 47 23 200
16 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 3.5 11.4 14 3 45
17 Fluorides as F mg/l 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.3 1
Phenolic compound 0.0
18 as C6H5OH mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 01
19 Cyanide mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.0 5
The proposed corridors do not pass through any reserve/protected forest in their entire
lengths. Moreover, no protected areas/environmentally sensitive areas are found in their
indirect impact zones as well (10 km radius).
The main tree species in the area are Madhuca, Erythrina, Terminalia elliptica, Brideliaretusa,
Tectonagrandis, Meynalaxiflora, Dalbergiasisoo, Holarrhenapubescens, Grewiatilifolia,
Lagerstroemia sp. Eucalyptus, Peltophorum, Bombax ceiba, Butea monosperma,
Mangiferaindica, GliricidiaseMetro Authoritym, Cassia fistula, Careyaarborea, Terminalia
chebula, Ficus sp. Melia azadirecta Diospyros melanoxylon, HolopteliaXantolis, Acacia
chundra, Sterculiaurens, Lannea&Emblica officinalis etc.
Fauna- The wild fauna found in study area are Semnopithecushypoleucos, Macaca radiata,
Herpestesedwardsii, Pteropusgiganteus, Funambuluspalmarum
Birds- The Avi Fauna found in study area are Milvus migrans, Accipiter badius, Alcedoatthis,
Halcyon smymensi, Ardeolagrayii, Bubulcuscoromandus, Egretta intermedia, Vanellus indicus,
Spilopeliachinensis, Streptopelia senegalensis, Corvus culminates, Corvussplendens,
Eudynamysscolopaceus, Dicrurusmacrocercus, Meropsorientalis, Cinnyrisasiaticus, Passer
domesticus, Phalacrocoraxniger, Pavocristatus, Ploceusphillippinus, Pycnonotuscafer,
Pycnonotusjocosus, Turdoidesmalcolmi
Reptiles- Indian Monitor (Varanus bengalensis), Garden Lizard (Calotes versicolor), Common
Rat Snake (Ptyasmucosus), Common tree Snake (Dendrelaphistristis), etc.
However, significant amounts of vegetation are observed within proposed ROW of metro
corridors. 342* trees will be impacted due to proposed project construction. Impacted Tree
species along the project stretch are: Amaltash, Apta Ashok Bada Neem Banyan Berry (Ber
Coconut Gulmohar Banyan Jamun Karanjia Mango Neem Neergudi Palm Guava Papdi Pipal
Plant Shai Shevaga Shevri Sirish Umber.
Table 123 : Summary of Girth Wise Trees Impacted Along the Project Stretch
Side Girth (Cm)
0-30 31-60 61-90 91-120 121-150 >150 Total
Right 14 52 41 23 12 28 170
Left 59 19 31 30 12 21 172
Total 73 71 72 53 24 49 342*
*Approximatey, 342 no. of trees will be impacted due to the project. However, the no. of trees might be less. Exact no. of
trees will be identified at the time of joint verification with the concerned department
14.11.8 Seismicity
Pune lies very close to the seismically active zone around Koyna Dam, about 100 km (62 mi)
south of the city and has been rated in Zone 3 by the India Meteorological Department. Pune
has experienced some moderate- and many low-intensity earthquakes in its history. Suitable
seismic factor as per the India Meteorological Department (IMD) to be adequate needs to be
considered for design purpose for Civil Engineering structures and while finishing civil designs.
The proposed project falls in Pune district of Maharashtra State and it is expected that about
5,057,709 of the State population will benefit. The population percentage of the project
influence district is reflected in the Table 124.
Table 124 Affected Population
S. No State/District Total Population
1 Maharashtra 11,23,74,333
2 Pune 94,29,408
3 Pune Metropolitan Region 5,057,709
Source: PCA, Census of India 2011
Population density of the project influenced district varies considerably as per the census data
of 2011, which clearly indicate that the density of population in Pune district (603 persons/
sq.km.), has increased during 2001-2011. Any significant increase in population density brings
in two demographic factors that determines it i.e. natural increase in population and
migration. Further, natural increase depends on the fertility and mortality rates. This is evident
from the Table 125.
Table 125 Population Density
S. Density/km2
STATE/ District
No 2001 2011
1 Maharashtra 315 365
2 Pune 462 603
Source: PCA, Census of India 2011
The positive environmental impacts typically include reduction in traffic congestion, quick
public transport service and safety, less fuel consumption, reduction in air pollution, reduction
of noise level etc. Due to the Proposed project possible impacts are identified and assessed
based on the activities associated with project location, design, construction & operation
phase.This segment identifies and evaluate the harmful impacts on the environment, likely to
consequence of the proposed development.The various potential environmental impacts
envisaged from the various project activities are enlisted below:
The construction and operational phases of the proposed project comprises various activities
each of which may have an impact on environmental parameters. Various impacts during the
construction and operation phases on the environment have been studied to estimate the
impact on the environmental attributes and are discussed in the subsequent section. The
probable impacts of each of these activities on various sectors of environment have been
mentioned below under three headings:
Landuse changes: the alignment will not have much effect on the landuse of the city. The
alignment contains only elevated section. The efforts will be made to keep both the land
requirement and change of land use minimum.
Land acquisition impacts: The proposed project requires land. The acquisition of land for the
project shall displace people from their home, livelihood base since land is a scarce commodity
in Metropolitan areas. Acquisition of the private land may cause social disruption and
economic loss for the project affected families/people. While implementing the project, there
is a need to take into account these disturbances and losses due to the project, their impact
on socio-economic condition of the people and plan for their mitigation measures to minimize
any negative impacts. Efforts have been made to keep land requirement (Govt. and private
land) to the barest minimum by so choosing the alignments that the acquisition of private
property is minimal. Land need to be acquired for the proposed Depot/ Station locations
however alignment will run through the BRTS corridor hence LA will involve only at the
location where alignment is deviating from BRT corridor.
Land is mainly required for route alignment of rail tracks, station buildings, platforms,
entry/exit structures, traffic integration, Depot, power sub-stations, ventilation shafts,
administrative buildings, and temporary construction depots and work sites etc.
Loss of trees: The proposed metro lines are in urban/city area and will not pass through any
forests. However, due to the proposed metro construction some trees are likely to be lost.
With removal of these trees the process for CO2 conversion will get affected: The main species
are Githithi, Babul, Seshum, Neem, Peepal, Keekar, Pilkhan, Kakri, Chokar, Laspasia, Sahtut,
Bargad, Gulmohar, Baikan, Rudrakash, etc.
Shifting of utilities and drainages: there will be shifting of existing water supply pipelines,
electrical lines and sewerage lines.
Impact on Historical and Cultural Monuments, The proposed project will affect residential
and commercial structures at some of the portion of alignment. No Archeological Monuments
are directly affected. Utmost care needs be taken so that no significant impact is anticipated
on the historical structures due to project activities during construction and operation.
The project has been proposed to cater the additional demand of present and future traffic
requirement. Hence, no loss of job to the existing transport facilities is anticipated. The drivers
of local transport facilities like buses, taxis, autos and rickshaws may be utilized to cater the
requirement of transport from stations to work place and vice-versa. Additional employment
opportunities are also anticipated due to the proposed project.
The most likely negative impacts related to the construction works are listed below:
Pressure on local infrastructure: considering the nature and the magnitude of the project,
impacts shall be short term and low in magnitude and will be limited to the construction phase
only.
Soil erosion/contamination: the vegetation and top soil shall be disturbed during the
construction stage due to excavation and movement of vehicles and equipment. Run off from
unprotected excavated areas, and underground construction can result in excessive soil
erosion. The spillage of oil from machinery or cement residual from concrete mixer plants
might contaminate the soil if not properly collected and disposed off.
Construction solid waste generation: problems could arise from dumping of construction
spoils (concrete, bricks) waste materials (from contractor camps) etc. causing surface and
ground water pollution. However, it is proposed to have mix concrete directly from batching
plant for use at site. Batching plants will be located away from the site. The other construction
materials such as steel, bricks, etc. will be housed in a fenced stored yard. The balance material
from these yards will be removed for use/disposal.
Health risk at construction site: at the project site, direct exposure to dust generation is likely
to cause health-related impact especially dust-related diseases. This would be minimized by
providing suitable respiratory personal protective equipments (PPE) such as nose masks with
suitable filters etc.
Dust mitigation plan has to be adopted for the local population. Health risks include disease
hazards due to lack of sanitation facilities (water supply and human waste disposal) and insect
vector disease hazards of local workers and disease hazards to the local population. Mitigation
measures should include proper water supply, sanitation, drainage, health care and human
waste disposal facilities. In addition to these, efforts need to be made to avoid water spills,
adopt disease control measures and employment of local labour. Problems could arise due to
difference in customs of imported workers and local residents. These risks could be reduced
by providing adequate facilities in worker’s camps and by employment of preferably local
labour.
Traffic congestion and diversion problems: most of the roads of the project area are broad
with traffic signals in proper places but some areas have congested stretches where traffic
movement is very slow. Hence, traffic congestion during the construction phase may be a
major issue.
Water contamination problems: within the vicinity of project site no major / designated water
body are present. Since all construction-related activities will primarily be confined to the
enclosed corridor, no major impacts are anticipated.
Impact on air quality: potential impacts on the air quality during the construction stage will
be due to the fugitive dust and the exhaust gases generated in and around the construction
site.
Impact on noise quality: due to the various construction activities, there will be short-term
noise impacts in the immediate vicinity of the project corridor. The impact will be felt more in
the congested areas where utmost care has to be taken to reduce noise generation by using
acoustic enclosures.
Social impact: as local labour will be hired from the vicinity of the project site and shall be
utilized for the construction purpose and all the activities shall be confined to the project site
only, no adverse social impacts are envisaged due to the proposed project.
The project may cause the following negative impacts during operation of the project due to
the increase in the number of passengers and trains at the stations:
Noise pollution: during the operation phase, the main source of noise will be from running of
metro trains. Noise radiated from train operations and track structures generally constitute
the major noise sources. Airborne noise is radiated from at-grade and elevated structures,
while ground-borne noise and vibration are of primary concern in underground operations.
Underground metros are not known to generate audible sound at the ground level. However,
since the metro has elevated sections, some noise attenuation measures from the moving
trains need to be integrated in the design to minimize noise . For example the ballast-less track
which is supported on two layers of rubber pads reduces track noise and ground vibrations.
The concept of a “low-noise” electric locomotive must be adopted at a very early state of
planning and must be followed up with detailed work throughout the project execution and
operation.
Vibration emanates from rail - wheel interaction and the same can be reduced by minimizing
surface irregularities of wheel and rail, improving track geometry, providing elastic fastenings,
and separation of rail seat assembly from the concrete plinth with insertion of resilient and
shock absorbing pad.
Air pollution: metro operation will cause no air pollution in the city and reduce congestion on
the roads there by contributing to improvement in the overall pollution levels in the city.
Water supply and sanitation: the metro’s operation will require substantial groundwater. The
Client shall install rainwater harvesting facilities at the stations in compliance to the
Mandatory Roof Top Rain Harvesting regulations. All stations shall employ a cooling water
recirculation system for air conditioning. Recycled water shall be used for facility cleaning and
landscape irrigation. All toilets will be equipped with low-flow fixtures.
Safety: during operation, accidents related to train operation like collision, derailment, fire,
power outages, or operation stoppage may occur. In the unlikely event of simultaneous
tripping of all the input power sources or grid failure, the power supply to stations as well as
to trains will be interrupted. A standby silent type DG set at underground stations shall be
installed. To provide a high level of safety with trains running at close headway ensuring
continuous safe train separation, eliminate accidents continuous speed monitoring and
automatic application of brake in case of disregard of signal / warning by the driver, and
provides safety and enforces speed limit on section having permanent and temporary speed
restrictions .
Employment opportunity
Impact on Land Environment
Traffic flow Improvement/ Less air pollution;
Quick service and safety
Less fuel consumption and carbon dioxide reduction.
Reduction in air pollution
The project is expected to generate employment in the secondary and tertiary sectors during
the construction and operation phases. Thus the project would provide substantial direct
employment; besides, more people would be indirectly employed in allied activities and
trades.
There would be increased scope for commercial, industrial and residential development along
the project corridor.
Introduction of Mass Rapid Transport System will reduce the traffic load on the roads. Many
vehicle owners and users of auto-rickshaws will shift to metro rail as it will be a faster and
convenient mode of transport. Thus, reduction of traffic will lead to reduction of automobile
emission and consequently air pollution.
The metro rail system would be more efficient and faster as compared to the traditional modes
of travel. In addition, reduction of congestion will make the roads safer and will reduce the
incidence of accidents.
On implementation of the project, it is estimated that both petrol and diesel consumption will
get reduced. The saving will be due to two factors namely Reduction in vehicles and
decongestion on roads.
A summary of the potential environmental impacts during construction and operation phases
along with recommended mitigation measures is presented in a matrix format in Table 126.
Table 126: Summary of environmental impacts and mitigation measures
Area Impacts Mitigation measures
Construction phase
Topography Change in existing profile of the The overall topography of the
& geology land-use area is not going to alter due to
Disturbance on geological the proposed alignment.s
setting due to quarrying . No new quarry will be proposed
for the Project requirements only
existing, live, licensed quarries
will be used as sources of
aggregates. It will be ensured the
aggregates procured during
construction stage will be from
the authorized or licensed
suppliers
Water use Impact on the local water Maximum rainwater harvesting
sources due to use of and minimum use of existing
construction water water sources for construction
will be ensured to minimize likely
impacts on other users
Water Increase of sediment load in Sediment traps will be provided
Quality the run off from construction to reduce sediment load in
sites construction wastewater
Water pollution due to sewage Proper sanitation facilities will be
from construction camps provided in construction camps.
Air Quality Deterioration of air quality due Construction materials will be
to fugitive dusts emission from stored in enclosed spaces to
construction activities and prevent fugitive emissions
vehicular movement along Truck carrying soil, sand and
unpaved roads stone will be duly covered to
avoid spilling
A matrix is a grid-like table that is used to identify the interaction between project activities,
which are displayed along one axis, and environmental characteristics, which are displayed
along the other axis. Using the table, environment-activity interactions can be noted in the
appropriate cells or intersecting points in the grid. Impact matrix summarizing environmental
parameters impact and nature of impact for the project is given in Table 127.
Based on the environmental screening, a checklist has been prepared (see table below) to assess
the Environmental & Social Sensitivity of Project:
Table 128: Environmental Assessment Checklist for Environmental & Social Sensitivity of Project
Large population influx during Most of the workers will be hired locally. The
project construction and small construction camps are unlikely to
operation that causes cause any significant burden on social
increased burden on social infrastructure and services.
infrastructure and services
(such as water supply and
sanitation systems)?
Social conflicts if workers from Most of the workers will be hired locally.
other regions or countries are
hired?
Risks to community health and The construction material (aggregate from
safety due to the transport, approved quarries, borrow earth, bitumen)
storage, and use and/or will be sourced from nearby and approved
disposal of materials such as sources. No explosive or chemicals are likely
explosives, fuel and other to be used. Bitumen waste if any generated
during construction and garbage from
Is the Project area subject to As per BIS categorization project area falls
hazards such as earthquakes, in Zone III indicating Moderate- low
floods, landslides, tropical earthquake hazard risk.
cyclone winds, storm surges, The area is not subject to natural hazards
tsunami or volcanic like tropical cyclone winds, storm surges,
eruptions and climate
tsunami or volcanic eruptions and climate
changes? changes.
Could changes in The project design was based on projects
temperature, precipitation, already in operation in other cities with
or extreme events patterns similar climatic conditions. The project
over the Project lifespan area is not subject to erosion or landslide
affect technical or financial etc. Technical or financial sustainability of
sustainability (eg. increased
No significant Social and Environmental impact has been found due to the proposed project
in the project influence area.
The main purpose of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to delineate all the measures
to be undertaken during various phases of the project to offset or mitigate the adverse
environmental Impacts (if any) to acceptable level to protect the environment especially the
community likely to be affected by the proposed project. The EMP should necessarily cover all
phases of project cycles i.e. planning and design, construction and operation. The potential Impacts
on the environment due to the proposed project were Identified based on the nature of activities
undertaken during its construction and those envisaged to occur during Its operation in the light of
present status of the environment and legal compliance required. The mitigation measures
required to be taken already taken during various stages of the project have been described below.
The Environment Management measures shall be implemented during the various stages of the
project – Pre-construction stage, Construction Stage and Operation Stage.
Prior to Contractor mobilization, the Metro Authority will ensure that an encumbrance free
Corridor of Impact is handed over to enable the start of construction. Clearance involves the
following activities:
Pre-construction stage involves mobilisation of the Contractor and the activities undertaken by the
Contractor pertaining to the planning of logistics and site preparation necessary for commencing
construction activities. The activities include:
O Planning traffic diversions and detours including arrangements for temporary land
acquisition.
Construction stage is the most crucial stage in terms of activities that require careful management
to avoid environmental impacts.
There are several other environmental issues that have been addressed as part of good engineering
practices, the costs for which have been accounted for in the Engineering Costs. They include
providing drainage, provision of cross-drainage structures etc.
The Metro Authorities /Supervision Consultant shall be involved in the smooth execution of the
project and assisting the EPC Contractor during this phase. Their work shall include but not limited
to:
O Monitoring and guiding the EPC Contractor on adopting good environmental and
engineering practices.
O Arranging training to the EPC Contractor and other stakeholders according to the
needs arising.
Noise Pollution List of all noise generating machinery onsite along with Contractor/ Environmental
age to be prepared. Equipment to be maintained in Equipment logs, noise reading Management Cell of Metro
good working order Authority
Contractor/ Environment
Acoustic mufflers/ enclosures to be provided in large Management Cell/ Unit of
Mufflers/ enclosures in place
engines Metro Authority
Noise to be monitored in ambient Noise reading as per PCC requirement or
atmosphere within the premises half yearly, whichever is
lesser
The noise level not to exceed the Noise level monitoring Contractor/ Environmental
permissible limit both during day and night times Management Cell/ Unit of
Metro Authority
Random checks of equipment logs/ Contractor/CivilEngg unit
All equipment operated within manuals at the Project site
specified design parameters
Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible Vehicle logs Contractor/Civil Engg unit at
the Project site
Minimize area of site clearance to the extent Contractor/CivilEngg unit at
possible, Compensatory plantations as apart of the Project site in
land scaping to compensate the loss of consultation with
Soil Erosion trees/vegetation, development of green belt, avoid Physical inspection /supervision Environmental Management
providing concrete flooring outside the Station Cell/ Unit of Metro Authority
building to the extent possible
Covering the spoils to prevent the wash out during Physical inspection Contractor/Civil Engg unit of
Surface Runoff rainy seasons, provision of green belt to minimize /supervision Metro Authority at the
surface run off Project site
Providing sufficient no. of garbage bins, segregate
biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes
and dispose off them accordingly including
Contractor/Civil Engg unit of
Disposal/ Recycle of disposal of spoils/waste generated during Log books of disposal truks,
Metro Authority at the
Construction Waste construction phase at the pre - designated site by Physical inspection /supervision
Project site
the contractor, reuse of construction waste at the
construction site itself.
Non - Routine Events Preparation/ inclusion of emergency preparedness Contractor/Civil Engg unit at
and Accidental plan in the work contract to avoid/manage DPR/Work Contract the Project site
Release emergencies
First aid facilities at the work/construction site,
provision of safe drinking water and sanitation
Contractor/CivilEngg unit
Workers Safety/ facilities for construction workers, safety/health
DPR/Work Contract of Metro Authority at the
Health Hazard related issues for construction workers to be
Project site
included in the civil/electrical work contract
awards
Fire protection and safety measures to take care of Mock drills/ safety auditing by the Maintenance section of the
Emergency fire and explosion hazards, mock drills to check the consultant Station building (METRO
Preparedness emergency preparedness in case of fire, AUTHORITY)
including Fire earthquake etc.
Management
Green Cover/Afforestation&
1500000
Maintenance
9419148
*Approximatey, 342 no. of trees will be impacted due to the project. However, the no. of trees might be less.
Exact no. of trees will be identified at the time of joint verification with the concerned department.
A lot of positive impacts are anticipated which include employment opportunities, benefits
to economy; quick service and safety; reduced fuel consumption and reduction in air
pollution.
Social impact assessment aims to identify likely impacts on the local communities and other
existing settlements, congested and built up areas including community property resources
(CPRs) and any other impacts on the population within project corridor etc., so that the basic
information could be provided to the engineering design team. The objective of this study is
to minimize the adverse impacts on the targeted population, if any, with the best possible
engineering solutions and the most appropriate cost, with complete coordination between
the engineering, social and environmental teams during the design process. At this stage,
social impact assessment of the project area has been carried out and steps have been taken
to minimize adverse impacts at the design stage itself to make the project people friendly and
economically viable. Wherever avoidance/ reduction of the adverse social impact is not
possible, the affected population has been compensated, resettled and rehabilitated properly
by adopting adequate mitigation measures, with an objective of improving the living
conditions of the project affected people (PAPs).
The following key steps were taken, while preparing social impact assessment report and,
thereafter, short resettlement action plan for the project including options for mitigation
measures at the time of project implementation:
Avoid/ reduce the adverse social impacts at the initial design stage, especially while
finalizing the alignments;
Mitigate the unavoidable adverse impacts at planning, designing and
implementation phase; and
Provide compensation to project affected persons (PAPs) and common properties
at replacement costs by adopting appropriate rehabilitation and resettlement
measures in the light of Government of India policies RFCTLARR Act, 2013, ADB
Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 (SPS) on the Invlountary Resettlement guidelines
and concerned State Government rules and regulations.
This Social Impact Assessment is based on social analysis and initial social impact assessment
of the PAPs and properties affected due to the project. In view of the human dimensions
involved, the possible social impacts have been integrated into the improved alternative
engineering designs to minimize the task of involuntary resettlement. This task has been
achieved by adopting engineering techniques in terms of the provisions of concentric &
geometric widening, realignments and de-tours etc.
finalized in such a way that to the extent possible adverse impacts are avoided at the designing
stage itself and make these projects people friendly. These steps are:
Avoiding the adverse social impact at the designing stage especially while finalising the
alignments and station locations.
Mitigating the adverse impacts at designing stage and construction /operation phase.
Compensating the affected people/common properties and rehabilitation and
resettlement measures.
The overall objective of conducting social impact assessment is to provide input of social
concerns to be dovetailed in design and to avoid or minimize the adverse social impacts with
the best possible engineering solutions at the most optimal cost with complete co-ordination
between the engineering, environmental and social teams during the entire design process.
In brief, keeping in mind the scope and objectives of the study, the following main tasks has
been considered for accomplishment:
To highlight the need for a proposed metro project;
To describe the proposed project and alternatives;
To evaluate the potential impacts of proposed metro project options on the valued
ecosystem components within the project study area;
To consult the local people, officials and experts on options and impacts in order
to establish institutional capacity;
To encourage the public participation during consultation;
To select the preferred project option and suggest mitigation plan .
The social survey of the affected properties has been carried out by using a questionnaire
format, conducted within the corridor in the light of up-to-date project design.
Analysis of census and socio-econmic data collected for the purpose of social
impact assessment and short resettlement action plan.
The proposed metro project is expected to bring positive benefits for the users and act as a
development stimulant for the country in terms of overall socio-economic development in the
region as discussed in the subsequent paragraph.
Major benefits that are likely to accrue from the project include:
Stimulus for further development in the region along with increase in employment
opportunities;
Improved metro network benefiting the local people including businessmen, traders,
merchant, tourists and short distance motorists;
Reduction in travel time, distance as well as transportation cost will be reduced;
Boost for socio-economic and tourism development along the project;
Vulnerable and poor people’s income will be increased and;
Facilitate the provision of extension and social services by the government, NGOs and
other voluntary institutions;
As quantified above, the most direct beneficiaries of this project are users, i.e., the population
living along project, as well as passengers travelling in private and public transport etc.. There
will be benefit from reduced transportation costs and travel times between the connected
regions, and much improved travelling comfort. However, the communities located along the
project corridor will also get economic benefit indirectly mainly because of two main reasons;
1. During the construction period a large number of skilled and unskilled workers will be
employed by private contractors, resulting in important income generation. Unskilled
workers will be recruited from the area for physical works, resulting in direct income
generation for this group in the area of the project.
2. Private contractors and consultants will get benefit from the contracts that will arise from
project execution and from the subsequent operation. Both women and men are
expected to benefit from the improved mobility, safety and access to markets and
services along the project corridor. However, in terms of safety benefits women and
children will be benefitted from the increased safety related measures generated by the
project at the time of travelling, since they tend to constitute the majority of commuters
in the proposed metro project, in order to access social services, markets and shopping
stores..
The present exercise will explore the impact on the population as well as on the properties,
reported in this section as follows:
This report will assess the social impacts and land acquisition requirement for the project
section Corridor-1A i.e. PCMC to Nigdi which traverses through the Chinchwad, Akurdi and
Nigdi of Haveli Taluka in Pune District. The present report has considered those persons, who
are losing their structures, due to project implementation.
As per findings of the census survey of affected land and non-land assets, the project impacts
can be broadly classified as (i) impacts on private structures (ii) impacts on livelihoods due to
loss of private properties and (iii) loss of common property resources. From the analysis of
impacts, it is noted that altogether 49 structures including 10 private structures and 25
squatters will be affected due to the project. As per the survey, total 10 households will be
affected in the project. The details of project impacts are presented in the following table:
Table 133 : Summary of Project Impacts
S. No. Impacts Number
1 Total land acquisition including Govt. and Pvt. Land (in hectare) 0.7446
2 Total no. affected Structures 49
3 Total no. affected Private Structures (7 Households) 10
4 Total no. Squatters 25
5 Total no. Govt. Properties 12
6 Total no. of Religious Properties 2
7 Fully Displaced Structures 31
8 Losing Commercial & Resi-cum-commercial Structures (TH) Fully displaced 29
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The scope of land acquisition is quite significant in the project because of limited availability
of RoW. Since, the finalization of calculation of land acquisition is under process and it is being
finalized. At this juncture, the final evaluation and assessment of area of land is not identified
as village and plot wise. According to the latest Land Acquisition Plan (LAP), prepared as a part
of Detailed Design Report, 0.7446 hectares of land including private land and govt. land will
be acquired for the project.
All the information, which has been reported here are on the basis of preliminary data
collected from the field, of the data has been assessed and analysed by professional expert.
Census survey of affected structure owners is carried out to identify the persons who would
be affected by the project and to make an inventory of their assets that would be lost to the
project, which would be the basis of calculation of compensation.
At this juncture, the landownership details has been identified for the private landowners.
However the further details can be assessed during the joint verification process. Here, the
social composition of affected persons has been analyzed, considering the data collected from
the structure’s owner.
The major findings and magnitude of impacts are discussed in the following sections.
The land acquisition for the project section has been calculated considering the proposed
ROW. The area of land to be acquired is around 0.7446 hectares in PCMC-NIGDI Section. The
land, which has to be acquired, includes private as well as government land are documented
in Table 134.
Table 134 : Land Acquisition details
Land
Acquisition Type
S. Name of Area of ASR (Per Cost
Gata No Area Multiple cost as per of
NO Station Acquisition sqm) (In
ASR Land
Cr.)
200 971.39 0.0971 70650 2 137257407 13.73 PVT
FOB Road 147.51 0.0148 11640 1 1717016.4 0.17 GOVT
244 327.16 0.0327 70650 2 46227708 4.62 PVT
244 416 0.0416 70650 2 58780800 5.88 PVT
1
218A 345 0.0345 11640 1 4015800 0.4 GOVT
Station 01
218b 3 0.0003 11640 1 34920 0.003 GOVT
(Chinchwad)
202 208 0.0208 44070 2 18333120 1.83 PVT
Total 2418.06 0.2418 266366771 26.64
169 337 0.0337 50000 2 33700000 3.37 PVT
Ford
1618.94 0.1619 58410 2 189124618 18.91 PVT
Showroom
Temple
623 0.0623 18780 2 23399880 2.34 PVT
Area
Open land
with
451.06 0.0451 17660 2 15931612 1.59 PVT
temporary
structure
Total 4231.29 0.4231 347343460 34.73
The properties to be affected by the proposed project include shops, or any other structure.
It has been attempted to get the details of various structures that are located within the
proposed RoW of the project.
The census survey, within proposed Right of Way, has been carried out to enumerate the
properties, falling within proposed ROW. The finding of the survey revealed that there are
significant numbers of structures, i.e., a total of 49 structures are going to be affected within
the proposed right of the way. Structures include the private properties, squatters,
government properties, community properties. The following sections deals with the details
of the affected structures along the project. The number of properties and its distance from
the existing centreline is depicted in Table 135.
Table 135 : Distance of affected structures from Centreline
S. No Distance from Centreline Left Right Total
1 Up to 4.5m & Station Location 42 7 49
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The properties falling within the corridor of impact as per its type of ownership have been
documented in Table 136.
The details of type of construction of the structures are summarized in the Table 137.
Table 137 : Type of Construction of Private Structures
S. No Type of Construction Left Right Total %
1 Kutcha 23 0 23 65.71%
2 Pucca 2 5 7 20%
3 Kiosks 5 0 5 14.28%
Total 30 5 35 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The total number of private properties will be affected due to the project is 35 in number.
These private properties are used for commercial & residential purpose. It was revealed during
social survey that most of the structures along the project are commercial structures as shown
in Table 138.
Table 138 : Type of Private Properties to be Affected
S. No Type of Private Properties Left Right Total %
1 Commercial 3 4 7 87.5%
2 Residential 0 1 1 12.5%
3 Resi-cum-commercial 1 0 1 2.86%
Total 4 5 9 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
Data collected through field survey shows that there are 12 government properties are to be
affected due to the proposed project. The details of such properties are summarized in the
Table 139.
Table 139 : Type of Government Properties to be Affected
S. No Type of Government Properties Left Right Total %
1 BRT 7 0 7 58.33
2 Bus Stand 2 0 2 16.67
3 Bus Stand Boundary wall 1 0 1 8.33
4 Foot over Bridge 1 0 1 8.33
5 Toilet 0 1 1 8.33
Total 11 1 12 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The impact on religious structures is generally considered as an area of concern due to its
association with the religious sentiments of the people. The total number of religious
properties to be affected due to this project is 1. The details of such properties are summarized
below:
S. No. Type of Religious Properties Left Right Total %
Due to loss of structures many people will be losing their properties/ livelihoods and will be
economically affected. As per the census survey of structures, 10 households will be losing
their properties/ livelihood due to loss of structures under titleholders’ category and 25 are
squatters. The details of the affected households are shown in Table 140.
Table 140 : : Entitlement of Properties
Number of PAPs Total
The level of impact has been considered under two categories namely, partial impact and fully
impact. The structure, which is getting affected are falling in fully displacement category and
leads to physical displacement, detailed in Table 141
Table 141 : Impact Level on Structures
S. No Impact Level Category Total %
Commercial 28
Residential 2
1 Fully Displacement 88.57
Resi-cum-
1
commercial
Commercial 3
2 Partially Displacement 11.43%
Residential 1
Total 35 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The purpose of our census survey was to create a broad database of the affected properties
as well as the project-affected persons (PAPs) in order to understand the social profile of the
project-affected area. It helps to appraise the positive as well as negative change in the life
style of the communities in the project influence area due to implementation of the project
as an external intervention. Based on the primary data collected during census survey, an
assessment of the social profile of the affected population of structures only has been outlined
in the following paragraphs and tables.
Due to loss of structures many people will be loosing their properties/ livelihoods and will be
adversely affected. The data reveals that as many as total 35 households are getting affected
due to the proposed project. The details for the same are shown in Table 142.
Table 142 : Number of Affected Households
Number of PAPs
S. No Type of Impacts Category of PAHs
Left Right Total
1 Structure Only Owner (TH) 5 5 10
2 Structure Only Squatters (NTH) 25 0 25
Total 30 5 35
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
Social customs and tradition play a major role in determining the socio-economic development as
well as occupational pattern in the influence area, keeping this in mind a social analysis has been
conducted considering the religious profile of the PAHs within the corridor of impact. In the
project, majority of the PAHs belong to Hindu population (97.14%) followed by Muslim population
(2.86%). Table 143 delineates the religious cluster of the affected households.
Table 143 : Religious Categories of PAHs along the Project
S. No Religious Group Left Right Total %
1 Hindu 29 5 34 97.14%
2 Muslim 1 0 1 2.86%
Total 30 5 35 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
In many places, especially in rural India, the social category plays a dominant role in
determining the accessibility to resources. People from Schedule Tribe or Schedule caste are
deprived of their rights. Such sections of the society need special concern while rehabilitating
them. At this stage, the socio-economic profile of structures owner has been updated, who
are losing their property due to the project. Here, the social composition of affected persons
has been analyzed, considering the data collected from the structures owners. The analysis of
collected data indicates that PAH’s belongs to General category (94.29%) and (5.71%) are OBC
category. Data was collected regarding social classification of PAHs and the same has been
presented in Table 144.
Table 144 : Social Stratification of PAHs along the Project
S. No Social Category Left Right Total %
1 General 28 5 33 94.29%
2 OBC 2 0 2 5.71%
Total 30 5 35 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
The analysis of collected data indicates that majority of PAH’s lives in Joint Family (77.14%)
followed by Nuclear Family (22.86%). Data was collected regarding type of family has been
presented in Table 145.
Table 145 : Type of family of PAHs along the Project
S. No Type of Family Left Right Total %
1 Joint 24 3 27 77.14%
2 Nuclear 6 2 8 22.86%
Total 30 5 35 100
Source: Census Survey Systra Faridabad, 2018
The project is dominated by families which are involved in commercial activities. Table 146
gives the detail explanation.
Table 146 : Occupation Pattern of PAHs along the Project
S. No Occupation Pattern Left Right Total %
1 Business 4 5 9 25.71
2 Commercial Activities 26 0 26 74.29
Total 30 5 35 100
Source: Census Survey, Systra Faridabad, 2018
Scope and Triggers: The involuntary resettlement safeguards cover physical displacement
(relocation, loss of residential land, or loss of shelter) and economic displacement (loss of
land, assets, access to assets, income sources, or means of livelihoods) as a result of (i)
involuntary acquisition of land, or (ii) involuntary restrictions on land use or on access to
legally designated parks and protected areas. It covers them whether such losses and
involuntary restrictions are full or partial, permanent or temporary.
Policy Principles:
Screen the project early on to identify past, present, and future involuntary
resettlement impacts and risks. Determine the scope of resettlement planning
through a survey and/or census of displaced persons, including a gender
analysis, specifically related to resettlement impacts and risks.
Improve, or at least restore, the livelihoods of all displaced persons through (i)
land-based resettlement strategies when affected livelihoods are land based
where possible or cash compensation at replacement value for land when the
loss of land does not undermine livelihoods, (ii) prompt replacement of assets
with access to assets of equal or higher value, (iii) prompt compensation at full
replacement cost for assets that cannot be restored, and (iv) additional
revenues and services through benefit sharing schemes where possible.
Improve the standards of living of the displaced poor and other vulnerable
groups, including women, to at least national minimum standards. In rural
areas provide them with legal and affordable access to land and resources,
and in urban areas provide them with appropriate income sources and legal
and affordable access to adequate housing.
Ensure that displaced persons without titles to land or any recognizable legal
rights to land are eligible for resettlement assistance and compensation for
loss of non-land assets.
defined as (i) being physically displaced from housing, or (ii) losing 10% or more
of their productive assets (income generating). The level of detail and
comprehensiveness of the resettlement plan are commensurate with the
significance of the potential impacts and risks.
The Mumbai Metro 7 project falls in “Category B” based on Asian Development Bank’s
Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 since the project is likely to have involuntary
resettlement impacts with more than 200 persons will be physically displaced from housing
or will lose 10% or more of their productive assets (income generating).
Resettlement Act, 2013 and cost of development as per norms prescribed by Public Works
Department or Irrigation Department or Rural Development Department or Municipal
Corporations or City and Industrial Development Corporation of Maharashtra (CIDCO) or
Mumbai Metropolitan Region Development Authority (MMRDA) or Maharashtra Industrial
Development Corporation (MIDC) for gross 20% land.
Explanation.— As per the City and Industrial Development Corporation of Maharashtra
(CIDCO) norms, the area required for infrastructure development considered is 30%., then
the net land to be reserved or offered to land owner will be : 20% of the gross land-7% area
required for infrastructure development=14% of the land acquired-(recovery of cost of
acquisition and cost of development as per City and Industrial Development Corporation of
Maharashtra (CIDCO) norms for gross 20% land.
The acquiring body may also give monetary value equivalent of the net developed land in
lieu of actually providing the land to the displaced persons or his family.
[Note: - The explanations provided above are only the supportive information on the basis of
City and Industrial Development Corporation of Maharashtra (CIDCO) practice and shall not
be included part of the Guidelines]
It may be seen that the Government of Maharashtra has further prescribed entitlements for
families affected due to acquisition of land, which are currently applicable.
The Revenue and Forest Dept., Govt. of Maharashtra, vide Notification dated 27/08/2014, has
prescribed rules for various matters under Section 109 of the RFCTLARR Act
The aims and objectives of the Act include: (i) to ensure, in consultation with institutions of
local self-government and Gram Sabhas established under the Constitution of India, a
humane, participative, informed and transparent process for land acquisition for
industrialization, development of essential infrastructural facilities and urbanization with the
least disturbance to the owners of the land and other affected families; (ii) provide just and
fair compensation to the affected families whose land has been acquired or proposed to be
acquired or are affected by such acquisition; (iii) make adequate provisions for such affected
persons for their rehabilitation and resettlement; (iv) ensure that the cumulative outcome of
compulsory acquisition should be that affected persons become partners in development
leading to an improvement in their post-acquisition social and economic status and for
matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.
The key features of the new land acquisition act are as follows: Schedule I outlines the
proposed minimum compensation based on a multiple of market value. Schedule II and III
outline the resettlement and rehabilitation (R&R) entitlements to land owners and livelihood
losers, which shall be in addition to the minimum compensation per Schedule I. The Schedules
IV lists out other land acquisition acts, which will be repealed with 1 year after LAAR is
effective.
The salient provisions of the RTFCTLARR Act relevant to the Metro project are as follows:
The Act (Section 105) specifies that the provision of the Act shall not apply to the
enactments relating to land acquisition specified in the Fourth schedule of the Act
which includes Metro Railways (Construction of Works) Act, 1978. However, as
stipulated in Sub Section (3) of Section 105 and as subsequently notified by the GoI,
the compensation for acquisition of private land and rehabilitation and
resettlement benefits specified under the new LARR Act remain applicable even for
such activities taken up under the Metro Railways Act.
Preparation of Social Impact Assessment study including assessment of public
purpose through a process of public consultation and disclosure for land acquisition
proposals covered under the Act.
Transparent procedures to be followed in the acquisition of land from preliminary
notification to award and possession and preparation and implementation of
rehabilitation and resettlement schemes for those affected by acquisition of land
for public purpose.
Procedure and methodology for determination of market value for compensation
to be provided to legal title holders.
Infrastructural facilities to be provided in resettlement areas and special provision
for Scheduled Castes and Tribes.
Institutional mechanism for implementing the provision of the Act, monitoring of
R&R and grievance redressal.
Procedure for payment of compensation.
Temporary possession of land.
The owners of land and structures (including those having certain legal rights)
proposed to be acquired and, in urban areas, those who are staying on or whose
livelihood is dependent on such land for a period of 3 years prior to acquisition of
land are entitled for certain compensation and benefits under the Act.
For legal title holders in urban areas, the compensation for land is equivalent to
market value of land, value of assets attached to the land or buildings and 100%
solatium on value of land.
For houses lost as a result of acquisition of land in urban areas, a constructed house
of not less than 50 sq.m. plinth area (if required in multi-storied building) is to be
provided for a family. Alternatively, if so desired by the PAP, a one-time financial
assistance of not less than Rs. 1.5 lakhs is to be given for construction of a house.
However, the location of house in terms of the distance from lost house is not
prescribed.
In addition, the affected family is to be provided (i) training and skill development
for job to one family member in the project or one-time payment of Rs. 5 lakhs or
annuity policies that pay Rs. 2,000 per month per family for 20 years indexed to CPI
(ii) monthly subsistence allowance of Rs. 3,000 per month for a period of one year
(iii) one-time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000 towards transportation cost for
shifting (iv) one-time resettlement allowance of Rs. 50,000.
Each petty shop owner / small trader / self-employed person and family owning
non-agricultural land, or commercial, industrial or institutional structure is to be
provided one-time financial assistance of minimum Rs. 25,000 for construction of
shop.
The stamp duty and registration charges for the land and house to be provided to
the PAPs shall be borne by the acquiring body.
It may be seen that while elaborate provisions for compensation and R&R benefits are made
for those affected due to the acquisition of land for the project, the Act does not prescribe
any benefits for occupants of structures located on public (Government) land and affected
by the project. Further, the Act does not envisage any resettlement benefit for occupants /
owners of structures used for other than residential purposes and affected by the project.
The Central Board of Direct Taxes vide Order dated 25/10/2016 has clarified that the
compensation received in respect of award or agreement, which has been exempted from
levy of income tax vide Section 96 of the RFCTLARR Act shall also not be taxable under the
provisions of Income Tax Act, 1961.
No. of Type of
Date State District Tehsil Village
person Consultation
Consultation
Nigdi (Near Bhakti
27/11/2018 Maharashtra Pune Haveli 10 and
Shakti Chowk)
interview
Consultation
Nigdi (Near Bhakti
27/11/2018 Maharashtra Pune Haveli 4 and
Shakti Chowk)
interview
Near Chinchwad
28/11/2018 Maharashtra Pune Haveli 7 Consultation
Railway Station
Near Chinchwad
28/11/2018 Maharashtra Pune Haveli 5 Consultation
Railway Station
*Source: Public consultation during social assessment.
The purpose of public participation and consultation for this resettlement planning study was
to create awareness on the project and involve those persons in the study who are to be
affected positively or negatively and involve also other stakeholders by giving them
opportunities to express their views and concerns about expected and perceived impacts and
about the most suitable ways for mitigating negative effects and enhancing positive project
effects.
The consultations intended to create a sense of commitment towards implementing the social
safeguard plan for the project. With due consideration of vulnerable PAPs including SC, PH,
Aged (60+) and WHH, consultations were carried out through various methods including
individual interviews, consultation meetings, and informal and formal group discussions.
A list of participants’ location/place wise is provided in this report. The photographs of public
consultations are shown below.
Figure 118 : A view of people’s participation during census survey and public consultation along the
project road corridor near bhakti shakti (Top ), Chinchwad Railway station (Bottom)
Various topics were covered in the consultations with villagers, project affected people,
community leaders and village sarpanches. The issues raised, and the responses given are
summarized in Table 148.
Table 148:Issues raised and responses
Wayside amenities The locations of road side amenities and public services
and public facilities such as rest areas, service areas, bus shelter, urinals and
including toilets and drinking water facilities will be incorporated in the project
drinking water design.
Road safety measures Adequate road safety measures will be incorporated in the
project design. If needed, additional road safety measures
can be added during construction, taking into account local
people’s concerns.
Pedestrian pathways The design includes pedestrian pathways for crossing the
highway at populated locations. Local people’s suggestions
can still be incorporated in the project, if technically
feasible.
Resettlement Compensation will be paid to the eligible PAPs and
assistance package assistance will be given for relocation and livelihood
rehabilitation as set to be forth in the LARR Act, 2013.
Income and Contractors typically hire most unskilled workers locally for
employment construction activities and maintenance work. Other
generation schemes different options will be provided to PAPs for income
should be launched all restoration, such as land-for-land compensation, cash for
along the project land, and combination of land and cash for land. These
influence area measures would help the PAPs to restore or enhance their
income and livelihood.
Special signage near The signage near the prominent locations has been
schools, college and incorporated in the road design. Additional signs can be
road turnings and added as needed.
crossings
The R&R budget for the proposed project including cost of land acquisition worked out
approximately for Corridor 1A is Rs. 114.43 Crores, which includes the cost of land and
structure, relocation or enhancement of religious and government structures and R & R
Assistance given to affected people, Dismantling & Restoration of BRTS. The details of the
tentative budget are given in Table 149
Table 149 : R&R COST
Compensatio
n
Quantit (Factors to Total
Sl. Unit Rate Amount
Item Eligibility y be 100% (In
No. (Rs) (cr.)
(Sqm.) multiplied) Solatium of Crores)
(Urban= 1* column 6
MV)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A Compensation for Land
Compensatio
n
Quantit (Factors to Total
Sl. Unit Rate Amount
Item Eligibility y be 100% (In
No. (Rs) (cr.)
(Sqm.) multiplied) Solatium of Crores)
(Urban= 1* column 6
MV)
Cost of land - As per 34670511 346705115.6 693410231.2
1 7446.35 circle DLC 5.6 69.34
Rate
Sub-total (A)
69.34
B Compensation for Structure
As per DLC No factor
1 Pucca - 996 9.97
rate 49866772 Applicable 49866772
Sub-total (B) 9.97
C R&R Assistance
Annuity
allowance, Land and
1 losing primary structure 10 500000
500000 0.50
source of Owner
Income
Substance 30 36000
Losing 1080000
Assistance for
2 Commercial
displaced 0.11
Structures
family
TH Losing 30 50000
Transportatio 1500000
Residential
n cost for
3 and
displaced 0.15
Commercial
family
Structures
TH Losing 35 50000
Residential 1750000
Resettlement
4 and
Allowance 0.18
Commercial
Structures
One-Time Losing Cattle
5 Financial Shed or Petty 25,000
125000 0.01
Assistance Shops
Sub-total (C) 0.95
D Administrative and other Costs
NGO
Compensatio
n
Quantit (Factors to Total
Sl. Unit Rate Amount
Item Eligibility y be 100% (In
No. (Rs) (cr.)
(Sqm.) multiplied) Solatium of Crores)
(Urban= 1* column 6
MV)
Sub-total (D) 0.15
Total (A+B+C+D) 80.41
Contingency @ 5% 4.02
TOTAL (Cr.) 84.43
“Any occurrence that causes damage, economic disruption, loss of human life and
deterioration of health and services on a scale sufficient to warrant an extra ordinary response
from outside the affected community or area.”
A disaster is a tragic event, be it natural or manmade, which brings sudden and immense agony
to humanity and disrupts normal life. It causes large scale human suffering due to loss of life,
loss of livelihood, damages to property and persons and also brings untold hardships. It may
also cause destruction to infrastructure, buildings, communication channels essential services,
etc.
The effect of any disaster spread over in operational area of Pune Metro is likely to be
substantial as Pune Metro will deal with thousands of passengers daily in underground
tunnels, viaducts and stations. Disaster brings about sudden and immense misery to humanity
and disrupts normal human life in its established social and economic patterns. It has the
potential to cause large scale human suffering due to loss of life, loss of livelihood, damage to
property, injury and hardship. It may also cause destruction or damage to infrastructure,
buildings and communication channels of Metro. Therefore there is an urgent need to provide
for an efficient disaster management plan.
15.3 Objectives
The main objectives of this Disaster Management Measures are as follows:
Lay down the actions required to be taken by staff in the event of a disaster in
Pune Metro in order to ensure handling of crisis situation in coordinated manner.
To ensure that all officials who are responsible to deal with the situation are
thoroughly conversant with their duties and responsibilities in advance. It is
important that these officials and workers are adequately trained in anticipation
to avoid any kind of confusion and chaos at the time of the actual situation and
to enable them to discharge their responsibilities with alertness and
promptness.
A. Man-made Disasters.
1. Terrorist attack
2. Bomb threat/ Bomb blast
3. Hostage
4. Release of Chemical or biological gas in trains, stations or tunnels
5. Fire in metro buildings, underground/ elevated infrastructures, power
stations, train depots etc.
6. Train accident and train collision/derailment of a passenger carrying train
7. Sabotage
8. Stampede
B. Natural Disasters.
1. Earthquakes
2. Floods
3. Cyclone
(2) The National Authority shall consist of the Chairperson and such number of
other members, not exceeding nine, as may be prescribed by the Central
Government and, unless the rules otherwise provide, the National Authority
shall consist of the following:-
(a) The Prime Minister of India, who shall be the Chairperson of the National
Authority, ex officio;
(3) The Chairperson of the National Authority may designate one of the members
nominated under clause (b) of sub-section (2) to be the Vice- Chairperson of
the National Authority.
(4) The term of office and conditions of service of members of the National
Authority shall be such as may be prescribed.
(2) A State Authority shall consist of the Chairperson and such number of other
members, not exceeding nine, as may be prescribed by the State Government
and, unless the rules otherwise provide, the State Authority shall consist of the
following members, namely:-
(a) The Chief Minister of the State, who shall be Chairperson, ex officio;
(3) The Chairperson of the State Authority may designate one of the members
nominated under clause (b) of sub-section (2) to be the Vice- Chairperson of
the State Authority.
(4) The Chairperson of the State Executive Committee shall be the Chief Executive
Officer of the State Authority, the Chief Minister shall be the Chairperson of
the Authority established under this section.
(5) The term of office and conditions of service of members of the State Authority
shall be such as may be prescribed.
(2) Crisis Management Group (CMG) under the chairmanship of Union Home
Secretary.
All agencies of the Government at the National, State and district levels will function
in accordance with the guidelines and directions given by these committees.
Every office of the Government of India and of the State Government at the district
level and the local authorities shall, subject to the supervision of the District
Authority:-
(a) Prepare a disaster management plan setting out the following, namely:-
(i) Provisions for prevention and mitigation measures as provided for in the
District Plan and as is assigned to the department or agency concerned;
(ii) Provisions for taking measures relating to capacity-building and
preparedness as laid down in the District Plan;
(iii)The response plans and procedures, in the event of, any threatening disaster
situation or disaster;
(b) Coordinate the preparation and the implementation of its plan with those of the
other organizations at the district level including local authority, communities
and other stakeholders;
(d) Submit a copy of its disaster management plan, and of any amendment thereto,
to the District Authority.
The above list is suggestive not exhaustive. Actual provisioning has to be done based on site
conditions and other external and internal factors.
Certain measures are suggested in the following sections which need to be selected/ tailored
according to local conditions, regulations and O&M practices for safety and effectiveness.
Fire has been recognized as one of the most dreaded accidents on metros, primarily because
of large concentration of passengers at stations and in trains. Fire prevention and prompt
response to any incident of fire or smoke emission is therefore the most important component
of disaster management on Metros. For better management and safety from fire disaster on
metro system, various signages like prohibition signs, warning signs, emergency escape signs
etc. shall be installed as mentioned in NFPA 130, Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and
Passenger Rail Systems and National Building Code of India,2016 part 4. Universally accepted
measures for fire prevention include:
All staffs posted at stations must ensure instructions are rigidly enforced by regular
checks.
Installation of fire alarms and detection systems.
In the event of fire and/or smoke either in train , station premises, right of way including the
tunnel or other metro premises, every Metro Rail official whether on duty or not shall,
Report the occurrence to the nearest Station Controller (SC) or Chief Controller (OCC).
A reporting system shall be developed as per NFPA Guidelines and officials shall be
trained accordingly.
Take all possible steps to extinguish fire like using portable fire extinguishers, blankets,
water, sand etc. that is available on site depending on the source of fire. Standards
steps/measures to extinguish may be followed from NBC of India, 2016 and NFPA 130.
Disconnect electricity supply if necessary
Prevent the fire from spreading
Seek assistance of Fire services.
The guidelines set out below are based on the content analysis of past accidents on other
Metros and are in the nature of best practices. Since every fire incident is unique, the train
operator is to exercise quick judgment based on:
Proximity of the next station – passenger evacuation and handling of emergency is much
easier at station than in between stations. Train Operator (TO) has to exercise his judgment
about those extreme cases where the train has to be stopped forthwith to save life by prompt
evacuation or taken to the next station expeditiously.
The Train Operator shall open all train doors on the platform side and ask passengers to vacate
the train. He will inform OCC and Station Controller and take assistance from station staff as
required.
Cut off power supply to the fire affected area during emergency.
A water pipeline should run along the entire underground Metro corridor. These pipelines
have hydrants fixed every 15 m where hose pipes can be connected. The pipes are of great
help to quickly extinguish any fire outbreak. Each underground section should equip with one
to three cross passages between the up and down tunnels. These passages can be used for
speedy evacuation of commuters in case of emergency. There is a Fire Detection and
Suppression system equipped to automatically activate alarms for Vents, Fans and Dampers
& Suppression equipment. The system is operated from a panel located in the Station Control
Room.
A wet Fire Main System covers the station area as well as the entire length of the tunnels. In
addition there are automatic sprinklers, inert gas based suppression systems and portable fire
extinguishers at various locations.
Appropriate O&M procedures should be in place taking into account past experience of other
metro systems to handle fire incidents.
In areas, where the passengers enter for purchasing tickets or leave the station after
performing their train journey including lifts, staircases and escalators.
Concourse
Auxiliary electrical substations.
In case of fire in areas where passengers enter/leave the station premises, the endeavor of
station staff should be to cordon off the area so that it is not approachable for intending Metro
users or by Metro passengers leaving the station area.
Collision of Metro trains is a rare occurrence, particularly at high speeds as signalling system
provides protection from such incidents. Only in case signalling system is disabled, train
collision is possible at low speed, except in case of wrong side failure or poor design/
maintenance.
Appropriate O&M procedures should be in place taking into account past experience of other
metro systems to avert collision scenario and to handle the event of a train collision if it
happens.
Provisions for Medical assistance and procedures for O&M staff to handle injured and
casualties in case of collision or derailment shall be in place. External medical help in case of
such incidents shall be planned in advance and called for immediately when required.
Increase in terrorist actions against public transport worldwide, indicates that public transport
systems are becoming more vulnerable and potential targets for terrorist. It is clear that
preventing terrorist activities is the primary responsibility of security agencies and state
police.
However, concern for passenger well-being and their security and adverse effects of such
mishaps on the public image of transport systems itself, requires best possible level of
preparedness for prevention of such threats within Metro premises. Key components of such
preparatory and preventive action include:
Terrorist attack may take place anywhere in the metro rail’s jurisdictions, however when it
takes place, on the right of way particularly underground section, at metro station and in
running trains it may have serious impact in terms of human distress and restoration of normal
operation. On receipt of information of any terrorist act on Metro Trains, stations or on the
Right of Way, OCC will take prompt action to get the entire metro network cleared of all
passengers.
There may be derailment of the train with large scale damage to the train and fixed
structures as well as injury to the passengers in the train. In case of derailment, the train will
immediately come to a stop.
Appropriate O&M procedures shall be in place to handle bomb threat or suspicion, bomb
detection and rescue operation and medical assistance in case bomb explosion takes place. A
coordinated effort along with bomb squad may be required to neutralise further threat and
for restoration to normal operation.
Whenever other terrorist activities described above produce loud noise, explosion, fire and
smoke, release of lethal or harmful gases works silently and can only be generally inferred
from-
Unusual smell
Passengers or employees complaining of Breathing problems- including
choking/fainting, Severe eye/Skin irritation and Vomiting etc.
Appropriate O&M procedures and training of O&M staff shall be carried out to detect and act
to neutralise the effects of such attack. Passenger awareness measures shall be taken to help
them in case they are caught in such scenario, and coorperate with O&M staff. Measures in
Case of Natural Calamities
Traction Power supply shall be switched off in a manner which does not shut down station
supplies unless it unsafe for occupants.
In the event of a significant earthquake, train should be stopped until earthquake is confirmed
subsided.
Passenger evacuation shall be done following appropriate operating procedures for such
scenario.
They also need to be trained in appropriate communication skills while addressing passengers
during incident management to assure them about their well being seeking their cooperation.
Since learning can only be perfected by ‘doing’ the following Mock Drills are considered
essential:
a.
Fire Drill
b.
Rescue of a disabled train
c.
Detrainment of passengers between stations
d.
Passenger evacuation from station
e.
Drill for use of rescue & relief train.
Hot line telephone communication with state disaster management
Metro Rail System has emerged as the most reliable mode of urban transportation system in
India. The inherent characteristics of metro system make it an ideal target for terrorists and
miscreants. Metro systems are typically open and dynamic systems which carry thousands of
commuters. Moreover, high cost of infrastructure, its economic impacts to the society, being
the life line of city with high news value pose greater threat to its security. Security is a
relatively new challenge in the context of public transport. It addresses problems caused
intentionally and differs from safety which addresses problems caused accidentally. Security
problems or threats are caused by people whose actions aim to undermine or disturb the
public transport system and/or to harm passengers or staff. These threats range from daily
operational security problems such as disorder, vandalism and terror threat.
The public transportation system is increasingly becoming important for urban areas to
prosper in the face of challenges such as reduction in congestion and pollution. Therefore,
security system for public transportation like metro rail plays an important role in helping the
system to become the preferred mode choice for commuters. Therefore, provision of an
excellent and reliable security system is a prerequisite for metro system for increasing its
market share. Metro railway administration must ensure that security model keep pace with
the rapid expansion of the metro and changing security scenario.
Security means protection of human, intellectual assets and infrastructure either from
criminal interference, destruction by terrorists or criminals or incidental to technological
failures or natural hazardous events. Three important pillars of security are as follows:
Staff interaction with passengers create a sense of re-assurance which cannot fully be
achieved by technology. For human factor to be more effective, staff must be qualified,
trained, well equipped and motivated. The staff members should be skillful, trained, drilled
and experienced. The security risk assessment is the first step for understanding the needs
and prioritizing resources. The organization of security should be clear and consistent. Security
incidents, especially major ones, often happen without warning. Emergency and contingency
plans must be developed, communicated and tested in advance. There are number of
technologies which can be used to enhance security e.g. surveillance systems. The objectives
of the security systems differ i.e., detection of the plan before an attack, deny the access for
carrying out an attack and mitigation measures after an attack.
There are 3 different phases associated with the security system in metro as under:
Prevention
These are the measures which can prevent a security breach from taking place. These can be
identified by conducting risk assessment and gathering intelligence. Prevention begins with
the daily operational security problems. Care must be given in controlling unused, damaged
properties which could otherwise prove to be a breeding ground for more serious crimes.
Preparedness
Plans must be prepared to respond to incidents and to mitigate the impacts. Staff must be
accordingly trained to carry out the exercises. The results of the risk assessment will give basis
for such plans.
Recovery
Urban transport system should have laid down procedures/instructions for quick recovery of
normal service after an incident. Financial health is important for the recovery operation, but
it also sends a clear message to public, it reassures passengers and gives them confidence to
continue using the system. Communication is key to the quick restoration after such incidents.
Restoration should also include an evaluation process for the lessons learnt.
The responsibility of the Security lies with the state. Security in public requires clear
governance. Responsibility should be clearly defined. In the present scenario, this is the
responsibility of the State Government to ensure secured travel in Pune Metro.
For providing an efficient security system in metro station areas the following provisions are
suggested:
CCTV coverage of all metro stations with provision of monitoring in the Station Security
Room as well as at a Centralized Security Control Room with video wall, computer with
access to internet TV with data connection, printer and telephone connection (Land Line
and EPBX) for proper functioning, cluster viewing for stations.
Minimum one Baggage Scanners on all entry points (1 per AFC array). Additional
requirement of baggage scanners at heavily crowed stations i.e. at interchange may also
be required.
Multi-zone Door Frame Metal Detector (DFMD) minimum three per entry (2 per AFC
array). The number can increase in view of the footfall at over crowed stations.
Hand held Metal Detector (HHMD) as per requirement of security agency, minimum two
per entry, which varies from station to station with at least 1.5 per DFMD installed at
the station.
Bomb Detection Equipment’s with modified vehicle as per requirement of security
agency.
Bomb Blanket at least one per station and depot.
Wireless sets (Static and Handheld) as per requirement of security agency.
Dragon light at least one per metro station
Mobile phones, land lines and EPBX phone connections for senior security officers and
control room etc.
Dog Squads (Sniffer Dog), at least one dog for 4 metro stations. Dog Kennels along with
provision for dog handlers and MI room will also be provided by metro train depot
administration including land at suitable places line wise.
Bullet proof Morcha one per security check point (i.e. AFC array) and entry gate of metro
train depot administration.
Bullet proof jackets and helmets for Quick Response Team (QRTs) and riot control
equipment’s including space at nominated stations. One QRT Team looks after 5-6 metro
stations as per present arrangement. One QRT consist of 5 personnel and perform duty
in three shifts.
Furniture to security agency for each security room and checking point at every entry
point at stations. Scale is one office table with three chairs for security room & office
and one steel top table with two chairs for checking point.
Ladies frisking booth - 1 per security check point (AFC) Wooden Ramp - 1 per DFMD for
security check points.
Wall mounted/ pedestal fan at security check point, ladies frisking booth and bullet
proof morcha, as per requirement.
Physical barriers for anti-scaling at Ramp area, low height of viaduct by providing iron
grill of appropriate height & design/concertina wire.
Adequate number of ropes. Queue managers, cordoning tapes, dragon search lights for
contingency.
Iron grill at station entrance staircases, proper segregation of paid and unpaid areas by
providing appropriate design grills etc.
Proper design of emergency staircase and fireman entry to prevent unauthorized
entry.
16.1.2 While preparing the capital cost estimates, various items have generally been grouped
under three major heads on the basis of (i) route km length of alignment, (ii) number
of units of that item, and (iii) item being an independent entity. All items related to
main line and maintenance depot related to alignment including traction power
supply, signalling, viaduct, ballastless track have been estimated at rate per route Km.
Cost of station structures, telecommunication other electrical services at these
stations including Lifts & Escalators and Automatic Fare Collection (AFC) installations
at all stations have been assessed in terms of each station as a unit. Similarly, rolling
stock costs have been estimated in terms of number of units required. In remaining
items, viz. Land, utility diversions, rehabilitation, EIA, R&R etc. the costs are assessed
on the basis of each item, taken as an independent entity.
16.1.3 In order to arrive at realistic cost of various items, costs of the project have been
derived from similar executed project in similar scenario in India.
S. Amount
Item Unit Rate Quantity
No (in INR Cr)
Note: FY 2019 Price Level is considered and the Prices are escalated till the completion
period to arrive at the completion cost. (Ref: Page 400)
16.2.1 Land
i) Land requirements have been kept to the barest minimum & worked out on area basis.
For elevated alignment, no land acquisition is proposed, except small areas for locating
entry/exit structures, traffic integration, etc. at stations, and wherever the alignment
is off the road. For Each Elevated station Permanent Land acquisition is required for
entry-exit structure.
ii) Total land requirement have been worked out to 7446.35 sqm, which comprises
6383.84 sqm of private land and 1062.51 sqm of government land.
iii) Cost of land has been worked out based on the rates published by department of
registration and stamps, Government of Maharashtra. For private land and
structures, the cost of aquisition is taken as 2 times the published rates.
iv) The total cost of land aquisition works out to 72.81 Cr.
The provision of utility diversion has been taken as Rs 6 Cr/km as per benchmarking cost,
which works out to Rs 26.48 Cr for the project length of 4.413 Km.
Cost provision for environmental impacts has been made to cover various protection works,
additional compensatory measures, compensation for loss of 3425 trees, compensatory
afforestation and fencing, monitoring of water quality, air/noise pollution during construction,
establishment of Environmental Division. The total cost works out to 1.79 Cr.
Private structure:
Efforts has been made to keep the acquisition of private land to the minimum. Provision
towards compensation of rehabilitation of properties on private land, likely to be affected has
been assessed after site inspection. Total of 49 structures will be affected out of which 34 no.
of structures are fully affected.
R&R assistance has been worked out including annuity allowance, loosing primary source of
income, substance assisatance for displaced family, transportation cost and resettlement
allowance. Administrative and other cost for implementation of RAP is also considered.
Provision amount based on compensation rates works out to ~11.62 Cr.
The cost for dismantling & restoration of BRTS is considered as Rs 30 Cr (based on actual
expenses incurred in Phase-1).
The cost of other components are considered as per the Benchmarking Cost.
The total cost of the project at FY 19 prices along with the tax estimates are detailed in Table
156.
5 Approximatey, 342 no. of trees will be impacted due to the project. However, the no. of trees might be less.
Exact no. of trees will be identified at the time of joint verification with the concerned department
Table 151 : Detailed Tax estimate at FY 19 prices for the extension of Pune Phase 1A
Taxes and Duties
Total Imported IGST IGST Total GST
S Indigenous Basic Total Total GST
Description cost Materials (CGST (SGST CGST SGST (Taxes &
No Materials (%) Customs Customs (CGST &
(Cr.) (%) portion) portion) (Cr.) (Cr.) Duties)
Duty (Cr.) Duty (Cr.) SGST) (Cr.)
(Cr.) (Cr.) (Cr.)
1 Alignment & Formation
1.1 Viaduct 163.28 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.80 9.80 19.59 19.59
Station Buildings (6 Car) Elevated
Station Buildings including
2
Architectural Finishes, Lifts &
Escalators
Elevated station (Civil including
2.1 finishes) excluding viaduct in station 78.00 0 100 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.02 4.68 4.68 9.35 9.37
portion
2.2 FOB for Chinchwad Station 2.68 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.16 0.16 0.32 0.32
6.1 Signalling
a Main Line including OCC 19.42 50 50 0.50 0.92 0.92 2.34 0.58 0.58 1.17 3.50
b On Board Equipment 8.50 50 50 0.22 0.40 0.40 1.02 0.26 0.26 0.51 1.53
6.2 Telecommunication
a Station 13.50 50 50 0.35 0.64 0.64 1.63 0.41 0.41 0.81 2.44
Enviornment & R & R incl. Hutments
7
etc.
7.1 Environmental Cost 1.79 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.11 0.11 0.21 0.21
8.1 Civil works 13.24 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.79 0.79 1.59 1.59
8.2 Electrical Works 13.24 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.79 0.79 1.59 1.59
8.3 Dismantling & Restoration of BRTS 0.00 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
9 Security
9.1 Civil works 1.11 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 0.07 0.13 0.13
Multimodal Integration and Last mile
10 9.00 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.54 0.54 1.08 1.08
connectivity
11 Rolling Stock 120.00 30 70 1.85 3.41 3.41 8.67 5.04 5.04 10.08 18.75
12 General Charges 27.14 0 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.44 2.44 4.89 4.89
TOTAL 570.00 3.95 7.25 7.25 18.45 30.42 30.42 60.83 79.28
The above goals can be addressed by two steps. Firstly, by getting more people close to
the station, which can be done through densification and modifying mix of uses around
the station. Following this, second step would be to facilitate the existing and proposed
population to access the stations by addition and improvement of transport
infrastructure. To achieve this paradigm shift, TOD offer attractive alternatives to the use
of personal modes – pleasurable walking experiences, very easily accessible and
comfortable mass transportation with easy, convenient and comfortable intermodal
transfers for last mile connectivity and other low cost, comfortable, non- motorized
transportation options. Figure 119 shows some of the transit-oriented development
facilities.
Figure 119 : Transit Oriented Development Facilities
17.3 TOD Proposal for Pune Metro Corridor 1A: PCMC to Nigdi
To make the Transit system successful and to absorb the development potential created due
to transit system , pre-requisite is for the population to shift from private mode of travel to
the mass transit. Such condition can be satisfied if more population and trip attracting
activities are concentrated in the vicinity of transit line. Thus, by bringing people close to the
transit system, they are facilitated to shift to public mode of travel. Such development can
be encouraged by proposing high density residential, commercial and mixed-use
development close to the transit system. Thus, by integrating land use and transport
planning, planned sustainable urban growth centres can be promoted, having walkable and
liveable communes with high density mixed land-use.
TOD proposal will increase the accessibility of the transit stations by creating pedestrian and
Non-Motorised Transport (NMT) friendly infrastructure that benefits large number of
people, thereby increasing the ridership of the transit facility and improving the economic
and financial viability of the system. The transit corridor will have mixed land-use, where the
transit stations are either origin (housing) or destination (work), the corridor experiencing
peak hour traffic in both directions would optimize the use of the transit system.
17.3.1 Integrating Land use and Transportation and Using Land as a resource: Approach
for TOD Implementation
17.3.1.2 Densification
Densification is promoted in the influence area by providing higher Floor Area Ratio (FAR)/
Floor Space Index (FSI) and higher population & job density as compared to the area around
and beyond the influence areas. Density and FAR is not kept consistent across the influence
area. To ensure sustainable development, the minimum FAR proposed is 2.5 to 4 ,
depending on the accessibility of the locality. This will promote higher concentration of
people within the walking distances of transit station, thereby increasing the ridership of the
public transport and resulting in increased fare revenue, pollution and congestion reduction.
entertainment and public amenities. Within the walking distance of the residents. It would
also link origins and destinations, i.e. residences with work places or activity nodes. This
would ensure better utilization of transit fleet by distributing loads in both directions, rather
than creating unidirectional peak hour flows.
To promote such development, following approach is adopted.
200m buffer from the transit corridor is reserved for Following the commercial belt, high
high grade commercial development, which will be density residential development is
used for mix of uses. envisaged.
Two options for commercial densification is studied. FAR of 2.5 and 3 is proposed
In case I, FAR of 4 is proposed, in case II, FAR 3 is depending on the distance from the
permissible transit station.
Commercial development is proposed along the For areas beyond 500m buffer, FAR
existing arterial road i.e. Old Mumbai-Pune road, to of 2.5 is proposed
minimise the requirement of Road Widening.
Figure 120 : Approach for TOD Implementation of Maha Metro corridor 1a: PCMC to Nigdi)
17.4 Inventory (within 500 M either side) & Overall Activity Pattern
Existing spatial distribution of the influence zone is studied to identify the potential for
development in TOD Influence Zone. Administrative division of the influence zone shows
that 89.1% influence zone lies within the jurisdiction of PCMC and remaining 10.9% lies
under PCNTD administration.
Land use distribution in the influence zone reflects that a large chunk of land is reserved
under industrial use, which comprises to be low density development. This 33.38% of
industrial land has potential for re-development under TOD principals as no
rehabilitation will be involved. Thus, the area has high development potential as per
TOD norms. Commercial land use comprises of just 4.59% of land use share, which
indicates that economic potential generated due to transit line is untapped.
17.5.1 Site 1 of 6
Key Map
17.5.2 Site 2 of 6
17.5.3 Site 3 of 6
Provision of high FAR will generate 10760 square feet of commercial developable space
from an empty plot. Residential developable space of 369068 square feet will be
generated from Poona Gear industry, 355080 square feet, 352938 square feet, 498188
square feet of residential space from Poona Gear industry, Ador Welding Ltd. and Shree
agency respecivity. 498188 square feet, 188368.432 square feet of residential space can
be generated from an empty plot and slum redevelopment respectively. 62408 square
feet area will have to be surrendered by shree agency for road widening.
17.5.4 Site 4 of 6
5234524.8 square feet of commercial developable space, and 486922.2 square feet of
residential developable space are generated by redevelopment of Sahyadri Industry,
Span Hydratech Pvt Ltd, Premium industry and Greaves cotton Ltd. 4304 square feet of
space will have to be surrendered for road widening by Span Hydratech Pvt. Ltd.
17.5.5 Site 5 of 6
836052 square feet and 575014.4 square feet of commercial developable space can be
generated by redevelopment of Mahindra Truck and Buses and DC Design respectively.
Total of 1666320.50 square feet of residential developable space are generated by
redevelopment of Mahindra Truck and Buses, DC Design, Shanghai Steel complex and
Metro shoes limited. Slum redevelopment will generate 832050.27 square feet of
residential developable space. 26909.776 square feet for space will have to be
surrendered by both Mahindra Truck and Buses and DC Design.
17.5.6 Site 6 of 6
As per national TOD Policy, Petrol Pumps, Bus Depots, Parking lots are not permissible in
TOD influence zone. Thus, such are reserved for commercial and residential
development. Total of 1148509.242 square feet of residential developable space can be
generated.
Old Commercial
areas 2603920 4 10415680 10415680
Proposed
commercial areas <2hA 10% 668196 4 2672784 2405505.6
Proposed
commercial areas 2 to 5 10% 428248 4 1712992 1541692.8
PCNTDA
Old Commercial
areas 1130876 4 4523504 4523504
Slum
Redevelopment <2hA 5% 158172 4 632688 601053.6
Slum
Redevelopment >5hA 25% 576736 4 2306944 1730208
Total 42833408 36,989867.2
D
A
C
P
Proposed
commercial areas 2 to 5 10% 428248 3 1284744 1156269.6
Old Commercial
areas 1130876 3 3637956 3637956
Slum
Redevelopment <2hA 5% 158172 3 474516 450790.2
Slum
Redevelopment >5hA 25% 576736 3 1730208 1297656
Total 32370384 27,987728.4
Mahindra Truck
and Buses 4.85 25% 243176 2.5 607940 455955
DC Design 2.54 20% 93612 2.5 234030 187224
shanghai Steel
Company 1.73 5% 186148 2.5 465370 442101.5
Metro shoes
Company 2.25 20% 242100 3 726300 581040
Greaves Cotton
Ltd. 8.83 20% 133424 3 400272 320217.6
Premium
Transmission Ltd. 11.78 25% 755352 3 2266056 1699542
Empty Industrial
Plots 2 to 5 20% 842508 3 2527524 2527524
Old Commercial
areas 0 3 0 0
Proposed
commercial
areas <2hA 10% 0 3 0 0
Proposed
PCNTDA
commercial
areas 2 to 5 10% 0 3 0 0
Old Commercial
areas 0 3 0 0
Slum
Redevelopment <2hA 5% 275456 3 826368 785049.6
Slum
Redevelopment 5hA 25% 432552 3 1297656 973242
Total 24060436 18,738244.1
Total commercial development potential in TOD influence area is 36.98 Million square
feet in case I and 27.98 Million square feet in case II. Total residential development
potential is 18.73 million square feet. Annual absorption trend of Pune city is 61million
square feet per year of commercial development and 3 million square feet per year of
residential development. Thus, TOD Proposal will supply 41% (with FAR 4) & 30% (with
FAR 3) of total absorption of commercial space and 0.98% of Residential space in Pune.
TOD creates additional value to land, property and businesses, with better accessibility
and more efficient use of land with higher density, leading to agglomeration benefits.
VCF mechanisms gives opportunity to capture the value of these benefits from the
beneficiaries. In TOD influence area, premium levy can be charged on incremental FAR
provided. 30% of the value of incrementable developable space is charged as premium
levy. 30% of the revenue thus generated will be shared with the municipality, and
balance will assist in Metro funding. Total premium collection area is 11.9 Million square
feet from residential development and 11.09 million square feet and 1.86 million square
feet of commercial development in case I (FAR 4) and case II (FAR 3) respectively.
Industry wise summary of premium collection area is given below:
a. Case I (FAR 4)
Table 155 : Premium Collection area summary (Case I – Commerical FAR 4)
RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL
Incremental Premium Collection Incremental Premium Collection
INDUSTRIES FAR Area (square feet) FAR Area (square feet)
Formica Co. 1.2 931600.8 1.5 412780.5
Bajaj Auto 1.2 662385.6 1.5 1739489
Force Motors 1.2 860907.6 2 1702770
Jai Hind Corp. 1.2 56425.44 2 55198.8
Poona Gear
Industries 1.2 0 2 590508.8
Ador Welding Ltd. 1.2 0 2 568128
Shree agency 1.2 0 2 513036.8
Sahyadri Industries
Ltd. 1.2 39704.4 2 989382
Span Hydratech
pvt. Ltd. 1.2 69208.32 2 704134.4
Mahindra Truck
PCMC
B. case II (FAR 3)
Table 156 : Premium Collection area summary (Case II – Commercial FAR 3)
RESIDENTIAL COMMERICAL
INDUSTRIES
Incremen Premium Collection Incremen Premium Collection
tal FAR Area (square feet) tal FAR Area (square feet)
Formica Co. 0.2 155266.8 1.5 412780.5
Bajaj Auto 0.2 110397.6 1.5 1739488.5
Force Motors 0.2 143484.6 2 1702770
Jai Hind Corp. 0.2 9404.24 2 55198.8
Poona Gear
Industries 0.2 0 2 590508.8
Ador Welding
Ltd. 0.2 0 2 568128
Shree agency 0.2 0 2 513036.8
Sahyadri
Industries Ltd. 0.2 6617.4 2 989382
Span Hydratech
pvt. Ltd. 0.2 11534.72 2 704134.4
Mahindra Truck
PCMC
commercial
areas 0.2 77084.64 2 0
Old Commercial
areas 0.2 242530.4 2 0
Slum
Redevelopment 0.2 30052.68 2 418693.12
Slum
Redevelopment 0.2 86510.4 2 519062.4
Premium levy charge taken will be 1440 INR/ square feet for commercial areas and
1350INR/ square feet for residential area. Thus, Revenue from Premium Levy over the
development period (30 Years) will be Rs. 3082 crore in case I and Rs 1755 in case II. Per
year revenue generated will be Rs. 62 crore and Rs. 35 Crore for case I and case II
respectively. 25% of the revenue generated will be shared with the municipality. Per year
premium earned by Maha Metro by application of TOD Policy is summarized in the Table
157:
Table 157 : Per year premium earned by Maha Metro
FY Revenue Revenue Generated
Generated (Cr.)
(Cr.) (Case II)
(Case I)
2030-31 104 59
2031-32 106 60
2032-33 109 62
2033-34 112 63
2034-35 114 65
2035-36 117 67
2036-37 120 68
2037-38 123 70
2038-39 126 72
2039-40 129 74
2040-41 133 75
2041-42 136 77
2042-43 139 79
2043-44 143 81
2044-45 146 83
2045-46 150 85
2046-47 337 137
2047-48 345 141
2048-49 354 144
2049-50 363 147
2050-51 372 152
2051-52 381 155
2052-53 391 158
Property with clear title of land with government under PCNTDA has been proposed
for the said development. The land area is approximately 30,000 square meters. There
is another open land identified at the back of City One mall measuring 24,000 square
meters. An FSI of 4 is assumed for the proposed development.
One of the best ways to realize upfront revenues for the project is by giving the land to
a private developer on lease for 50 years. The full value of clear ownership of the land
works out to 229 Crores.
Table 158 : Land Value from Property Development
Additionally, market rate at 1.75 times ASR is also worked out from similar models
applied in Mumbai, with developers paying 1.5 to 1.75 times the ASR value for a 50-
year lease.
~70% of 229 Cr (from table above) works out to 1.75 times ASR value which equals 155
crores. This amount is expected to be realized in FY 24 when the metro becomes
operational so that the developer does not price the construction risk of the project
into his quote and maximum possible value is realized.
Population density thus came out to be 71.99 DU/Ha. Correlation factor for such curve
is coming out to be 0.99, depicting the reliability of the relation. This projected density
is applicable for very low-rise development with the basic FAR of 1.1. Population density
came out be 216 DU/Ha and 180 DU/Ha, when calculated for proposed residential FAR 3
and 2.5 respectively. Projected population in such a case will be 0.94 Lakh. This
population as per the methodology adopted in CMP is comparable 1.05 Lakh as per
methodology used in this report.
Demand for infrastructure will increase with this incremental population, thus cost of
development of the area will increase. Cost of development will comprise of two
components i.e. Infrastructure Provision and Road Widening, which are discussed in
detail in next section.
Land required for Road widening is to be acquired from industrial and commercial land
uses, where higher FAR is prescribed. Land must be reserved for amenities and public
services in order develop the plot with high FAR as per DCPR Rule Clause M 6.5. Area
will be reserved for public amenities based on plot size in following manner:
Figure 123 : Proposed development pattern for TOD influence area over 30 years
Five stretches are proposed to be widened to ensure that every plot is accessed through a 30m wide
road. Nomenclature is given to the proposed stretches as 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1E. Road widening
details are summarized in the table given below:
Table 159 : Summary of Road Widening Requirement as part of TOD Proposal
Length of Roads to be widened (m) Widening width (m)
1A 474 6
1B 452.3 5
1C 51.8 10
1D 436.8 20
1E 297.5 10
Cost of Road Widening: Cost incurred due to land acquisition for Road widening will be
Rs. 153.200 Crore* and cost incurred due to Road widening will be Rs. 4.218 Crore (Per
km road widening cost is assumed as INR 2.5 cr./Km. Summary of land acquisition cost
for road widening is given in Table 160:
Apart from Road widening, Other utilities and infrastructure will also have to be proposed to
provide for increment population. Infrastructure cost is assumed to be Rs. 50INR/ square feet of
developable area proposed. Thus, total cost for infrastructure provision will be 183.3 crore.
Thus, at the expense of Rs 340.78 Cr, Premium Levy over the development period (30 Years) of
Rs. 3082 crores in case I and Rs 1755 in case II will be earned.
For the project to be viable, case I will be preferred i.e. promoting commercial development with
FAR 4 within intense TOD Zone. Study of case II is conducted for academic purpose only.
Therefore, Share of Premium levy for the finance of Maha metro will be 87 Cr from the year of
operation i.e. FY 2023-2024. In case, case II is selected then the share of cess on stamp duty for
Maha Metro will have to be increased to make the project viable and meet the revenue support
amount of 130 Crore at FY 24 prices. However, this will be explored in greater detail in the chapter
on financial analysis (Chapter 18).
The chapter seeks to examine the financial viability of the proposal to add to the existing
metro network planned for Pune city. Based on the optimum routes discussed with Maha
Metro and covered in the previous chapters, the existing metro line is proposed to be
extended from PCMC to Nigdi on one end and Swargate to Katraj on the other. Chakan is an
industrial suburb of Pune – having emerged as a major automobile hub. A new line connecting
Chakan to Nashik phata is also proposed.
This chapter evaluates the financial feasibility of this extention line. The proposed extension
would be constructed at an approximate cost of Rs 791.02 Crores at FY 19 prices. This includes
all central and state taxes. The total completion cost (excl. PPP component) works out to Rs
Rs 898.68 Crores.
Table 161 : Project Cost Details
Sl.
PCMC to Nigdi Corridor FY 19 Prices (Cr.) Completion Cost basis (Cr.)
No
The total investment of Rs 887.66 Crores (Total project completion cost: Rs 898.68 minus IDC
of Rs 11.02 Cr) is broken down yearwise and presented in the table below.
Escalation
Yr Year Component Completion
Land Factor Central Taxes State Taxes Land Total
Cost without Central State Total Cost without
and with with and Completion
Taxes, Land Taxes Taxes Cost Taxes, Land
R&R escalation escalation R&R Cost
and R&R and R&R
Y1 2021- 15.0% 20% 87.94 6.24 5.65 22.89 122.72 1.050 92.34 6.55 5.93 24.03 128.86
22
Y2 2022- 25.0% 50% 146.57 10.40 9.42 57.22 223.61 1.103 161.60 11.47 10.38 63.08 246.53
23
Y3 2023- 33.4% 30% 195.82 13.90 12.58 34.33 256.63 1.158 226.69 16.09 14.56 39.74 297.08
24
Y4 2024- 26.6% 155.95 11.07 10.02 177.04 1.216 189.56 13.46 12.18 215.20
25
Total 100% 586.29 41.61 37.67 114.43 780.00 670.18 47.57 43.06 126.85 887.66
Total investment provided in the FIRR calculation towards requirement of additional rolling
stock duly escalated @ 5% per annum to cater increased ridership is placed in table as follows:
FY 43 102 12 Rs 309.61 Cr
FY 53 108 6 Rs 252.16 Cr
Energy Charges – Energy consumption figures for traction and auxiliary power over a 30 year
period has been detailed below
Traction Auxilliary
Description Value (year Value (year Value (year Value (year Units
2023-2024) 2052 - 2053) 2023-2024) 2052 - 2053)
Load 0.68 1.06 1.11 1.11 MVA
Energy usage million
(annual) 4.04 6.33 3.29 3.94 Units
Grid electricity charges are taken as 6 INR per KWH. 80% is assumed to be drawn from the
grid and 20% from solar as per RESCO model. Solar charges are taken as 4 INR/KWH.
Annual salary of employee @2012 levels from report published by Institute of Urban Transport
(India) funded by Bangalore Metro Rail Corporation Limited in 2012 stands at 9 lakh per
annum. It is suitably escalated to 12.5 Lakh P.A. at FY 19 prices. Escalation rate then onwards
have been taken @9% P.A. in line with the DPR in the existing stretch. Number of employees
per km in MRTS is taken as 32.
Maintenance costs have been arrived at basis the table below. Escalation of 5% has been
assumed to arrive at 2024-25 costs.
Table 163 : Per unit cost of repairs and Maintainance of DMRC (2010 prices)
Unit Cost of Repairs and Maintainance of DMRC (2010 Prices)
2010 Prices
Building 26.74 Lakhs per Station
Plant and Machinary 11.4 Lakhs per Car
Other R&M 2.20% of Building, Plant and machinary Costs
18.1.5 Depreciation
Depreciation has been calculated both as per Companies Act and Income tax Act in order to
account for:
However, deferred tax asset/ deferred tax liability is not routed through the balance sheet as
it is a non cash item.
The replacement cost are provided for meeting the cost on account of replacement of
equipment due to wear and tear. With the nature of equipment proposed to be provided, it
is expected that only 50% of signalling and telecom and 25% of electrical works would require
replacement after 15 years.
18.2 Revenue
The revenue streams for the project are detailed as under:
1.1 Fare Box Revenue
1.2 Non Fare Box Revenue
1.2.1 Premium levy from property development along the development
corridor
1.2.2 Sharing of Cess on stamp duty with PCMC
1.2.3 Property Development on available Government Land
1.2.4 Advertising Revenue
1.2.5 ATMs/ Kiosks on Stations
The incremental trips per day on the Nigdi Swargate corridor and the trip length distribution
is detailed in the following tables:
Table 165 : Projected Metro Ridership
Year Incremental Trips per Day - 80% of total Volume
2024-25 29000
2033-34 43000
2043-44 64000
2052-53 72000
Table 166 : Average Trip length for incremental corridor
Without extension (PCMC – With Extension (Nigdi – Swargate)
Year
Swargate)
2024-25 7.33 7.83
2033-34 7.51 8.05
The fare structure has been taken in accordance with Government Resolution No.PMR-
3313/C.R.29/UD-7 and letter dated 29th October 2013 (refer Exhibit 1 at the end of chapter)
vide which sanction was accorded to Sanction to the revised proposal of Pimpri- Chinchwad
to Swargate and Vanaz to Ramwadi Metro Rail corridor of Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project.
The letter also accorded in principal sanction to implement commuter fares as tabulated
below as the Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project is proposed to be implemented under the
provisions of Metro Railway Act enacted by the Government of India. The fares at 2018-2019
prices are detailed in Table 167:
Table 167 : Fare structure
Sr. No. Distance in K.M. Fare (Rs.) @ 2018-
2019 Prices
1 0-2 13
2 2-4 17
3 4-6 20
4 6-9 25
5 9-12 27
6 12-15 30
7 15-18 32
8 18-21 35
9 21-24 37
10 24-27 38
11 27-30 42
12 More than 30 K.M. 45
The average incremental trip length is between 7 to 9 kms for the corridor – Nigdi to Swargate.
Hence, the applicable fare slab is 6 to 9.
Escalation in fare of 15% is assumed every 3 years. The above table is at 2018 price levels.
Table 168 : Fare structure Matrix
Distance Fare as per table Fare @ start of Fare Revision –
(Km) above project 2024-25 FY 27
6 to 9 25 34 40
>90% of non fare box revenue for the extension would come in the form of revenue support
from PCMC – classified as Other Income in the Profit and Loss Statement. The project to be
viable would need 135 crores annually. This would be realized with a combination of:
The following section analyses and presents findings to make this practically realizable.
18.2.2.1 Premium levy from property development along the development corridor
TOD policy envisages extensive development for a width of 500 meters on either side of the
transit corridor. This development potential has been analysed by an in-depth study of existing
land use of plots along development corridor. The study of spatial distribution from PCMC to
Nigdi yielded the result that more than 30% of the land comprises plots having industrial land
use. Post this, a rigorous methodology was followed with a plot wise analysis to arrive at the
true development potential of the development corridor. An assessment of associated costs
that will have to be borne by the municipality in order to realize this development potential
was also taken out. While this is covered in detail in the application of TOD policy chapter i.e.
Chapter 16, given below is a summary of the methodology followed:
The area was divided into development zones based on distance from the station and
distance from the transit line
The individual plot end use was assessed.
The width of the access road to the plot was assessed.
Based on the above criterion, FAR of 3/ 4/ 2.5 and residential/ commercial was
accorded to the individual plots.
Commercial/ Residential -
Residential – FAR 4/ 3 FAR 2/2.5
Total area absorption in million square feet 37.0 18.7
Per year area absorption (million square feet) 1.2 0.6
We also looked at the demand side of the real estate. There were several encouraging factors
like:
The annual absorption of real estate in Pune stood at 72 million square feet.
There is rapid real estate development already happening along the corridor due to
FAR of 2.8 being made available upto 200 meters on either side of the BRT in the same
corridor.
Based on the above absorption trends, 1.8 million square feet per year is only 2 to 3% of the
aggregate demand. This seemed reasonably achievable from a demand perspective.
Based on primary surveys and ASR, we could see that sale price of 4000 to 4300 per square
feet on residential/ commercial in the vicinity was achievable. Therefore we have fixed the
premium on incremental FAR at 1350 to 1450 INR per square feet. Revenue from premium
levy stood at 3082 Crores . This additional revenue from higher FSI is assumed to be realized
over a 30 year period. The same is escalated @2.5%.
Table 169 : Year wise share of Premium with Maha Metro
Year Revenue to Metro from Premium Levy with Max FAR 4 (INR Cr.)
2030-31 104
2031-32 106
2032-33 109
2033-34 112
2034-35 114
2035-36 117
2036-37 120
2037-38 123
2038-39 126
2039-40 129
2040-41 133
2041-42 136
2042-43 139
2043-44 143
2044-45 146
2045-46 150
2046-47 337
2047-48 345
2048-49 354
2049-50 363
2050-51 372
2051-52 381
2052-53 391
FY 19 – 1% cess collection on stamp duty in PCMC stood at 155 Crores. 25% share per year
from the same is proposed to be given as revenue support to the extension from PCMC to
Nigdi over a 30 year period and assumed to be escalated at 2.5%.
Table 170 : Year wise share of cess on stamp duty with Maha Metro
Year Revenue to Metro from Cess on Stamp Duty (INR Cr.)
2030-31 52
2031-32 53
2032-33 55
2033-34 56
2034-35 57
2035-36 59
2036-37 60
2037-38 62
2038-39 63
2039-40 65
2040-41 66
2041-42 68
2042-43 70
2043-44 72
2044-45 73
2045-46 75
2046-47 169
2047-48 173
2048-49 177
2049-50 182
2050-51 186
2051-52 191
2052-53 196
At FY 31 Price levels, the cess and Premium sharing with Maha Metro would translate into an
annual revenue grant of 156 Crores.
1 km of the alignment extension falls in PCNTDA limits. 100% increase in Development cess
collected from PCNTDA will augment the non fare box revenues . Development cess collected
in FY 19 stands at 4 Cr. The same has been suitably escalated and included in other income.
Property with clear title of land with government under PCNTDA has been proposed for the
said development. The land area is approximately 30,000 square meters. There is another
open land identified at the back of City One mall measuring 24,000 square meters. An FSI of 4
is assumed for the proposed development.
One of the best ways to realize upfront revenues for the project is by giving the land to a
private developer on lease for 50 years. The full value of clear ownership of the land works
out to 229 Crores.
Table 171 : Land value
Government land available for PD SQM FSI
Govt land under PCNTDA 30000 4
Open land at the back of City one mall 24000 4
Commercial B/U Area 2160000 square feet
Rental 40 INR/ square feet
Annual Rental 103.68
Operating Profit/ Rev 95%
Additionally market rate at 1.75 times ASR is also worked out from similar models applied in
Mumbai, with developers paying 1.5 to 1.75 times the ASR value for a 50 year lease.
~70% of 229 Cr (from table above) works out to 1.75 times ASR value which equals 155 crores.
This amount is expected to be realized in FY 24 when the metro becomes operational so that
the developer does not price the construction risk of the project into his quote and maximum
possible value is realized.
From an accounting treatment perspective, this is treated as other equity in the balance
sheet and not as Other Income. The other equity can be treated as deferred revenue year on
year. However in this model, the other equity item is not phased out.
The following sources of advertising revenues are evaluated in the said report:
Station boards – Based on typical station alignment - 120 Sqm of advertising space is identified
per station. Occupancy rate from start of operation has been identified as below with
occupancy rates remaining constant at 85% FY 34 onwards:
Table 172 : Year wise occupancy rate of ststion boards on stations
2024- 2025- 2026- 2027- 2028- 2029- 2030- 2031- 2032- 2033-
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
50% 60% 60% 60% 60% 60% 70% 70% 80% 85%
Viaduct boards – Based on the number of piers available, space for 122 board of 2X2 Sqm
have been identified. Occupancy rate from start of operation has been identified as below
with occupancy rates remaining constant at 85% FY 34 onwards:
Table 173 : Year wise occupancy rate of viaduct boards on stations
2024- 2025- 2026- 2027- 2028- 2029- 2030- 2031- 2032- 2033-
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
50% 60% 60% 60% 60% 60% 70% 70% 80% 85%
Train Wrapping and In Train Advertising – From DMRC norms, only 10% of the trains are
wrapped. Based on the same, the number of trains with wrapping and in-train advertising has
been capped at 1 as only 8 incremental trains are proposed.
There are 3 stations along the alignment. From the typical layout of the station, space for 2
ATMs/ kiosks have been identified.
Lease rental of 40 INR/ square feet / month is currently assumed. Escalation in standard
commercial development of 15% every 3 years is incorporated as 5% per year. 85% occupancy
is targeted only from the 10th year of operation. The occupancy rate from start of project in
FY 25 is detailed below with occupancy rates remaining constant at 85% FY 34 onwards:
Table 174 :Year wise occupancy rate of ATM/Kioks on stations
2024- 2025- 2026- 2027- 2028- 2029- 2030- 2031- 2032- 2033-
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
50% 60% 60% 60% 60% 60% 70% 70% 80% 85%
Table 175 : Sumarry of Non farebox revenue
REVENUE NON FARE BOX
Revenue OTHER INCOME (Cr.) Total
Financial
Fare Box Inflow from Premium Development Income
Year
(Cr.) Advertising, train Levy on LBT share of cess from (Cr.)
wrapping etc (Cr.) Development Registration PCNTDA
FY 25 35 3 87 44 4 174
FY 26 37 4 89 45 5 179
FY 27 38 4 92 46 5 184
FY 28 47 4 94 47 5 196
FY 29 48 4 96 48 5 202
FY 30 50 5 99 49 5 207
FY 31 51 5 101 51 5 213
FY 32 61 5 104 52 5 227
FY 33 63 6 106 53 5 233
FY 34 67 6 109 55 6 242
FY 35 71 6 112 56 6 251
FY 36 87 7 114 57 6 271
FY 37 91 7 117 59 6 280
FY 38 96 8 120 60 6 290
FY 39 100 8 123 62 6 299
FY 40 121 8 126 63 6 325
FY 41 126 9 129 65 7 335
FY 42 131 9 133 66 7 346
FY 43 136 10 136 68 7 357
FY 44 161 10 139 70 7 387
FY 45 164 11 143 72 7 396
FY 46 166 11 146 73 7 404
FY 47 167 12 150 75 8 412
The financial internal rate of return at completion cost basis with farebox and non fare box
revenue with additional revenue sources (Other Income) from improved FSI along the
development corridor and cess from stamp duty works out to 10.45%.
This is the project IRR without imposition of the capital structure. The detail is given in the
Exhibit 2 at the end of chapter.
The profit and loss statement and cash flow statement are attached in the exhibit. While
unabsorbed depreciation is considered while calculating tax pay-out, since deferred tax is a
non cash item, we have not routed it through the balance sheet.
Additionally there is a monetary grant from PCMC generated by granting a 50 year capital
lease on PCMC owned land. From an accounting treatment perspective, monetary grant is
treated as other equity in the balance sheet and not as Other Income. The other equity can
be treated as deferred revenue year on year and phased out from the balance sheet. However
in this model, the other equity item is not phased out.
The objective of the exercise is not just financial closure but to achieve financial closure while
ensuring availability of lowest cost of funds while procuring and creating sustainable systems
to achieve optimal project costs. It, being a public utility service, analysis of life cycle costs –
low maintenance cost and longer life spans; must be done to ensure optimal project costs.
Fares must be set which minimize dependence on subsidies. Returns must accrue to both
direct and indirect beneficiaries. Additionally, one must draw on experience of metro projects
the world over with regard to funding patterns. Experience from successful metro projects
Singapore, Hong Kong suggests between 60% to 100% government capital contribution as
metro projects typically yield high economic benefits reflected in the substantially better
economic IRRs of the project.
Hong Kong has one of the highest non fare box revenue collections in the world at 37% and
yet 66% of the capital contribution comes from the government. This underlines the fact
that government funding is required despite exploring non fare box revenue sources well.
The operational metro services in India have adopted a similar capital structure. This DMRC/
BMRC/ CMRL pattern of financing is discussed in detail below. Another method of financing is
Page 436 R
MAHA METRO – PUNE METRO
Extension of Pune Metro Phase-I
Corridor 1 A
through a public private partnership. However PPP mode will present several challenges the
most major being:
Access to low cost fund – 1.2% interest rate from multilateral funding agencies.
Mode of sharing of monetary and non monetary grants by PCMC will have the lowest
cost in case the asset is owned by a GoI and state controlled SPV structure
This is an extension of an existing asset. The rolling stock however being added is for
the entire section and not just the extended portion. Therefore there will be sharing
of both capital revenue which will prove challenging of the extended portion is hived
off to a private party.
A special purpose vehicle is set up for project implementation and subsequent operation and
maintenance. Equity contributions are made by:
Government of India
State Government
Urban Local Bodies.
Typically Government of India makes up to 20% equity contributions at the maximum. The
project cost taken for equity contribution excludes cost of land acquisition and R&R. A portion
of the above will be in the form of subordinated debt which would include taxes, land etc. 20%
is funded by either local bodies or state Governemnt again in the form of equity or grants.
Balance 60% constitutes loans from multilateral funding agencies.
Government of Maharashtra
Mantralaya, Mumbai-400032
PREAMBLE:
Keeping in view the traffic and transportation problems arising out of ever-
increasing population and rapid increase in number of vehicles, it has become necessary to
strengthen the Public Transport systems in Pune Metropolitan Region. Pune Metro Railway
Project is one of the several proposals contemplated to address this traffic problem
engulfing Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad. Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri Chinchwad
Municipal Corporation jointly appointed Delhi Metro Rail Corporation to prepare a Detailed
Project Report for examining the feasibility of planning and implementation of Pune Metro
Railway Project.
In the Detailed Project Report of Pune Metro Project prepared by Delhi Metro Rail
Corporation (DMRC) various Metro Rail Corridors have been proposed. Phase 1 of the
Project includes two corridors viz. Corridor 1- Pimpri Chinchwad to Swargate and Corridor2
– Vanaz to Ramwadi. After giving due consideration to technical issues, feasibility of
implementation and financial viability, the General Body of Pune Municipal Corporation has
accorded approval to Corridor 2 – Vanaz to Ramwadi, which entirely traverses through their
jurisdiction, vide Resolution no. 90 dated 23/06/2010. Similarly, for Corridor 1- Pimpri
Chinchwad to Swargate, the General Bodies of Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri
Chinchwad Municipal Corporation have accorded approval vide Resolution no.577 of PMC
General Body-51 dated 24/12/2012 and Resolution no.133 of PCMC General Body-8 dated
20/9/2012 respectively.
Chinchwad to Swargate - Length 16.59 km) and Corridor- 2 (Vanaz to Ramwadi- Length
14.52km). Corridor – 1 Pimpri Chinchwad to Swargate is estimated to cost Rs.5618 Crore at
January 2013 prices with a completion cost estimated at Rs 6960 Crore. Corridor- 2 Vanaz
to Ramwadi is estimated to cost Rs.2663 Crore at January 2013 prices with a completion
cost estimated at Rs 3223 Crore. The subject of granting sanction to the proposal of
Corridor-1 and revised proposal of Corridor-2 of Pune Metro Railway Project has been
under the consideration of Government of Maharashtra. After considering all the relevant
aspects of the proposal, the Government of Maharashtra has taken following decision.
GOVERNMENT RESOLUTION
5. Sanction is hereby accorded to vest the ‘Pune Mahanagar Rail Corporation Limited’
with similar authority as is available to Delhi Metro rail Corporation (DMRC) for
Implementation of the Project. Sanction is hereby accorded to appoint Pune
Municipal Corporation and Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation as the Executing
Agencies, until the formation of Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Corporation Limited.
6. Sanction is hereby accorded to authorize Pune Municipal Corporation and the proposed
Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Corporation to enter into correspondence with the
Government of India and the Ministry of Railways in connection with the
implementation of the project and obtaining funds to the tune of 20% which is the
equity participation of the Government of India. Sanction is hereby accorded to
authorize the Municipal Commissioner of Pune Municipal Corporation for entering into
correspondence with the Government of India until the SPV Company is established.
7. Sanction is hereby accorded to the proposed Financial Structure for the project
implementation which is as follows :
Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project Phase 1 – Corridor 2 Vanaz to Ramwadi –
Pune Municipal Corporation 10% Share, Govt of Maharashtra 20% Share, Govt.
of India 20 % Share, Balance 50 % to be raised through borrowing or other
sources.
Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project Phase 1 – Corridor 1 Pimpri Chinchwad to
Swargate – Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal
Corporation 10% Share, Govt of Maharashtra 20% Share, Govt. of India 20 %
Share, Balance 50 % to be raised through borrowing or other sources.
8. The 10 % share of the total capital cost of Corridor no. 2 Pimpri Chinchwad to Swargate,
which forms a part of Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project – Phase 1, shall be shared by
Pune Municipal Corporation and Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation in
proportion of the expenditure which will be incurred over the length falling in the
jurisdiction of each of the Corporations (Pro rata basis). Pune Municipal Corporation
and Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporations are directed to deposit their respective
shares for Corridor no. 1 and Corridor no. 2 with the ‘Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail
Corporation Limited’.
9. Sanctions is hereby accorded to deposit 20% share of the State Government in the
capital expenditure of the project with the ‘Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Corporation
Limited’. The 20% share of the State Government shall also include the cost of State
Government Land, assessed at prevalent rates, required to be acquired for the Project.
10. Sanction is hereby accorded to raise funds for implementation of the Project through
various sources of revenue listed in Annexure 3 attached herewith.
11. In principal sanction is hereby accorded to implement commuter fare rates as tabulated
below as the Pune Mahanagar Metro Rail Project is proposed to be implemented under
the provisions of Metro Railway Act enacted by the Government of India.
12 Sanction is hereby accorded to declare this Project as Essential Public Project and
Important Public Transport Project.
[II] In principal sanction is hereby accorded to extension of Pune Metro Project Corridor
no. 1 from Pimpri to Nigdi and Swargate to Katraj ( a Length of approximately 15 km).
Sanction is hereby accorded to include these extensions as Phase 2 and prepare a
Detailed Project Report for the same and forward it to the Government of India as a
standalone proposal.
This Govt. Resolution is being forwarded after giving due considerations to the Govt. of
Maharashtra’s Planning Department’s demy-official reference No.155/1444
dtd.13/08/2013 and Finance Department’s demy-official reference No.470/ Expenditure
dtd.14/08/2013
(S.K.Salimath)
Deputy Secretary, Govt. Of
Maharashtra
To,
Upper Chief Secretary(Revenue)Revenue & Forest Department, Mantralaya, Mumbai 400 032
Principal Secretary (Navi -1), Nagar Development Department, Mantralaya, Mumbai 400 032
Annexure-1
Detailed Information
Stations 15
Stations in Pune Municipal Corporation Total 9 Stations, out of this 4.78 K.m. is
Boundary(with Khadki Cantonment Elevated & 3 Stations Elevated &
Boundary) remaining 4.66 K.m. Length route is
Underground & 6 Stations are
Underground.
Annexure-2
Detailed Information
Annexure – 3
[I] Various sources needed to be tapped to raise funds for implementation of Pune
Mahanagar Metro rail Project.
(i) Increase of FSI up to a maximum of 4 (four) in the area falling within 500 m distance
on both sides of the Metro Corridors by making requisite provisions in the
Development Control Rules of the respective Municipal .Corporations and
recovering the surcharge collected against the additional FSI granted.
(ii) In cities and towns wherein, the Government notifies implementation of Important
Public Transport Projects, making provisions in the MRTP Act 1966 for increasing
the Development Charges being levied by up to 100 % and utilizing the additional
revenue thus collected for implementation of such Projects.
(iii) In the limits of Municipal Corporations wherein the Government notifies
implementation of Important Public Transport Projects making provisions in the
Maharashtra Municipal Corporation Act to levy surcharge of 1 % on Stamp Duty on
transactions such as sale, donation, lease and mortgage involving immovable
property and on security deposits in connection with agreements involving
transactions pertaining to immovable properties, lease and mortgages. Provisions
shall be made in the Act to authorize the District Dy Registrars for recovery of the
surcharge while registering the transactions involving sale, donation, lease and
mortgage of land or other immovable properties and thereafter the Government
releasing grants equivalent to the additional revenue thus collected to the
respective Municipal Corporation or the SPV established to implement the
concerned Important Public Transport Project.
(iv) Commercial utilization of land of the Metro Stations and Maintenance Depots and
use of revenue thus generated for the implementation of the Project.
(v) Utilization of revenue generated from Advertising and Parking for the
implementation of the Project.
[II] The revenue generated from the above sources is to be deposited in a separate ‘Public
Transport Fund’ to be created by the Municipal Corporations and it is to be deposited
with the SPV Company formed for implementation of the Project to the extent of the
share of the capital cost of the project to be borne by the Municipal Corporations and
for debt servicing in relation to the Project. If the fund falls short in servicing the
Project as above the two Municipal Corporations shall raise the funds from other
sources to mitigate the shortfall.
FY 18 FY 19 FY 20 FY 21 FY 22 FY 23 FY 24 FY 25 FY 26 FY 27 FY 28 FY 29 FY 30 FY 31 FY 32 FY 33 FY 34 FY 35 FY 36 FY 37 FY 38 FY 39 FY 40 FY 41 FY 42 FY 43 FY 44 FY 45 FY 46 FY 47 FY 48 FY 49 FY 50 FY 51 FY 52 FY 53
Revenue Fare Box 34 35 37 45 46 48 49 59 60 64 68 83 87 92 96 116 121 126 131 155 157 159 161 188 190 192 194 227 230 233
Revenue Non Fare Box
Inflow from Advertising, train wrapping etc 3.4 3.7 3.9 4.1 4.3 4.5 5.0 5.2 5.8 6.2 6.5 6.8 7.2 7.5 7.9 8.3 8.7 9.1 9.6 10.1 10.6 11.1 11.6 12.2 12.8 13.5 14.2 14.9 15.6 16.4
Other Income
Premium levy on development 103.6 106.2 108.9 111.6 114.4 117.3 120.2 123.2 126.3 129.4 132.7 136.0 139.4 142.9 146.4 150.1 336.7 345.2 353.8 362.6 371.7 381.0 390.5
LBT share of Registration 51.9 53.2 54.5 55.9 57.3 58.7 60.2 61.7 63.2 64.8 66.4 68.1 69.8 71.6 73.3 75.2 168.6 172.9 177.2 181.6 186.2 190.8 195.6
PCNTDA Dev Fee 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.4 5.5 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.1 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.7 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.4 7.6 17.1 17.5 17.9 18.4 18.8 19.3 19.8
Total Income 42 44 45 54 55 57 60 225 231 239 248 267 277 286 295 320 330 341 351 381 389 397 405 722 738 754 771 819 837 855
Finance costs
Profit/ Loss Before Tax 0 -1 -3 1 -1 -3 -6 154 154 157 158 171 172 172 172 187 186 185 183 198 191 182 172 470 465 458 449 470 458 444
Net Cash Flow to Equity 0 -129 -247 -297 -61 -1 -3 1 -1 -3 -6 154 154 157 158 171 172 153 100 176 186 185 183 -112 191 182 172 470 465 458 449 470 458 192
Project IRR 10.45%
Balance Sheet
Uses of Fund
Cash -61 -62 -65 -64 -65 -68 -74 79 234 390 549 719 891 1044 1144 1320 1506 1691 1874 1762 1953 2135 2308 2778 3243 3700 4150 4619 5077 5269
Fixed Asset - Gross Block 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 907 980 991 991 991 991 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1552
Accumulated Depreciation* 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
CWIP 0 0 129 375 672
Net Block 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 907 980 991 991 991 991 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1552
Total Asset 0 0 129 375 672 827 826 823 824 823 820 813 967 1121 1278 1436 1607 1778 1951 2123 2310 2497 2682 2864 3062 3253 3436 3608 4078 4543 5001 5450 5920 6377 6821
Sources of Fund
Equity
Shareholder's Fund 0 0 129 375 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672 672
Retained Earning 0 -1 -4 -3 -4 -8 -14 140 294 451 609 780 951 1124 1296 1483 1670 1855 2037 2235 2426 2609 2781 3251 3716 4174 4623 5093 5550 5994
Other Equity 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155
1. The current service delivery is not commensurate with the existing traffic scenario in
urban areas in general. Pune City urban transport service is one such area which require more
attention. Based on Comprehensive Mobility Plan Study (CMP), 2008 findings, a metro rail
transport system is proposed to tackle the growing intra-urban transport demand in Pune
City.
2. As a public transport system, Metro Rail Transport System (MRTS) proposed in Pune
will supplement the growing intra-city travel demand, especially in the selected heavy traffic
corridors. Spending public money in the construction of MRTS lines has been defended as a
socially desirable public investment which produces several types of benefits such as:
Passenger time savings,
Increase in comfort,
Generation of new trips,
Reduction in congestion and delays in roads,
Reduction in accidents, reduction in environmental externalities,
Wider economic benefits including the development of the less developed regions
3. Many factors influence the market shares between the other modes of public
transport and MRTS. According to the literature, travel time is the most important one. The
MRTS has a clear advantage over the traditional bus services and the fast growing costly IPT
modes. Other factors that contribute to the relative position of MRTS are ticket prices,
frequency of the service, the integration of networks, accessibility , reliability and punctuality
of the services and government policy.
4. The findings of this Feasibility Study will determine this intra-urban transport service
through MRTS to improve accessibility so that residents of Pune City will have better access
to economic and social activities.
1. The objective of this feasibility study (FS) to evaluate the potential for the identified
MRTS services in Pune City and to assess strategically the overall need and potential
for development.
2. The scope of the study is divided into two stages, further divided into several phases:
3. Stage 1
a. Phase 0 – Inception
b. Phase 1 – Transport demand assessment
c. Phase 2 – Corridor definition and Techno-economic feasibility
4. Stage 2
a. Phase 3 – Detailed Project Report
6. The objective of the economic analysis in the FS is to identify and quantify the benefits
and costs associated with the investment proposal in order to select the optimum
solution along with the economic viability in terms of its likely investment return
potential. This is carried out in order to assess the economic feasibility and prioritize
the identified transport investment proposal and assist the governments in
Maharastra State in making the right decision.
1. The economic analysis contained in this chapter has been undertaken in accordance
with the available guidelines including ‘Appraisal Guidelines for Metro Rail Projects
Proposals’ (2017) and ‘Metro Rail Policy 2017’ by the Ministry of Housing & Urban
Affairs, Govt. of India; and ‘Manual on Economic Evaluation of Highway Projects in
India’ IRC-SP30, 2009 by the Indian Roads Congress, ‘Guidelines for the Economic
Analysis of Projects, and Framework for the Economic and Financial Appraisal of Urban
Development Sector Projects’1994 by Asian Development Bank (ADB). Economic
analysis involve comparing ‘with project’ and ‘without project’ alternatives. By
comparing the above alternatives, the net agency costs and net user costs and finally
net project benefits associated with the project during its analysis period were
calculated for the proposed improvement options separately in order to arrive at their
internal rate of return (IRR) and net present value (NPV) both for economic and
financial analysis.
1. In accordance with the guidelines, economic feasibility analysis was carried out for 30 years
analysis period for Life Cycle Cost Analysis (LCCA):
Base Year (2019)
Construction period (2021 - 2025)
Project opening for traffic (2025)
Project operating period (2025 - 2050)
End of the analysis period (2050)
2. Thus a period of 30 years of operation is considered for the evaluation. All the cost were
at 2019 (Base Year) level and also the results including NPV, IRR were estimated for the base
year level.
3. Considering the component wise opportunity cost (estimated for Maharastra State
conditions), the financial cost was converted into economic cost in accordance with the
available guidelines from international funding agencies like Asian Development Bank (ADB).
4. The conventional economic model like HDM (which is used for highway improvement
project analysis) may not be relevant for most of the rapid urban transport projects etc. Hence
appropriate excel based models are developed, to quantify the relevant project benefits; life
cycle costing; project net benefits and finally economic feasibility criteria like EIRR and ENPV.
5. Updated inputs available from the guidelines explained abobe, available secondary
sources and the input data from the Comprehensive Mobility Plan (2008) with suitable
updates pertaining to the unit rates of VOC and travel time for different vehicle categories etc
were used for the excel based models developed for this study.
6. The cost – benefit analysis was carried out by using the discounted cash flow (DCF)
technique to obtain the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) and economic net present
value (ENPV) for the proposed investments and the likely quantified project benefits linked
with the project during the project analysis period
For economic analysis, only the cost estimates of the MRTS (excluding the cost of property
development6) estimated in the cost section is adopted. Adding the preoperative expenses,
physical contingency, applicable taxes, price contingency etc, the total financial cost for all
the proposed three corridors were estimated for the base year (2019).
The economic costs of capital works and annual operation and maintenance are calculated
from the financial cost estimates on the following basis:
(i) Price contingencies are excluded but physical contingencies are included because they
represent real consumption of resources;
(ii) Import duties and taxes are excluded because they represent transfer payments. For
this the shadow exchange rate factor (SERF) worked out below (1.03)7 was used;
6 Property development being a commercial activity, it is not considered for economic analysis.
Shadow Exchange Rate Factor (SERF) INR in Billion
Details 2015-16 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 Average
Exports (INR Billion) 17,146 18,963 18,942 16,353 14,660 17,213
Imports (INR Billion) 24,880 27,371 27,142 26,732 23,455 25,916
Customs Duties (INR Billion) 2,083 1,887 1,231 1,155 1,056 1,482
Shadow Conversion Factor (SCF) 0.953 0.961 0.974 0.974 0.973 0.967
Shadow Exchange Rate Factor (SERF) 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03
Source: Hand Book of Statistics on Indian Economy, 2015-16, 2014-15 & 2013-14, Reserve Bank of India
7 Note: Calculation Method based on ERD Technical Note Series No. 11, February 2004, 'Shadow Exchange Rate for Project Economic Analysis' , ADB
(iii) The existence of unemployment and under-employment for unskilled workers within
the Indian economy means that the opportunity cost of unskilled labour can be lower
than its wage rate – a conversion factor (SWRF) of 0.818 of the market wage rate for
construction labour is used to estimate the shadow wage rate;
(iv) The market wage rate for skilled labour and the acquisition cost of land are considered
to represent opportunity costs, as both factors are in demand;
(v) All costs are valued using the domestic price numeraire, to enable an easier comparison
with the information used to measure benefits (e.g. a significant component of benefit
is the savings in resources, which would be used in the without project situation).
Table 179 : Details of project cost
Details Total
Length Km 4.413
Project Cost Rs Crore 780.81
Project Cost Rs Crore/Km 176.93
Economic Cost Rs Crore 575.13
Economic Cost Rs Crore /Km 130.32
Annual operating costs of this investment proposal at constant prices has been broken down
into different items of this investment proposal and used for analysis purposes. This annual
operation and maintenance (O&M) for the proposed project include staff cost, maintenance
cost and power charges as estimated in the financial analysis chapter, is considered for
analysis.
Table 181 : Maintenance Cost
1. Staff cost - Rs Crore 27.9
2. Maintenance cost @1.364 Crore/km - Rs Crore 10.8
8 Note: Calculated using the 'Guidelines for the Economic Analysis of Projects, 1997, ADB
Proposed MRTS is expected to divert passengers from the existing modes like car, bus, two
wheelers and auto with better comfort and improved speed. These improvements will benefit
the users in terms of better speed with service quality and reduced travel time. In addition,
the proposed MRTS will reduce the carbon emission from the diverted traffic and also will
reduce stress on the existing road corridors. Reduction in the congestion on the existing road
corridors will result in reduction of road accidents. Accordingly, the economic benefits
considered in the present analysis for the subprojects in transport component in this
investment proposal include:
8. Additional assumptions followed for estimating the project benefits are given below.
Table 183 : Details of Road User Cost adopted for the Study
VOC (Rs. / Vehicle Km)
Vehicle Category
2008 1,3 2019 2
Car - New Technology (Maruti 800) 4.07 6.95
Bus 16.37 27.96
TW 1.40 2.39
Auto rickshaw 3.98 6.80
Share-Auto 4.49 7.67
Taxi 4.70 8.03
2-Axle Truck 14.77 25.23
LCV 10.96 18.72
Goods Tempo 4.61 7.87
1 Approach for Economic and Operation Assessment for Identified Urban Roads and
Transportation Sub-projects, Working Paper No. : WP-05, Comprehensive Transportation
Study for Chennai Metropolitan Area, May 2008
Note:
1. Approach for Economic and Operation Assessment for Identified Urban Roads and
Transportation Sub-projects, Working Paper No.: WP-05, Comprehensive Transportation
Study for Chennai Metropolitan Area, May 2008
As part of the economic feasibility analysis, the feasibility parameters developed are shown
in Table 188. A more detailed economic feasibility analysis is given in Table 188.
Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR)
Economic Net Present Value (ENPV)
Table 188 : Economic Cost-Benefit Analysis
Present Value
Details (Rs. Crore) a/, b/
Costs
Capital costs 414.1
O&M costs 184.8
Total costs 598.9
Benefits
Savings in Travel Time Cost 840.2
Savings in VOC 112.4
Savings in Reduction of Accidents 1.2
Pollution Reduction Benefits 1.8
Reduced Road Infrastructure Costs 1.4
Total benefits 957.0
Sensitivity analysis was carried out to their economic feasibility results for the following
scenarios is presented in Table 189:
Capital cost increase by 20%
O&M costs increased by 20%
Target beneficiaries reduced by 20%
SV = Switching Value; MIRR = Modified Internal Rate of Return; ENPV = Economic Net Present
Value; EIRR = Economic Internal Rate of Return
Note:
1. Calculated as the percentage change in a variable required for EIRR to reduce to
14%.
2. Discounted at 14% of EOCC.
3. MIRR, is the internal rate of return of an investment that is modified to account for
the difference between re-investment rate and investment return.
Approval to the Detailed Project Report to be taken from Maharastra State Government
(Cabinet approval).
The DPR to be forwarded to the Ministry of Urban Development (GOI), Planning Commission
and Finance Ministry with the request for approving the Metro project and for financial
participation through equity contribution in the Pune Metro Corridor 1A.
Signing of an MOU between Maharastra State Government, Government of India and PCMC
giving all details of the Joint Venture bringing out the financial involvement of each party,
liability for the loans raised, the administrative control in the SPV, policy in regard to fare
structure, operational subsidy, if any, etc.
The present Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) a 50:50 jointly owned company of GoI and GoM is
responsible for implementation of all metro projects in the state of Maharashtra outside
Mumbai Metropolitian region including Pune Metro Rail project phase 1 and the current
extension from PCMC to Nigdi.
PCMC as a major equity shareholder will form a part of the SPV with a seat in Board of
Directors of Maha Metro. The State Government should arrange the funding of subordinated
debt required for executing this project and get the whole funding plan approved by the
Government of India. The loan portion of the funding will have to be tied up by State
Government in consultation with the Government of India.
An act needs to be passed for collection of 1% cess on property registrations (Earlier covered
as LBT) allowing for collection of the cess in PCMC and sharing of 25% of this amount with
the SPV.
Implementation of TOD Policy allowing incremental FAR of 4, 500m on either side of
alignment, Premium collection for the same and sharing of proceeds with Maha Metro to the
tune of 75% by PCMC.
The Government should freeze all developments along the corridors suggested. For any
constructions within 50 m. of the proposed alignment, a system of No Objection Certificate
should be introduced so that infructuous expenditure at a later stage is avoided.
The board comprises of 13 directors of whom, 5 directors are nominees of GoI, five directors are
nominees of GoM, and three are functional directors. The chairman is secretary MOHUA – a
Nominee of GoI and the Managing directo is a nominee of GoM. Since, PCMC is a major equity
shareholder, the organisational setup of the Maha Metro board would be extented to include a
representative of the Pimpri Chinchwad Muncipal Corporation.
The Directors will be Implementing a metro project in a congested metropolis. In sheer size,
magnitude and technical complexity there are no parallels to metro projects. Further, these projects
are to be carried out in difficult urban environment without dislocating city life, while at the same
time preserving the environment. The project involves integration of a number of complex technical
systems some of these technologies used in these systems are totally new to the country each one
of which is a major project by itself. Interfacing various system contracts is a difficult and highly
skilled exercise. Side by side, timely and adequate funds have to be assured for implementation and
lands, without encumbrances, have to be taken possession of in time. Clearances from the local
authorities have to be taken which includes permission to cut trees, diversion of utilities,
management of road traffic, etc., all of which will call for an efficient and competent project
implementing agency.
20.3 Contracts
It is proposed to carry out the civil works through following construction contracts:
(a) Viaduct Construction-It is suggested that each contract can be limited to about 5 to 6 kms in
length.
(b) Station Contracts- It is proposed that each station contract comprises of 3 to 6 stations.
Architectural finishes, fire fighting arrangements and general electrification, will form part of civil
contracts.
During the implementation of the project several problems with regard to acquisition of land,
diversion of utilities, shifting of structures falling on the project alignment, rehabilitation of project
affected persons, etc. are likely to arise. For expeditious resolution of these problems, an
institutional mechanism needs to be set up at the State Government level. Towards this end, it is
recommended that a High Power Committee under the chairmanship of Chief Secretary,
Maharashtra should be set up. Other members of this Committee should be Secretaries of the
concerned Departments of the State Government and Heads of civic bodies who will be connected
in one way or the other with the implementation of the project. Commissioner of Pune Urban
Development Authority and Chief Executive Officer of PCMC should also be the member of this
committee. This Committee should meet once a month and sort out all problems brought before it
by Maha Metro.
For Delhi Metro also such a High Power Committee was set up and it proved very useful in smooth
implementation of the Delhi Metro rail project.
Metro rail projects need very heavy investment. Loans have invariably to be taken to fund a part of
the capital cost of the projects. These projects yield low financial internal rate of return. With
reasonable fare level, servicing of these loans often pose problems. To make the project financially
viable, therefore, the fares need to be substantially increased to socially un-acceptable levels. This
results in the ridership coming down significantly, as it is sensitive to increases in the fare level. Thus
the very objective of constructing the metro rail system to provide an affordable mode of mass travel
for public is defeated. It, therefore, becomes necessary to keep the initial capital cost of a metro
project as low as possible so that the fare level of the metro system can be kept at reasonable level.
Tax on electricity required for operation and maintenance of the metro system.
Basic Custom Duty at concessional rate of 5%.
We also strongly recommend that the State Government and PCMC start building up funds for the
project through dedicated levies as has been done by other State Governments.
To enable the State Governments to provide their share of equity in the Special Purpose Vehicles set
up for such projects, it would be necessary to constitute a Special Metro Fund at the State
Government level. The State Government should resort to imposition of dedicated levies for raising
resources for these Funds. Areas where such dedicated levies are possible via State government and
Urban local body are given below:
21.2 Sanction Stage - Lay Out Plan/ Local Area Plan/ Urban Design Plan
Local body approvals
Approval from national monument authority
Approval from tree authority committee
Approval from Maharashtra heritage conservation committee
Approval from railway authority/port
Approval from road owning agency
Approval from traffic & coordination dept. (municipal)
Approval from chief fire officer
Approval from chief controller of explosives
Approval is required from the chief inspector of factories, in case of industrial building.
Environment clearance is required from ministry of environment and forests (MOEF)
Land pocket identifications for temporary & permanent works should be accurately assessed during
planning and design stages and land should be acquired ahead of the construction acitivties. Any
delay in land acquisition will have immediate impact on the schedule of the project. Local authorities
shall be proactive in this as delay in land acquisition affects project time frame & budget adversely.
The General Consultant would work hand in hand with the State Government and Maharashtra
Metro Rail Corporation Limited to pass these obstacles standing along the way.
Utility Identification survey shall be done, before start of the construction, through GPRS/ Equivalent
survey. Proper & timely shifting of utilities are essential in order to avoid delay in construction.
Utilities may also be directly connected to the existing and newly implemented Pune MRT system.
This is particularly true for the energy providers. Power supply design will have to be prepared in
collaboration with the local energy providers in order to ensure the power requirement can actually
be met by the provider and under which conditions.
Once the power supply scheme has been agreed upon and implemented, the system will require to
be highly reliable to ensure continuous operation at the defined time of operation. An audit of the
power provider shall be conducted before construction so that adequate measures are taken ahead
of operations.
Since Maharashtra Metro Rail Corporation Limited have the required expertise and few experienced
manpower to check and monitor the contractors’ work, it may be necessary to engage a General
Consultants from the very start of the Pune MRTproject, who will do this job on behalf of
Maharashtra Metro Rail Corporation Limited.
Planned construction schedule envisages 3 years for construction and commissioning of first approx.
4.413 km which is very challenging and it is important the contractor in charge has a clear
understanding of the works to be accomplished and the construction methods to be followed.
Adequate monitoring of project construction and schedule should also be implemented to identify
an issue appearing and avoid any slippage. The nomination of a General Consutlant would serve that
purpose.
Along with schedule risks, project such as MRT project are often exposed to costs risk.
While it needs to be anticipated before construction starts, interface management becomes critical
during construction if not performed adequately resulting in mistake at site and delay.
It is paramount the working site areas are clearly delineated and properly barricaded and guarded
to avoid unattended intrusion of non authorized personnel or vehicle.
When setting up the working areas, traffic management plan shall be implemented to provide
adequate traffic diversion and lessen disruptions to the road users.
In order to avoid conflicting works activities, proper liasoning is required between different
Government departments working on the same perimeter.
The Contractor is required to comply with all the precautions as required for the safety of the
workmen as per the national Labour Organisation (ILO) as far as those are applicable to this contract.
The contractor shall supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, masks,
etc., to the workers and staff. The contractor has to comply with all regulation regarding.
The Contractor shall also ensure they fulfill their contract requirements for minimizing construction
noise by developing mitigation measures to tackle the noise problem for at-grade or elevated tracks,
e.g. by prescribing noise barriers or noise enclosures, either complete enclosure or partial.
The approval required for such project are listed in Chapter 21. Delay in statutory bodies’ approval
will create delay in construction timeline.
Security is a relatively new challenge in the context of public transport. It addresses problems caused
intentionally. Security problems or threats are caused by people whose actions aim at undermining
or disturbing the public transport system and/or to harm passengers or staff. These threats range
from daily operational security problems such as disorder or vandalism. Operating MRT stations and
running trains also become a soft target in time of any insurgencies or terrorist activities.
In case the energy provider is not found reliable enough, operations of the system is at risk.
23. SAFETY
Ensuring safety along the newly implemented transport corridor is paramount for the success of the
project. Given the configuration of the Metro line corridor, the following items shall be implemented.
Construction methods deployed at site shall not endanger the life of workers. It is advised that
method used are largely tried and tested and do not present any kind of risk for the safety of workers.
Implementation of the MRT corridor on elevated stretch should ideally happen in a non-built area
and located at enough distance from any built-up land wherever practicable.
Traffic diversion shall be adequately planned to avoid any conflict between construction related
activities and associated traffic flow on one hand and regular road traffic on the other hand.
Implementation of MRT stations shall be planned in coherence with the urban fabric and local
development also planned to support safety requirements generated due to new development.
Facilities required at any station for emergency evacuation as per NFPA 130 Guidelines has been
adopted. The stations have been planned in accordance with ‘Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities,
and ‘National Building Code-2016’, for Disabled friendly and other and Indian best
practices/standards which ensure adequate sizing of station and comfort of passengers. The
regulations are tailored to avoid any injury or casualty in case
Specific safety rules and procedures shall be followed by MRT staff during both operation in station
and in depot area.
However, signalling system ensures the safety of running trains during operations through an
efficient train control, ensuring safety in train movements.
Rolling stock running on the system is tailored to ensure safety of the passengers and shall comprises
the following characteristics: continuous automatic train protection, fire-proofing, emergency door
control, crashworthiness design protecting passengers in case of accident
Wide publicity shall be given to all commuters and general public for awareness on safety in Metro
systems. General Do’s & Don’ts shall be circulated and displayed in station areas for users and
workers in the metro system to ensure safety.
Passengers shall be particularly made aware of risks associated with 25KV OHE and unauthorized
access to track or prohibited areas in stations.
Studies have brought out that a Light Capacity Metro with carrying capacity of about 15,000 to
25,000 PHPDT will be adequate to meet not only the traffic needs for the present but for the future
30 to 40 years also. The extension of a Metro System of PCMC to Swargate in corridor 1A is at an
estimated completion cost of Rs. 910.18 Crores (with Central taxes & duties) to be made operational
as recommended in implementation chapter.
A detailed Environmental Impact Assessment Study has been carried out for the project. As a part of
this Study, comprehensive environmental baseline data was collected, and both positive and
negative impacts of the project were assessed in detail. The project has many positive environmental
impacts like reduction in traffic congestion, sa10.ving in travel time, reduction in air and noise
pollution, lesser fuel consumption, lesser road accidents etc, with a few negative impacts (especially
during implementation phase of the project) for which Environmental Management Plan has been
suggested.
After examining the various options for execution of the extension of Pune Metro Project, it has been
recommended that the project should get executed through the existing SPV on DMRC funding
pattern.
The fare structure is as per the Government Resolution No. PMR-3313/C.R.29/UD-7 dated 11 Sept.
2013. Subsequently, for the purpose of assessing returns from the project, the fares have been
revised every third year with an escalation of 15% every three years.
Tax on electricity required for operation and maintenance of the metro system.
Basic Custom duty is taken at concessional rate of 5%
As per the present policy 50% of the Central Taxes will be paid by GOI as subordinate Debt and
balance 50% will be paid by the concerned State Government. Maharastra State Government may
pursue the Central Government to extend the same benefit to Pune Metro.
While the Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR) for the project has been assessed as 10.45% with
central taxes with property development of 5.4 Ha land and the Economic Internal Rate of Return
(EIRR) works out 23.55%.
The project has already received in principle approval from Government of Maharastra in october
2013.
For implementation of the project, an act needs to be passed for collection of 1% cess on property
registrations (Earlier covered as LBT) allowing for collection of the cess in PCMC and sharing of 25%
of this amount with the SPV. Also, implementation of TOD Policy allowing incremental FAR of 4,
500m on either side of alignment needs to be done, premium collection for the same and sharing of
proceeds with Maha Metro to the tune of 75% by PCMC.
Meanwhile, the State Government should freeze all future developments along the proposed route
of extention of Pune Metro to avoid infructuous expenditure.
Land required for PD if the additional PD income is considered. PCMC has provided 5.4 Ha of land,
which shall be auctioned out to a developer with maximum allowable FAR of 4, for a 50 year capital
lease period after implementation of project in order to maximize the benefit. Accordingly, the
corridor is recommended for implementation.
25. CHECKLIST
11. Does the proposal include a status report on the existing status and
financial viability or socio- economic benefits of an existing Metro Rail
System, if any in the city and the support being extended by the State
Government to improve its financial viability?
12. Does the proposal contain a report on making a feeder system Yes
integrated with the proposed Metro Rail project?
13. Does the report ensure last mile connectivity/NMT infrastructure? Yes
Transit Oriented Development (TOD) and Non Fare Box Revenue
14. Does the proposal contain distinct proposal for development of Yes
commercial property at and around stations to supplement fare-box
revenue?
Are the recommendations of the Transit Oriented Development Plan Yes
15. incorporated in the Master Plan?
16. Has TOD plan and Value capture financing framework been prepared Yes
as per guidelines issued by MoHUA?
17. Does the proposal include expanding utility capacity to densify areas Yes
around metro station as per notified TOD policy?
18. Does the proposal include measures that will be taken for Yes
maximization of non-fare box non-property revenue?
19. Does the proposal contain a detailed Environmental and Social Impact Yes
Analysis?
Economic Analysis
20. Does the proposal contain measures for optimization of O&M costs? Yes
21. Does the proposal contain an Economic Analysis of the project along Yes
with the calculated values of EIRR and ENPV as per approved
framework of MoHUA?
Implementation Framework
22. Does the proposal include the exploration of PPP models for Yes
implementing the project? Does proposal contain implementation of
at least one component of Metro Rail Project through PPP?
23 Does the proposal include the exploration of PPP models for Yes (For AFC, PPP Mode is
Operations and/or maintenance of the project? recommended)
24 Does the project clearly bring out key performance indicators and Yes
robust monitoring mechanism?
25. Is the methodology devised for integrating fares of all available modes Yes
with Metro system planned (including National Common Mobility
Card)?
26. Does the proposal contain an MOU in between various service No, will be developed at later
providers to provide seamless integration between the various stage
modes?
27. Does the proposal include any monitoring mechanism to monitor the Yes
project during construction & implementation?
28. In case the project is for a metropolitan region, is there an MOU Not applicable , participating
between the participating states? state is only Maharashtra
29. Is there an involvement of municipal corporation/city development Yes
authority in implementing and/or operating the project?
Role of State Government and UMTA
30. Has State Government committed in maintaining the financial Yes
viability of metro line?
31. Has the State Government committed for providing & financing Yes
security provision for Metro System?
32. Has the State Government firmed up funding of the project, with Yes
exploration of various methods?
33. Has the State Government committed financial support to the project Yes
including O&M to ensure financial sustainability during the project life
cycle including the operations stage?
34. Has the State Government set up or firmed up the plan for setting up Yes
of UMTA for the city?
35. Is the UMTA notified? Yes
36. If UMTA is not notified, is there a commitment for notifying it within Not applicable
a year?
39. Has the State Government devised any option to enable metro rail No
implementing agencies to issue corporate bonds
It is proposed to construct metro station building and metro rail. It is anticipated that the structures
will be constructed mainly from reinforced concrete.
The limited scope of services as defined in work order consists of drilling and sampling in boreholes
and carrying out relevant laboratory tests on representative soil and rock samples. Borehole depth
was agreed with client's representative.
Drilling and sampling in soil and rock was carried out using rotary drilling rig. Borehole in soil was
advanced using rotary drilling method, while NX size core barrel with Tungsten carbide/ diamond bit
was used to drill in rock. Water was circulated to cool the drilling bit. Ground water table was
recorded after 24 hours of completion of drilling. On completion of drilling, soil samples were packed
in plastic containers with proper identification tags. Rock cores were numbered and kept in core
boxes. Field work was performed during March - April 2018.Co-ordinates and elevation data
provided by client is tabulated below
Bore Hole no Location
BH1 Ginger Hotel Gate
On completion of drilling samples were sent to the laboratory for further testing. Samples were
classified in the laboratory and representative samples were selected for testing. Following tests
were performed.
Dry Density
Soaked unconfined Compression Test
Percentage absorption and porosity
Specific gravity
Engineering analysis of the substratum was performed to determine net safe bearing capacity.
Parameters obtained are based on various field and laboratory tests. Foundations shall be placed on
rock.
Safe baring capacity for foundations placed on rock is determined as per procedure given in IS12070
"Code of practice for Design and Construction of Shallow Foundations on Rock. The procedure is
based on RMR (Rock Mass Rating) concept. RMR is calculated as per the method given in IS 13365
(Part 1) "Quantitative Classification System of Rock Mass". Determination of RMR takes into
consideration following properties of rock stratum
Strength of Intact rock material
Rock Quality Designation
Spacing of Discontinuities
Condition of Discontinuities
Ground water condition
Orientation of Discontinuities
Joint Orientation
It is mentioned in IS 12070 that if net allowable bearing capacity is determined based on RMR
"settlement of raft foundation up to 6m thickness to be less than 12mm".
Average parameters up to 5m below the foundation depth are considered for calculations.
Net safe bearing capacity (SBC) recommendations for pad foundations placed at different depths
below the ground surface existing at the time of investigation is tabulated below.
It is recommended to adopt net safe bearing capacity as described below in the tabulated form:
Bore hole
Depth Net Safe Bearing Capacity
No.
2.5 45T/m2
BH1
3.0 45T/m2
4.5 50T/m2
2.5 45T/m2
BH2 3.0 55T/m2
4.5 60T/m2
BH3 2.5 55T/m2
3.5 60T/m2
3.0 50T/m2
BH4
4.5 65T/m2
3.0 55T/m2
BH5 4.5 55T/m2
6.0 215T/m2
3.0 55T/m2
4.5 55T/m2
BH6
6.0 65T/m2
7.5 95T/m2
Whenever foundations are placed on rock, it is essential to ensure that there are no loose pockets
on rock surface. In case of loose pockets or over excavation, it shall be filled by plain cement
concrete.
Modulus of sub grade reaction is determined from plate load test data. In the absence of such data
empirical co-relation may be used. One such correlation is listed below:
Notes:
1. This report is issued based on the subsoil condition revealed at the location of boreholes and
laboratory tests performed on recovered samples. If during construction of foundations it is
observed that sub soil conditions vary from those revealed during investigation it is essential that
Monarch Surveyors & Engineering Consultants Private limited Pune shall be contacted so that on
confirmation supplementary report shall be issued.
S. G. Joag
M. Tech. (Geotech). FIIB, FIGS, FIIE
Geotechnical Consultant
According to IS 12070 (table 3) classification of rock is III and safe bearing pressure will vary
from 141 to 280T/m2. By linear interpolation safe bearing capacity will be 200T/m2.
Average unconfined compression strength is 49.5 Kg/cm2. Applying correction (Nj) of 0.1 gross
safe bearing pressure will be 49.5T/m2. Recommended value is 50T/m2.
BH 2 Depth 4.5m
Parameter Value Rating
Strength of intact rock (MPa) 3.6-8.9 1
Rock quality Designation % 71-89 13
Spacing of discontinuities Wide 15
Conditions of discontinuities - 20
Ground water condition Wet 7
Adjustment for joint orientation Fair -7
Total 49
According to IS 12070 (table 3) classification of rock is III and safe bearing pressure will vary
from 141 to 280T/m2. By linear interpolation safe bearing capacity will be 200T/m2.
Average unconfined compression strength is 62.5 Kg/cm2. Applying correction (Nj) of 0.1 gross
safe bearing pressure will be 62.5T/m2.
BH 3 Depth 2.5m
Parameter Value Rating
Strength of intact rock (MPa) 5.3-6.2 1
Rock quality Designation % 57-87 13
Spacing of discontinuities Wide 15
Conditions of discontinuities - 20
Ground water condition Wet 7
Adjustment for joint orientation Fair -7
Total 49
According to IS 12070 (table 3) classification of rock is III and safe bearing pressure will vary
from 141 to 280T/m2. By linear interpolation safe bearing capacity will be 200T/m2.
Average unconfined compression strength is 57.5 Kg/cm2. Applying correction (Nj) of 0.1 gross
safe bearing pressure will be 57.5T/m2. Recommended value is 55T/m2.
BH 4 Depth 4.5m
Parameter Value Rating
Strength of intact rock (MPa) 6.2-8.0 1
Rock quality Designation % 61-77 13
Spacing of discontinuities Wide 15
Conditions of discontinuities - 20
Ground water condition Wet 7
Adjustment for joint orientation Fair -7
Total 49
According to IS 12070 (table 3) classification of rock is III and safe bearing pressure will vary
from 141 to 280T/m2. By linear interpolation safe bearing capacity will be 200T/m2.
Average unconfined compression strength is 71 Kg/cm2. Applying correction (Nj) of 0.1 gross
safe bearing pressure will be 71T/m2. Recommended value is 65T/m2.
BH 5 Depth 6.0m
Parameter Value Rating
Strength of intact rock (MPa) 7.1-49.1 4
Rock quality Designation % 57-89 13
Spacing of discontinuities Moderate to wide 15
Conditions of discontinuities - 20
Ground water condition Wet 7
Adjustment for joint orientation Fair -7
Total 52
According to IS 12070 (table 3) classification of rock is III and safe bearing pressure will vary
from 141 to 280T/m2. By linear interpolation safe bearing capacity will be 221T/m2.
Average unconfined compression strength is 281 Kg/cm2. Applying correction (Nj) of 0.1 gross
safe bearing pressure will be 281T/m2. Recommended value is 215T/m2.
BH 6 Depth 7.5m
Parameter Value Rating
Strength of intact rock (MPa) 7.2-12.5 1
Rock quality Designation % 40-95 13
Spacing of discontinuities Moderate to wide 15
Conditions of discontinuities - 20
Ground water condition Wet 7
Adjustment for joint orientation Fair -7
Total 49
According to IS 12070 (table 3) classification of rock is III and safe bearing pressure will vary
from 141 to 280T/m2. By linear interpolation safe bearing capacity will be 200T/m2.
Average unconfined compression strength is 98.5 Kg/cm2. Applying correction (Nj) of 0.1 gross
safe bearing pressure will be 98.5T/m2. Recommended value is 95T/m2.